George Fox University 1998-99 Catalog

CollegeSource Career Guidance Foundation • 1-800-854-2670 • http://www.cgf.org Copyright & Disclaimer You may:

Information •print copies of the information for your own personal use, © Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 •store the files on your own computer for per- Career Guidance Foundation sonal use only, or •reference this material from your own docu- CollegeSource digital catalogs are derivative ments. works owned and copyrighted by Career Guid- ance Foundation. Catalog content is owned The Career Guidance Foundation reserves the and copyrighted by the appropriate school. right to revoke such authorization at any time, and any such use shall be discontinued immedi- While the Career Guidance Foundation pro- ately upon written notice from the Career Guid- vides information as a service to the public, ance Foundation. copyright is retained on all digital catalogs. Disclaimer This means you may NOT: CollegeSource digital catalogs are converted from either the original printed catalog or elec- •distribute the digital catalog files to others, tronic media supplied by each school. Although every attempt is made to ensure accurate con- •“mirror” or include this material on an version of data, the Career Guidance Founda- Internet (or Intranet) server, or tion and the schools which provide the data do •modify or re-use digital files not guarantee that this information is accurate or correct. The information provided should be without the express written consent of the used only as reference and planning tools. Final Career Guidance Foundation and the appropri- decisions should be based and confirmed on ate school. data received directly from each school. GEORGE FOX UNIVERSITY UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG 1998-99

Whatever you do, work at it with all your heart.

COLOSSIANS 3:23 Use of Catalog This catalog is provided for guidance in course selection and program planning. While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this Catalog, in no sense is it to be considered a binding contract, and it may be changed by action of appropriate bodies within the University. Courses listed in this catalog are subject to change through normal academic process. New courses and changes in existing course work are initiated by the cognizant graduate school, department or program, and approved by Academic Affairs and the University faculty. Changes to the curriculum are published in the Program Outlines and Schedule of Classes. TABLE OF CONTENTS

While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this UNDERGRADUATE Catalog, George Fox University and the Board of Trustees ...... 33 have the right to make changes at any time without prior notice. PROGRAMS The Catalog is not a contract between George Fox University and Applied Science (Engineering) current or prospective students. Art Biblical Studies Biology PURPOSE ...... 1 Business and Economics Mission and Objectives Chemistry Statement of Faith Christian Ministries Values Statement Cognitive Science Student Outcomes Communication Arts Accreditation and Memberships Communication Media and Broadcast Computer and Information Science PLACE ...... 5 English as a Second Language Family and Consumer Sciences Our Heritage Health Education Campus Facilities History Campus Map Human Performance Student Activities and Organizations International Studies Chapel and Campus Ministries Leadership Studies Standards of Conduct Management and Business Information Systems Living Arrangements Management and Organizational Leadership Student Services Management of Human Resources Mathematics ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ...... 17 Music Course Challenge Programs Peace and Conflict Studies Facilities Psychology Off-Campus Programs Religion International Study Programs Social Work On-Campus Programs Sociology Preprofessional Programs Spanish Teacher Education Theatre GENERAL EDUCATION ...... 27 Writing/Literature General Education Requirements Course Numbering System UNDERGRADUATE Majors and Degrees COURSE OFFERINGS ...... 59

GRADUATE PROGRAMS ...... 103 TABLE OF CONTENTS

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ...... 107 COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL Academic Sessions and Credits LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...... 133 Guarantees and Reservations Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Class Attendance Drug-Free Environment Classification of Students Disabled Students Auditors Disclosure of Uses for Social Security Numbers Registration Anti-Harrassment Policy Academic Advising Academic Load Work/Academic Load DIRECTORIES ...... 137 Course Additions Faculty Course Withdrawals Administration The Grading System Board of Trustees Academic Progress and Eligibility Graduation Requirements ...... 148 Final Examinations INDEX Academic Honesty UNIVERSITY ADMISSIONS ...... 113 CALENDAR ...... Inside Back Cover Basis of Undergraduate Admission Admission Procedures for Freshmen Admission Procedures and Policies for Transfer Students Services to Physically Challenged Students International Students Readmission of Former Students Part-Time Students Home School Students High School Nongraduates Auditors Older Adults Early Admission of High School Students Advanced Placement – Honors Program Campus Visitation Spouse Enrollment Program

FINANCES ...... 119 Costs Tuition, Fees and Expenses Schedule of Required Deposits Financial Arrangements Financial Aid PURPOSE MISSION AND OBJECTIVES – STATEMENT OF FAITH

MISSION AND 7. Make itself a community in STATEMENT OF FAITH which studies and activities are made rele- OBJECTIVES vant to life, develop insight into social and 1. We believe there is one God, The mission of the University from political issues confronting humanity, and eternally existent in three persons — its beginning has been to demonstrate the learn to participate democratically in deci- Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. meaning of Jesus Christ by offering a caring sion making educational community and policy implementing as responsible cit- 2. We believe in the deity of our in which each individual may achieve the izens. Lord Jesus Christ, in His virgin birth, in His highest intellectual and personal growth, sinless life, in His miracles, in His vicarious and by participating responsibly in our 8. Serve as a cultural center for all publics and atoning death through His shed blood, world’s concerns. The foregoing “mission of the University and sponsor programs in His bodily resurrection, in His ascension statement” of George Fox University is that are informative and to the right hand of the Father as the only detailed in the following institutional objec- culturally stimulating to the larger mediator between God and man, and in His tives: university community. personal return in power and glory. 9. Provide distinctive learning 1. Teach all truth as God’s truth, 3. We believe that for the salvation of lost opportunities through continuing integrating all fields of learning around the and sinful man, regeneration by the Holy education programs and through person and work of Jesus Christ, bringing Spirit is absolutely essential. the divine revelations through sense, reason curriculum enhancements such as off-campus centers, study abroad, honors and intuition 4. We believe the Bible to be the only programs, and other special programs and to the confirming test of Scripture. inspired, infallible, authoritative written events. 2. Support academic programs word of God. that liberate the student for a life of pur- 10. Cultivate awareness, respect, under- pose and fulfillment through an awareness standing and appreciation of 5. We reverently believe that as there is one of the resources of knowledge and culture cultural diversity throughout the University Lord and one faith, so there is one baptism, available; maximize career-oriented educa- community to provide members of diverse whereby all believers tion through counseling, curriculum, field races and cultures an affirming environ- are baptized in the one Spirit into experience and placement. ment that encourages cross-cultural sharing the one body. 3. Maintain a program of varied activities in the context of Christian lifestyle expectations. 6. We believe the true supper of the Lord that directs the student to a commitment to is observed when the believer partakes spiri- Christ as Lord and Savior, encourages atti- tually and inwardly. tudes of reverence and devotion toward God, leads to recognition that the revealed 7. We believe in the ministry of the Holy commandments of God are the supreme Spirit, who fills and indwells the consecrat- criteria of the good life, enables the student ed believer and enables him or her to live a to mirror the example of Christ in human godly life. relationships, and develops a greater desire to serve humanity in a spirit 8. We believe all war is utterly incompati- of Christian love. ble with the plain precepts of our divine Lord and Lawgiver. 4. Provide a center for Quaker leadership where faculty and students learn the history 9. We believe in the resurrection of both and Christian doctrines of the Friends the saved and the lost; they that are saved movement and make contemporary appli- unto the resurrection of life, and they that cations of these insights. are lost unto the resurrection of damnation. 5. Give leadership to evangelical Christianity generally, through scholarly publication, lecturing, and by evangelistic and prophetic proclamation and service. 6. Promote cocurricular activities that will emphasize the development of leadership, initiative and teamwork by giving opportunity to make practical use of the skills and ideas acquired through academic courses.

2 PURPOSE VALUES STATEMENT – ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIP

VALUES STATEMENT ACCREDITATION AND The other 12 members of the Christian College Consortium are Asbury The George Fox University community val- MEMBERSHIPS College, Wilmore, Kentucky; Bethel ues… George Fox University is accredited College, St. Paul, Minnesota; Gordon College, Wenham, Massachusetts; • Following Christ, the Center of Truth by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges, by the Oregon Teacher Greenville College, Greenville, Illinois; • Honoring the Worth, Dignity and Standards and Practices Commission for Houghton College, Houghton, New York; Potential of the Individual the preparation of teachers in specific fields, Malone College, Canton, Ohio; Messiah and by the National Association of Schools College, Grantham, Pennsylvania; Seattle • Developing the Whole Person —Spirit, of Music. It is approved by the United Pacific University, Seattle, Washington; Mind and Body States government and the states of Oregon Taylor University, Upland, Indiana; Trinity College, Deerfield, Illinois; Westmont • Living and Learning in a Christ- and Idaho for the education College, Santa Barbara, California; and Centered Community of veterans, and by the United States Attorney General for the admission Wheaton College, Wheaton, Illinois. • Pursuing Integrity Over Image of international students. The Coalition for Christian Colleges and • Achieving Academic Excellence in the The University is a member of the national Universities, an organization based in Liberal Arts Christian College Consortium, the Washington, D.C., was founded in 1976. Coalition for Christian Colleges and Each of the 91 member institutions is com- • Preparing Every Person to Serve Christ Universities, the Association mitted to academic excellence and to the in the World of American Colleges, the College integration of faith, learning and living. The coalition, comprised of four-year liberal arts • Preserving Our Friends (Quaker) Scholarship Service, the Council of colleges with regional accreditation, provides Heritage Independent Colleges, the American Association for Higher Education, a medium for strengthening and unifying the Friends Association for Higher this important sector of private higher edu- Education, the National Association of cation. Evangelicals, the National Collegiate STUDENT OUTCOMES Athletic Association, the National Association of Independent Colleges and In any enterprise involving students of var- Universities, the National Associa-tion of ied preparedness, motivation and discipline, Intercollegiate Athletics, there will be differences in outcomes. the Evangelical Teacher Training Education is realistic and idealistic. It Association, the Northwest Associa-tion of reaches beyond the average, the assured, Private College and University Libraries, and the guaranteed. University objectives, the Oregon Independent Colleges indeed the entire Catalog, may be seen as Association, and the Oregon Independent sincere intention to provide an educational College Foundation. program of high quality. Accountability to students is fulfilled by providing qualified teachers, a community with Christian values, and the historical continuity of a Quaker university. The opportunity for personal growth and development is here, yet student initiative and responsibility are vital. The Catalog is not an unconditional contract.

3 PLACE

George Fox University’s “place” is Oregon, Just a half-hour drive from the For those who love the outdoors, Portland the lower Willamette Valley, Newberg, and campus, metropolitan Portland is George has 9,400 acres of parks, including Mill a 75-acre tree-shaded campus on a wooded Fox’s big-city neighbor. Oregon’s largest Ends Park, the smallest in the world, and ravine in a residential neighborhood. This city, Portland offers students, faculty and Forest Park, the largest urban wilderness. place offers a variety to meet most interests: staff its Old Town district, a downtown And George Fox students can join in the a friendly community close (23 miles) to a transit mall, the Tom McCall Waterfront enthusiasm of cheering for the Portland major metropolitan environment of 1.7 Park, numerous art galleries and museums, Trail Blazers NBA team, the Portland million people, located in the beauty of the a number of theater groups and jazz clubs, Winter Hawks WHL ice hockey Pacific Northwest, with nearby mountain and a world-class symphony, ballet and squad, and the Portland Rockies ranges for skiing, and easy access to rugged opera. Other attractions include the Metro minor league baseball team. coastal beaches just an hour away. Washington Park Zoo, the Japanese Despite the numerous Portland advantages, Oregon — 96,981 square miles of variety Garden, the International Rose Test many students prefer the small-town flavor — stretches from the Pacific Coast, over Gardens, and OMSI (the Oregon Museum of Newberg. Located on the Willamette the Coast Range, through the fertile of Science and Industry). Every June the River, Newberg has a population of 16,700, Willamette Valley, past the snowcapped city holds its Rose Festival, with three with many residents living in Newberg by Cascades, and into the high parades, a coronation, and 25 days of other events. choice and commuting to Portland for their desert country of central and eastern jobs. Downtown Newberg consists of a Oregon. More than half of the student variety of stores, shops and services. body call Oregon home. Others come to Friendly merchants who appreciate the school in Oregon and decide to make it University’s students are just a few blocks their new home — despite south of the campus, with most businesses the fabled rain. Yes, there is rain, and some- within walking distance. It’s a personable times it falls hard in the valley between the town, rich in tradition — former President mountain ranges where George Fox Herbert Hoover once lived here. University is located. But it is the rain that The Newberg-Portland area has a mean makes Oregon green and gives it natural daily high temperature in July of 83°F and beauty. Umbrellas and raincoats do come in a mean daily low in January of 32°F. handy during the winter months, but when Precipitation aver-ages 37 inches a year, the sun comes out, Oregon is spectacular most of which is rain. While Newberg does and it’s worth the wait. Just ask the visitors get snow, it is seldom more than a few who make tourism the state’s third largest inches a year and rarely lasts more than a industry, following high-tech business and couple of days. agriculture.

6 PLACE OUR HERITAGE

OUR HERITAGE From only a handful of courses in the The Christian atmosphere is a cam-pus pri- 1890s, the University now offers 38 under- ority. With other Christians, More than a century ago, early Oregon graduate majors and more than 600 courses the University holds to the historic truths Quaker pioneers helped settle the in 15 departments, along with graduate and teachings of Christianity, rich and fruitful Chehalem Valley of programs in psychology, education, busi- as outlined in the “Statement of Faith” Oregon. One of their first priorities, along ness and religion. In all, approximately printed on page 2. From its founding, the with the founding of their church, was the 10,700 students over the years have called University has been guided by Northwest education of their children. In 1885 the this insti-tution their alma mater. Yearly Meeting of Friends Church, which Christian also is committed to the official Statement instruction of their offspring was assured George Fox University has grown rapidly in of Faith and which historically has empha- with the establishment of Friends Pacific the last two decades — sized the necessity of a genuinely experien- Academy. At the same time, founding pio- both in reputation and facilities. tial Christian faith, personal integrity and neers were looking ahead with a dream of a Nine times in the last nine years, purity, the spiritual nature of the ordi- college to provide further and more U.S. News & World Report has ranked nances, the importance of peacemaking and advanced education. That time came George Fox in the top three (second in responsible social action, the involvement September 9, 1891, with the opening of the 1997) in academic reputation among of women in ministry and leadership, the doors of Pacific College. Fifteen students Western regional liberal arts colleges in the valuing of sim-plicity, and the right and were counted on opening day. 15 states from Texas to Hawaii. In 1996, duty of each person to hear and follow George Fox was one of five schools named God’s call. In the century since its founding, there as “Most Efficient” in the category. In a have been major changes, of course, includ- new category for George Fox University has more Friends ing the name of the Uni-versity itself, the magazine — top teaching schools — students on campus than changed in 1949 because of the many George Fox in 1995 was ranked any other college in the United States: They “Pacific” colleges and retitled in honor of second in the West. National recognition represent approximately the founder of the Friends Church. The also has come from the John Templeton nine percent of the student body. name changed again in July 1996 when Foundation, which has named George Fox Altogether, more than 47 denominations George Fox College became George Fox five times to its Honor Roll for Character are represented on campus. Denominations University, incorporating Western Building Colleges, the only Oregon college with a significant enrollment include the Evangelical Seminary with 300 students on selected. The foundation also has selected Evangelical Church of North America, Free a campus in Tigard, Oregon. the University to its Honor Roll for Free Methodist, Nazarene, Presbyterian, Enterprise Teaching. Disciples of Christ, Mennonite, United Methodist, Assemblies of Following a campus master plan, George God, Christian & Missionary Alliance, Fox has expanded to 75 acres in recent Catholic, Lutheran, American Baptist, years, with 12 new buildings constructed at Conservative Baptist, Church of God, and a total investment of more than $20 mil- Foursquare. lion. A $16 million Centennial Campaign funded a new science building and restora- tion of Wood-Mar Auditorium, opened in 1995. Students come to George Fox from across the nation to participate in the experience of sharing faith and learning with dedicated faculty and administrators. They live, study, work and play in buildings that range from those with historic significance to some of the most modern anywhere. The University is committed to a residential campus atmosphere where learning continues outside the classroom, as well as inside, through a variety of experiences including music, athletics, clubs and organizations, special events, and spiritual emphasis.

7 PLACE CAMPUS FACILITIES

CAMPUS FACILITIES Business and Economics Depart-ment The Financial Affairs Office, Offices are located in a former residence at the corner of North River and Sheridan Bounded on three sides by a residential converted to offices in 1991. streets, is a city historic building purchased area, the George Fox campus borders Hess by the University in 1994. Renovated for Creek, with a natural setting that is being The Campbell House, purchased in 1995, office space in 1997, it houses the Financial preserved with its tall trees, ferns, and wild- is located at 612 N. Meridian Street. It Affairs Office, including Human Resources. flowers. The houses six students. spacious campus has been developed in Fry House, at the corner of Sheridan Street Carey Residence Hall, built in 1980, pro- recent years according to a master plan that and Carlton Way, was purchased in 1992. vides housing for 32 students in eight features a campus academic quadrangle; a It is the home for suites. It is the first unit of a three-building recreational section the Associate Dean of Students. minidorm complex with sports center, track complex, situated in the Hess Creek greenway. The Graduate Student Lounge contains and athletic fields; and a living area with areas for studying, lounging and food major residence halls. The Centennial Tower, constructed in 1990 to preparation, and group and conference facilities include: launch George Fox Univer-sity’s centennial meeting rooms. Purchased by the year celebration, The Advancement Office, at 206 University in 1995, the building is located was designed by noted architect Pietro N. Meridian Street, was purchased at 911 East Sheridan Street. Belluschi to be the campus focus and center- in 1995. It also houses the alumni relations piece. This 65-foot-tall structure at the cam- Gulley House, near the intersection office. pus center features carillon, four clocks, and of Sheridan Street and Carlton Way, was The Armstrong House, a Newberg historic the University’s purchased in 1992. It houses building, was constructed in 1923 and pur- original bell. 10 students. chased by the University in 1995. Located The Center Street House is a for- Heacock Commons, built in 1964-65, at 215 North Center Street, it houses mer residence converted to offices in 1992. enlarged in 1979, and renovated and offices for graduate admissions and contin- In addition to the offices of faculty mem- expanded in 1994, contains the Esther uing education admissions and assessment. bers in history, political science, sociology Klages Dining Room, the Bruin Den, the Barclay House, at 1313 East North Street and social work, the facility houses the Cap and Gown Rooms, and the Executive on the east side of campus, Center for Peace Studies, with office and Dining Room. was purchased in 1994. It houses library/conference room. The Herbert Hoover Academic Building, a resident director and five students on two Colcord Memorial Field contains a field built in 1976-77, houses levels. and polyurethane track resurfaced in the the Kershner Center for Business and The William and Mary Bauman fall of 1993. Economics, as well as a 160-seat lecture facility, classrooms, psychology faculty Chapel/Auditorium, opened in the fall of The Cole House, located at the corner of offices, and the Enrollment Services offices 1982 as the final phase of the Milo C. Ross Sheridan and Meridian streets, was pur- of financial aid, registration, and student Center, seats 1,150 persons in a facility that chased by the University in 1991 and accounts. A display of Herbert Hoover is among the finest in the Northwest. remodeled into a residence for memorabilia was opened in 1997. Rotating art exhibits appear in the large 10 students. corridor-gallery. The Computer Store, opened in Hester House, at 212 River Street, was Beals House, located at 1109 1991, is the campus center for computer purchased in 1992. It houses Hancock Street, was purchased in 1992. It hardware and software purchases, acces- six students. houses seven students. sories, equipment repair The Hobson-Macy-Sutton Residence and upgrade. Richard H. Beebe Residence Hall, opened Hall complex, completed in 1977, is the in 1991, is the third unit of a three-build- Edwards Residence Hall was constructed in largest residence facility on campus, housing minidorm complex in the Hess Creek 1964 and renovated in 1995. Overlooking ing a total of 250 students. greenway. It houses Hess Canyon, it is a residence for men and A central lobby is shared by the three build- 40 students in two-room suites, with women with alternate-wing housing for 106 ings. The buildings are connected by out- women on the first two floors and men on students. side walkways and an underground tunnel. the third. It also contains Edwards-Holman Science Center, opened Hoskins House, purchased in 1993, hous- the east campus student post office. in 1994, houses the Depart-ment of es 10 students. It is located at Brougher Hall, erected in 1947 Biology and Chemistry and the 214 River Street. and remodeled and enlarged in 1959 and Department of Mathematics, Computer 1961, contains classrooms and Science and Engineering. The building has art facilities. a lecture hall, five classrooms, 16 laboratories and 13 offices. An atrium connects it with Wood-Mar Hall.

8 PLACE MAP

1. Armstrong House 18. Kelsey House 33. Video Communication Center 48. Hoskins House PARKING 2. Art Annex 19. Lemmons Center 34. Wheeler Sports Center 49. Kershner House Visitor parking is available at the 3. Bauman Chapel/Auditorium 20. Virginia Millage Memorial 35. Wood-Mar Hall 50. Lewis Apartments following sites: 4. Bookstore Rose Garden 36. Woodward House 51. Macy Residence Hall 67. Bauman Auditorium/ 5. Brougher Hall 21. Minthorn Hall 52. McGrew House Ross Center Parking Lot 6. Business and Economics 22. Morse Athletic Fields STUDENT HOUSING 53. Munn House 68. Hoover/Wood-Mar Department Offices 23. Murdock Learning Resource (Residence Halls, Mini-dorms, Apartments 54. Newlin Apartments Parking Lot 7. Centennial Tower Center and Houses) 55. Parker House 69. President’s/University Relations 8. Center Street House 24. Pennington House 37. Barclay House 56. Pennington Residence Hall Parking Lot 9. Colcord Memorial Field 25. Plant Services Building 38. Beals House 57. Schaad House 70. Wheeler Center Parking Lot 10. Computer Store 26. Prayer Chapel 39. Beebe Residence Hall 58. Sherman Arms Apartments 71. Winters Parking Lot 11. Edwards-Holman Science 27. President’s/University 40. Campbell House 59. Sherman Street House Special reserved places for admissions guests are available in the Hoover/Wood-Mar Center Relations Offices 41. Carey Residence Hall 60. Sutton Residence Hall Parking Lot, 12. Financial Affairs Office 28. River Street House 42. Cole House 61. University Residence Hall the President’s/University Relations Parking 13. Fry House 29. Ross Center 43. Edwards Residence Hall 62. Weesner House Lot, and the Winters 14. Graduate Student Lounge 30. Security Office 44. Gulley House 63. Weesner Village Parking Lot. 15. Heacock Commons 31. Student Union Building 45. Hancock Street House 64. Willcuts Residence Hall 16. Hoover Academic Building 32. University Advancement 46. Hester House 65. Winters Apartments 9 17. International Student Center Office 47. Hobson Residence Hall 66. Woolman Apartments PLACE CAMPUS FACILITIES

The International Student Center, opened The Munn House, acquired in 1994, The River Street House, a two- in 1990, is located in a remodeled former houses six students. It is on the east side of story residence across the street from residence on Meridian and Sherman streets. Hess Creek Canyon on Pennington Residence Hall, is the home of This building houses the English Language East North Street. the University’s Dean of Students. It was Institute, with classrooms, faculty offices purchased in 1991. and a lounge/reception area. The M. J. Murdock Learning Resource Center, completed in The Milo C. Ross Center, opened in Kelsey House, purchased in 1992, houses the fall of 1988, houses more than 120,000 1978, houses the Religious Studies and nine students. It is located at 1110 volumes on three floors. Its features include Music departments, including classrooms, Sheridan Street. study carrels; rare book collections; special studios, practice rooms, collections concentrating on Quaker, music listening labs and faculty offices. The The Kershner House, purchased in 1970 Hoover and peace studies; microforms and William and Mary Bauman and remodeled in 1979, is a residence unit microform readers; CD-ROM worksta- Chapel/Auditorium, seating 1,150, was for nine students. tions; and the curriculum library. The added in 1982. Instructional Media Center on the lower Lemmons Center, built in 1964 and level includes computer and audiovisual The Schaad House, a two-story residence remodeled in 1997, is the combination of laboratories. Also on at the corner of Sherman and Center three hexagon modules providing class- the lower level are the Institutional streets, was acquired in 1983. It houses rooms, offices for education and family and Technology offices. seven students. consumer sciences faculty, and Calder Lecture Hall that seats 165. Newlin Apartments, located on North The Security Office, located at Carlton Street, are four units available for use by 16 Way and Sheridan streets, is the headquar- Lewis Apartments provide housing for 56 upper-division students. ters for the University’s security personnel. upper-division students in a total of 16 units. Parker House, a one-story duplex, was Sherman Arms Apartments, located on purchased in 1992. Located east Sherman Street, consist of six units for McGrew House, located at Hancock Street on Sheridan Street across from the married George Fox students. and Carlton Way, houses nine students. It Pennington Hall parking area, it was purchased in 1992. Sherman Street House, purchased in houses eight students. 1991, is a duplex that provides accommo- The Virginia Millage Memorial Rose Pennington House contains the under- dations for 10 students. Garden has 224 plants of 43 varieties in 24 graduate admissions offices. Purchased in The Student Union Building, built beds. The 72-foot- 1993, the longtime home of Levi diameter circular garden was created in in 1958 and enlarged in 1968 and 1979, Pennington, the former president of Pacific includes student government offices, the 1992, honoring a George Fox College—George Fox University’s predeces- alumna and volunteer leader. Bookstore (renovated in 1994), student sor—was built post office and a Minthorn Hall, constructed in in 1899 at the southeast corner of Sheridan recreation room. 1886 and on the National Register of and Center streets. Tennis Courts are located on the Historic Places, is the only first-generation Pennington Residence Hall, built in 1962 edge of Hess Creek canyon near Colcord building still in use. Remodeled and refur- and renovated in 1994, is a residence hall Field. The five courts were constructed in bished in 1962, 1989 and 1992, it houses for 102 students and a 1994. faculty offices for resident director’s apartment, with alter- writing, literature, communication arts, and nate-wing housing for men Tilikum Retreat Center, located on 92 languages; two classrooms; and the and women. acres in the Chehalem Valley eight miles Department of Continuing Education. from campus, is a retreat, camping and The Plant Services Building, educational center. Students, church The Curtis and Margaret Morse Athletic opened in 1998, contains work areas, stor- groups, families and community organiza- Fields, dedicated in 1989, contain a base- age, and offices for custodial, maintenance tions enjoy 77 acres of ball diamond, softball field, soccer field, and grounds personnel. woods and meadows, a 15-acre lake, an and practice areas. The Prayer Chapel, overlooking overnight retreat center, a lakeside recre- Hess Creek Canyon east of Edwards ation building, and a restored one-room Residence Hall, was completed in 1995. It schoolhouse. is available to all who seek a private place University Residence Hall, constructed in for devotions and prayer. 1996 on the east side of Hess Creek The President’s/University Relations canyon’s north end, is a three-story resi- Offices, opened in 1991, are a remodeled dence for 124 students, with men and residence at Sheridan and River streets, women living on redesigned as the administrative center for alternate floors. the Office of the President, university relations, publications and public information.

10 PLACE CAMPUS FACILITIES – STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

The Video Communication Center, com- Wood-Mar Hall, opened in 1911, STUDENT ACTIVITIES pleted in 1979, houses a television produc- contains the duplicating shop, the main tion studio, as well as offices and support- campus post office, and the administrative AND ORGANIZATIONS ing facilities. offices of academic affairs and student life. Student organizations provide Wood-Mar Auditorium, seating 257, was opportunity for the development The Weesner House, on Carlton Way, created in 1995 on the third floor. of leadership qualities and interpersonal accommodates 12 students in a two-story relationships. They are designed to supple- residence constructed in 1924 and com- Woodward House, at the northeast corner ment classroom work with practical experi- pletely renovated in 1980. of River and Hancock streets, was purchased ence and to provide recreational and social in 1993, giving the cam-pus the home of one activities. These organizations include cam- Weesner Village consists of 12 of the founders pus government, athletics, music, drama, apartments housing 48 upper-division stu- of George Fox University. Renovated publications, social and religious organiza- dents. in 1996, it has offices for the campus Health tions, and various special-interest groups. and Counseling Service. The Coleman Wheeler Sports Center, Students are encouraged to participate in completed in 1977, is the University’s Woolman Apartments consist of areas of their interest. largest building. It 14 units with capacity for 48 students. contains the James and Lila Miller Located at 1114 East Hancock Street, they Athletics Gymnasium, featuring three basket-ball were acquired and renovated courts and seating for 2,500 people. The in 1994. George Fox University has excelled center also contains activity and weight in athletics during recent years. rooms, handball/racquetball courts, health Intercollegiate sports for men include soc- and human performance classrooms, and cer, cross country, basketball, faculty offices. baseball, tennis, and track and field. Women’s intercollegiate sports include soc- Jack L. Willcuts Residence Hall, opened cer, cross country, volleyball, basketball, in 1990, is the second unit of a three-build- softball, tennis, and track and field. The ing minidorm complex in the Hess Creek University also has an greenway. It houses intramural program. 40 students in two-room suites, men on the top floor, women on the two lower floors. Both men’s and women’s intercollegiate athletics function under the guidelines of the Winters Apartments, located on River National Collegiate Athletic Association Street, consist of 10 units for (NCAA) – Divi-sion III and the National use by 40 George Fox students. Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA).

The basic aims of the intercollegiate athletic program are as follows: Colleges and universities in NCAA Division III place highest priority on the overall quality of the educational experience and on the successful completion of all students’ academic programs. They seek to establish and maintain an environment in which a student-athlete’s athletics activities are conducted as an integral part of the student-athlete’s educational experience. They also seek to establish and maintain an environment that values cultural diversity and gender equity among their student-athletes and athletics staff.

11 PLACE STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

To achieve this end, NCAA Division III Government Music Educator. Members may attend institutions: meetings of this professional educators The Associated Student Community organization. The club also sponsors speak- (a) Place special importance on the impact of George Fox University is an organization ers on new developments in of athletics on the participants rather than of all undergraduate students with the pur- the music education field. on the spectators and place greater empha- pose of serving as a unifying force for the sis on the internal constituency (students, University community and providing alumni, institutional personnel) than on the opportunities for the enrichment of mem- Social Events general public and its entertainment needs; bers’ lives. The academic year at George Fox (b) Award no athletically related financial University is highlighted by a variety of aid to any student; Intramurals social functions. Homecoming is one of the major campus events of (c) Encourage the development of sports- The University has a broad-based, the year, when the entire University com- manship and positive societal attitudes in student-led intramural program which munity hosts returning alumni. Various all constituents, including student-athletes, includes men’s and women’s touch football, other activities occur throughout the year. coaches, administrative personnel and spec- 3-on-3 basketball, racquetball and tennis. The student government’s Activities tators; Also included in the program are co-ed Committee provides one activity every competitions in volleyball, indoor soccer (d) Encourage participation by maximizing week. A limited number of thematic all- and floor hockey. the number and variety of athletics oppor- campus social dances are permitted each tunities for their students; year, sponsored by the Associated Student Community under guidelines approved by (e) Assure that the actions of coaches and Media the University administration and Board of administrators exhibit fairness, openness Publications include a newspaper, Trustees. and honesty in their relationships with stu- The Crescent; the yearbook, L’Ami; and dent-athletes; Wineskin, the literary publication. Student editors direct their staffs in the selection (f) Assure that athletics participants are Theatre and preparation of materials for these pub- not treated differently from other members Theatre, part of the Fine Arts Depart-ment, lications. The student radio station, KFOX, of the student body; presents two major dramas and a music broadcasts campus news and music in a theatre production each year, as well as stu- (g) Assure that athletics programs support contemporary Christian format. dent-directed short plays and informal the institution’s educational mission by course-related performances. Augmenting financing, staffing and controlling the pro- the on-campus theatre program is the grams through the same general procedures Music George Fox University Players, a touring as other departments of the institution; Music activities are available to drama group, which presents improvisa- students with varied musical talents. Public (h) Provide equitable athletics tional theatre throughout the Northwest at performances are presented by the Festival opportunities for males and females and churches, prisons, camps, retreats, schools Chorus, the Concert Choir, the Chehalem give equal emphasis to men’s and marketplaces. Chorale, Dayspring, and women’s sports; the Chapel Choir, the Concert Band, the (i) Give primary emphasis to regional in- Chehalem Symphony Orchestra, the Jazz season competition and conference champi- Ensemble, the Handbell Ringers, Ye Olde onships; and Royal Feaste, and music theatre.

(j) Support student-athletes in The University’s student chapter their efforts to reach high levels of athletics of the Music Educators National performance, which may include opportu- Conference provides a bond between stu- nities for participation in national champi- dents in music education and members of onships, by providing all teams with ade- the professional organi-zation. Students quate facilities, competent coaching and receive the Oregon appropriate competitive opportunities.

12 PLACE CHAPEL AND CAMPUS MINISTRIES – LIVING ARRANGEMENTS

CHAPEL AND CAMPUS Both on-campus and off-campus Christian tobacco or illegal drugs. Gambling ministry and service are encouraged as a and obscene or pornographic materials or MINISTRIES means of exercising the spiritual gifts and literature also are unacceptable. Students Chapel provides a source of spiritual direc- abilities of students. Anyone representing are expected to maintain these lifestyle stan- tion and instruction. Musical the University in a specific ministry dards both on and off campus. programs, outstanding speakers, and faculty must be authorized to do so by and student participation continue to pro- the University administration. duce meaningful, informative, challenging chapel services and convocations. Chapel is LIVING ARRANGEMENTS held two times a week, and a standard of attendance is required of all full-time STANDARDS OF undergraduate students. Attendance Housing Policies is registered, and an attendance roll is CONDUCT George Fox is a residential university. maintained. Chapel is not designed to By accepting admission to George Approximately 70 percent of the student duplicate or replace the ministry of the Fox University, students agree to respect the body live in campus housing. Interpersonal local church. Rather, it is a unique part of expectations and appointed leadership of relationships experienced in residence halls, George Fox as a faith-affirming university, a the institution. All expectations are campus apartments, and campus houses are place where equipping and encouraging designed to allow the fullest liberty consis- strong factors in producing positive person- occurs. tent with efficient work, while at the same al development. The policies and proce- Students with inadequate chapel attendance time promoting the welfare of the entire dures governing residence housing are an records run the same risks as students who campus community. outgrowth of the core values of George Fox have educational deficiencies in their class- University. The University admits students with the room performance. So, just as a sufficiently understanding that they will comply with All unmarried full-time undergraduate stu- low grade point average will lead to the sus- these expectations in every respect and con- dents under the age of 23 after September 1 pension of the student from the University, duct themselves as responsible citizens. All of the academic year so, too, a sufficiently low chapel attendance students are expected to maintain normal are required to live in University-owned record may result in the suspension of the standards of behavior, which include con- housing. Exceptions are given to students student from a major extracurricular activi- forming to state and local laws. who live with a parent or legal guardian ty or from the University itself. and to students who have completed three Any student whose behavior is dishonest, The churches of the community years of college work. destructive, unethical or immoral, or whose maintain a variety of worship and ministry conduct is detrimental to the total welfare New students will be mailed a housing programs for college students. Students are of the community, shall be subject to disci- preference form after they pay their tuition welcome to their services and fellowships, plinary action that may result in suspension deposit to the Admissions Office. Housing and oppor-tunity for participation and stu- or dismissal. assignments will begin late in May and con- dent membership is provided. Regular tinue through the summer. Housing assign- church involvement is desired and strongly In accordance with Christian convictions ments will not be made until a housing encouraged of all students. honoring the body as the temple of the selection form is received. Holy Spirit, the University community The Campus Pastor, the Director accepts a lifestyle that forbids immoral sex- Nine modern residence halls house 666 stu- of Outreach and Discipleship, the Christian ual behavior and the use, possession or dis- dents. The newest of these facilities is Services Director, and the Student Chaplain tribution of alcohol, University Residence Hall, which houses direct worship and ministry activities on 124 students. It opened in the fall of 1996 the campus and provide varied opportuni- and houses a floor of men and two floors of ties for every student who desires to move women residents. Pennington Residence beyond being a “hearer” of the Word of Hall, with a capacity of 102, has one wing God to becoming a “doer.” The office for men and one for women students. sponsors “Green Room,” (a Friday morning Edwards Residence Hall, a residence for worship and praise time), “Over the Edge” 106, also has one wing for men and one for (a Sunday night worship and praise time), women. two weeks of Christian emphasis each year, an annual missions conference, and many prayer meetings, serve trips, and small group Bible studies.

13 PLACE LIVING ARRANGEMENTS – STUDENT SERVICES

The Hobson-Macy-Sutton Residence Hall Occupants of campus housing are Students may petition the Dean of Students complex houses 222 students in three-floor held responsible for damage to their unit for the possibility of having the food service buildings. Macy Residence Hall and and furnishings. Cost of damage or clean- requirement waived. Only in exceptional Hobson Residence Hall are for women, ing beyond normal wear, unless such dam- circumstances while Sutton Residence Hall houses men age has been identified with an individual, will such petitions be granted. A checklist and women. will be charged on a prorated basis among for exemption procedures and guidelines is the occupants of the unit. A final inspec- available in the Student Life Office. All Carey Residence Hall houses 32 tion by the Resident Assistant of each resi- petitions are due at the end of the second men and women in eight suites on two dence housing unit must be made before a full week of each semester. floors, the top floor for women, the bottom student may leave at the end of the acade- floor for men. Willcuts Residence Hall mic year or withdraw from the University. houses 40 students in 10 suites on three Final checkout from a campus housing Motor Vehicles floors. The top floor is for men, the bottom unit is complete only with this inspection, The ownership or possession of automo- two floors after the key is turned in, and after the pro- biles or other motorized vehicles by stu- for women. Beebe Residence Hall fessional staff resident director has signed dents is permitted. Students is set up the same as Willcuts Residence off on all student staff paperwork. are advised to maintain appropriate insur- Hall. ance coverage on such vehicles. Any student who is registered and attending classes, Campus housing also includes five apart- Food Services ment complexes and several houses for whether full or part time, must have his or upperclassmen. There are approximately With the exception of seniors living her motor vehicle registered with the 1,000 students living in University-owned apartments, resident Security Office and pay a non-refundable on campus. Housing administration students are required to eat on the parking fee to park on campus. Failure to is handled by the Associate Dean University board plan in Heacock do so will result in fines. of Students in the Student Life Office. Commons. The University offers an “open Residence housing is furnished with beds, dining” plan for all students eating in mattresses and other essential furnishings. Heacock. The hours for the “open dining” are 7:15 a.m. to 7:15 p.m. on Mondays Students are expected to provide their own STUDENT SERVICES bedding, towels, etc. Coin-operated laundry through Fridays; facilities are provided for each residence. 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. and 4 to 7 p.m. on Saturdays and Sundays. A charge is made Specified hours have been established for for guests. Commuting students may Student Life Office co-ed visitation. Additional residential obtain meal tickets through the food ser- This office, located in Wood-Mar housing and lifestyle expectations are vices office. Commuting students also may Hall, is responsible for the organization and included in the Student Handbook provid- purchase the full meal plan and must indi- programming of campus housing, intercol- ed for each student. cate their intent to do so at the time of reg- legiate athletics, istration. student government, student activities, career services, multicultural services, secu- Food service begins during Freshman rity, and campus ministries. This office also Orientation in the fall semester and ends offers individual attention to problems aris- on the last Saturday of the semester. Service ing among students. Students are encour- begins again the Sunday evening prior to aged to contact this office whenever they spring semester and concludes on the last are concerned about aspects of University Saturday of the semester, with the exception life not specifically related to curricular proof spring vacation. The food service grams. The Vice President will not operate during this time. for Student Life coordinates these services and programs.

14 PLACE STUDENT SERVICES

Career Services Office Health and Counseling International Student Services This office, located in Wood-Mar Hall, is Services Director the center for career education, guidance, General medical and counseling The Director of International Student and employment resources. This covers health services are located in the Health Services, serving as the advisor for interna- selecting a major to finding employment or and Counseling Center. Diagnosis and tional students, helps facilitate the meeting attending graduate school. Resources include treatment for minor of diverse cultures in the George Fox career courses, testing, counseling, special illnesses and injuries, immunizations, aller- University community. The University rec- events, job search skill training, and a library gy injections, referrals to local physicians, ognizes that inter-national students bring with occupational, graduate school, and health education are available. A med- with them unique needs as well as wel- and company information. Permanent, sum- ical director is available by appointment, comed contributions. The director seeks to mer, student employment, and internship and a registered nurse is available through- help students adjust to their new surround- jobs are posted daily, with a weekly job bul- out the school day for outpatient care. ings and to help the campus community letin published as well. Comprehensive com- develop a sensitivity to their needs. The puter guidance, The counseling staff consists of a licensed director also encourages their participation the Alumni Career Resource Network, the psychologist and several in the academic and social life of the Oregon Liberal Arts Placement Consortium master’s-level counseling or psychology University and Jobs Fair, the Oregon practicum students. Individual counseling in the exploration of the surrounding Graduate School Fair, and the JobTrak with a focus on using short-term techniques American culture, as well as assists students online job listing service are special features. is provided for students who wish to discuss in complying with INS regulations. The Electronic access is available through the a wide variety of personal concerns. advisor is the international student’s friend Foxmail Jobs Board and our Internet home Sessions are normally planned weekly and and advocate. page. Teacher placement files are generated usually last about one hour. Group therapy, and maintained in this office. Staff includes marriage and premarital counseling, out- the director, assistant director, secretary and reach seminars, crisis intervention, testing, Multicultural Advisor intern. and referral also are available. Counseling The Multicultural Advisor helps facilitate sessions are cultural sharing and education for the by appointment only. entire George Fox community and serves as Financial Aid Office the advisor to minority students. Individual Counseling and health care professional ser- This office in the Hoover Academic students of color may come to the vices are provided at no cost to students Building coordinates student employment; University with unique needs and/or con- who have paid the student health fee. All awards of scholarships, grants and loans; tributions. The advisor helps students other students are charged $10 per visit for and other forms of financial assistance. adjust to their new campus home and services works rendered. Nominal fees are charged for psy- to encourage the development of a campus chological assessment and Graduate Student Office climate that appreciates cultural differences. laboratory tests. Health accident This office, located at the Portland Center The advisor also works with the student insurance is required of all students. and in Wood-Mar Hall on the Newberg club called Students must verify adequate campus, is responsible for organizing and the Multicultural Club, which learns about insurance coverage elsewhere or coordinating the services of the graduate various cultures, hosts cultural activities, be enrolled in the Student Medical student population. The director serves as a and serves as a support system for minority Insurance Group Plan at the time resource person and advocate for the stu- students. of registration. Each student must dents within the University. Graduate stu- have a completed Health History and dents are encouraged to contact this office Immunization Record on file in the Health whenever they are concerned about aspects Center. The state of Oregon requires every of University life. student born after December 1956 to have proof of a second measles immunization. All records in the Health Center are confidential (for students 18 and over).

15 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

17 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS COURSE CHALLENGE PROGRAMS – FACILITIES

COURSE CHALLENGE Testing through the CLEP General FACILITIES Examinations is designed to verify compe- PROGRAMS tency in general education. Tests may be Students may reduce the number of taken in five areas for a maximum of 32 Murdock Learning Resource required courses and add flexibility to their semester hours of credit. (General examina- Center (Newberg)/Portland undergraduate years by one or more of the tions are to Center Library (Tigard) following programs. be taken prior to the completion of the first semester of enrollment at George George Fox University maintains libraries at Fox University.) It is recommended that the both the Newberg and Portland Center Advanced Placement English Composition examination with campuses. The Murdock Learning Resource Center is College credit may be granted in essay be taken in June prior to college enrollment. a three-story, 35,000-square-foot building several subject areas to the student who serving the Newberg campus from a central completes a college-level course in high Testing through the CLEP Subject location. The library presently houses more school and receives a score of three or better Examinations provides verification of com- than 120,000 volumes and receives more through the Advanced Placement Program petency in selected academic fields such as than 800 periodical titles. The library has sponsored by the College Entrance foreign language, mathematics, etc. These several special collections, including the Examination Board. Students expecting may be taken at any time and assume com- Quaker Collection of basic Quaker books, advanced placement credit should request, petency has been gained in nonclassroom pamphlets and periodicals. The archives of at the time the test is taken, that scores settings. See the Registrar for details and test Northwest Yearly Meeting of Friends be sent to George Fox University. applications. The tests are administered by Church and of George Fox University, dat- the Registrar, as authorized by the College ing from the 1880s, International Baccalaureate Entrance Examination Board, which spon- are preserved in a special room. The sors the examinations. Hoover Collection contains materials writ- (IB) ten about President Herbert Hoover and College credit may be granted in his administration. The Peace Collection several subject areas to students who com- Credit by Examination contains books and periodicals pertaining plete college-level work through the Courses offered at George Fox University to conflict resolution and international International Baccalaureate program. A for which CLEP testing is not available peacekeeping. The John C. Brougher minimum score of five is required on High may be challenged by examination. There is Memorial Museum houses artifacts of Level examinations for credit consideration. a test fee of George Fox University history, Quaker his- Students $40 per examination. See the tory and missions, and early Pacific must provide the Registrar’s Office with a Registrar for details. Northwest Americana. copy of the International Baccalaureate transcript to receive consideration. Credits Instructional media services are housed in awarded as a result of International Proficiency Test the north end of the MLRC’s lower level. Projectors, audio and videotape recorders, Baccalaureate documentation will be A student may fulfill general education and and playback equipment are available for accepted as transfer credit. some program requirements or become eli- class-room, student and faculty use. In the gible for registration in advanced courses by Computer-Assisted Instruction Lab, stu- passing a proficiency test for the area dents may fulfill certain course requirements College Level Examination involved. No fee is charged for proficiency and may have access Program testing, and credit is not granted. Typical to word processing and other com-puter The Educational Testing Service of the academic areas for which proficiency tests functions. The Instructional Media Center College Board provides nationally recog- are available are languages, music, Bible, provides a darkroom nized standardized testing through which and physical education activity courses. and equipment for dry mounting, college credit may be earned or course pro- laminating, thermal and photocopy over- ficiency verified. This is A student from a non-English-speaking head transparency production, the College Level Examination Program nation may fulfill the language requirement and slide and tape duplication. A (CLEP). by demonstrating proficiency in the English language. satellite dish on the building’s roof enables the center to receive programming from 19 satellites.

18 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS FACILITIES – OFF-CAMPUS PROGRAMS

The Portland Center library houses 70,000 The Tilikum staff provides the following OFF-CAMPUS PROGRAMS volumes and receives approximately 350 kinds of retreat experiences: periodicals. The collection is especially (1) relational—family groups, men, George Fox University students may partici- strong in religion and theology. Also locat- women, couples, teens, and single par- pate in Coalition for Christian Colleges and ed in the Portland Center library are the ents—with a goal of strengthening the Universities (CCCU) archives of Western Evangelical Seminary. entire family unit; (2) planning and retool- student programs, Christian College ing for local churches— Consortium Exchange, and selected pro- The University’s online library catalog pro- biblical goals in today’s society; grams with which the University has estab- vides access to the holdings both the (3) senior adult Elderhostels; and lished agreements. CCCU programs include Murdock Learning Resource Center and (4) retreats for University students empha- the Middle East Studies Program, American the Portland Center library. The catalog sizing spiritual growth, recreation activities, Studies Program, Latin America Studies also gateways to numerous other academic or class projects. Program, Los Angeles Film Studies Program, libraries and is China Studies Program, and the Oxford available via the Internet. Internet Honors Program. Consortium Exchange access to other resources is available from Video Communication permits students to enroll for one both libraries. The library system is a mem- Center semester at one of the 12 other member ber of OCLC, with direct access to a data- institutions or to participate in the Africa base of more than The campus Video Center provides facili- Studies Program. Other study opportunities 37 million bibliographic records that repre- ties, studio and EFP video equipment for are described below. sent the holdings of thousands of member the communication/media broadcast major. libraries in the region and the nation. The studio contains To participate, students must apply to the Interlibrary loan services are available at a mix of analog and digital equipment for program and complete a George Fox appli- both sites. Computers at both library loca- tape-based and non-linear editing. This cation. Students normally participate in tions provide access to numerous indices facility also is used in the authoring and programs during the second semester of and abstracts on CD-ROM and over the production of interactive multimedia. their sophomore year, their junior year, or Internet. George Fox is a member of the Advanced students often assist in profes- the first semester of their senior year. Portland Area Library System (PORTALS), sional productions Because a limited number of students will through which access is provided to mem- for commercial clients. be approved to participate, students may ber libraries and numerous databases. The enroll for one off-campus study program University is also a member of Orbis, a The Video Center prepares educational during their undergraduate program. consortium of academic libraries with a video products in a variety of subjects of George Fox student participants must be union catalog located at the University of value for schools, business/industry, and approved by a campus selection committee. Oregon. Through consortia agreements, churches. Selection will be determined based on the George Fox students may use the Portland student’s academic and citizenship standing State University library, as well as numerous and on the applicability of the study pro- other private and state university libraries in gram to the student’s major field of study. Oregon and Washington. Applications for participation are available in the Registrar’s Office. Tilikum Retreat Center Christian camping is emphasized through American Studies Program the facilities of University-owned Tilikum, a center for retreats and outdoor ministries The American Studies Program, sponsored for the greater Portland area. The combined by the Coalition for Christian Colleges and strengths of the faculty in physical educa- Universities, is designed for juniors and tion, family and consumer sciences, seniors with a wide range of academic Christian educational ministries, and more majors and vocational interests. Students come together in a program are involved in the American Studies for preparing camp leaders. Program for periods of three or four months. The internship/seminar opportuni- Tilikum features a year-round program of ty is available starting in September and retreats with a wide appeal to all ages and in January. denominations. More than 2,500 children enjoy the summer camping program. University students have opportunities for study, recreation, personal renewal, and employment.

19 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OFF-CAMPUS PROGRAMS

The American Studies Program was created Field Education semester are required for one hour of credit. to provide field experience and study A maximum of 20 hours may be accumu- This program, commonly referred opportunities in Washington, D.C., for lated in field education between numbers to as “field experience,” “internship,” or diverse majors and personal interests. The 275, 375 and 475. Twelve hours are “cultural experience,” usually takes place off program is based on allowed between the career-oriented campus, yet is an integral part of the stu- the principle of integrating faith, learning, options, 275 and 475. Normally, the three dent’s academic experience. Its purpose is to and living through both a real-life work alternatives are broken down as follows: promote personal and career development experience and a study program. Students by integrating classroom study with spend their time in Washington serving as ___ 2751 to 3 credit hours planned and supervised practical experience interns, participating in a contemporary, GED 375 2 to 12 credit hours in vocational, educational or cultural activi- issues- oriented seminar program, and liv- ___ 4752 to 12 credit hours ties outside the classroom. ing in a small Christian community. Applications for field experience should be Internships are available in congressional Enrollment in field education is an elective requested through the Registrar. Request offices, social service agencies, think tanks, option in certain majors and a requirement forms must be completed, approved by the cultural institutions, and many other orga- in others. Refer to each program to deter- department chairperson, and submitted to nizations. mine how it applies. The program is open the Registrar for enrollment. The vital link to George Fox University students only. Further information and application forms to a successful field experience is the faculty are available from the Registrar. Two main types of off-campus experience sponsor (supervisor) with whom the learning are available: career and cultur-al. The plan is developed and carried out. The pro- career-oriented field experience focuses on gram also necessitates a field supervisor at Consortium Visitor Program two levels, which are “exploratory” (275) the location of service or employment with The Christian College Consortium, and “preparatory” (475). These two levels whom the faculty sponsor and student inter- described on page 3, sponsors a student vis- provide opportunity for initial exposure to relate. itors program intended as an enrichment to a career-interest area and for realistic prepa- Evaluation of the field experience is based those disciplines where personnel and ration toward a chosen field. upon successful completion of the stated courses may be somewhat limited. The culture-oriented field experience (GED individualized objectives in the Learning Normally this one-semester experience 375) is designed to encourage Plan. Field experience is graded “pass” or should be part of the junior year or the first a short-term residence in a different cultur- “no pass.” semester of the senior year. Application al setting, e.g., foreign country, inner city, forms and a descriptive brochure are avail- rural community. able from the Registrar. Academic credit may be earned through International Trade Institute The program permits a student in good participation in an approved field education Through the International Trade Field standing to enroll for one semester at one program. A full-time student may generate Study Program, based in Portland, Oregon, of the other consortium colleges. up to 12 credit hours during one semester. college seniors have the opportunity to par- Qualifying students must have at least a 2.5 Part-time involvement can generate credit ticipate in a field experience and seminar grade point average, have completed prior at the same rate as other methods of learn- program focusing on foreign trade, interna- to application one or more semesters free of ing. Thirty to 45 clock hours per tional business, global politics, and area academic or citizenship probation, and studies. This program, sponsored by the been approved by the selection committee. state of Oregon, is a cooperative effort of state government, the business community, Travel courses, plus some inner-city and and Oregon’s public and private colleges. It overseas study opportunities, links traditional classroom learning with are available through the coalition schools. direct experience in international com- These change each year. merce. Selection to the above programs will be based on the academic purposes involved, grade point average, citizenship, classification, and the extent to which the student has or has not had diverse educational experiences.

20 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OFF-CAMPUS PROGRAMS – INTERNATIONAL STUDY PROGRAMS

Los Angeles Film OICA Cross-Registration INTERNATIONAL Studies Center A full-time student may take one course a STUDY PROGRAMS Under the direction of the Coalition for semester for no additional tuition Christian Colleges and Universities, the Los (if total credits do not exceed 18 semester Angeles Film Studies Center makes a hours) at one of the neighboring institutions Juniors Abroad “Hollywood Semester” available to upper- in the Oregon Independent Colleges In order to enrich the intercultural division George Fox University students Association (OICA). Only courses not avail- and international awareness of our campus who qualify and who are accepted. Its pur- able on the home campus may be selected. community, George Fox University offers a pose is to enable college students to serve in Cross-registration is initiated by application transportation- various aspects of the film industry with through the George Fox University Registrar. subsidized overseas course of approximately professional skill and Christian integrity. three weeks to any junior Located in Burbank near major production student who has fulfilled the following studios, the semester-long program com- Oregon Theological requirements. These tours occur bines seminar courses with internships in Consortium during the annual May Term. various segments of the film industry, pro- Cross-Registration Detailed information about eligibility and viding the opportunity to explore the A full-time student may take one course a specific study tours is available from the industry within a Christian context and semester at one of the Oregon Theological Director of Overseas Study. The program’s from a liberal arts perspective. Consortium colleges or seminaries. Similar general policies are guidelines and procedures as for OICA The Hollywood Semester consists as follows: cross-registration apply. Contact the George of three courses: Fox University Registrar for a current list • Inside Hollywood: The Work and of OTC schools, information on their offer- Workings of the Film Industry ings, and application procedures.

• Keeping Conscience: Ethical Chal-lenges in the Entertainment Industry ROTC Program • Film in Culture: Exploring a Christian Through a cooperative agreement Perspective on the Nature and Influence of with the University of Portland, George Fox Film University students may participate in the Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps Students who complete the semester may (AFROTC) Program offered on the then apply for a semester-long internship in University of Portland campus. For more their field of interest. information, see the University of Portland See the Registrar for further details and Catalog or contact the professor of aero- application forms. space studies, University of Portland, Portland, OR 97203, (503) 283-7216. Malheur Field Station George Fox University holds mem-bership in the Malheur Field Station Consortium of 25 Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and Nevada colleges and uni-versities. The consortium maintains an undergraduate and graduate research facility on the Malheur Wildlife Refuge south of Burns, Oregon. Summer college credit can be obtained there in courses including archaeology, art, biology, photography, sociology and writing. Information may be obtained from the biology faculty.

21 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS INTERNATIONAL STUDY PROGRAMS

1. Students must have maintained three China Studies Program Oxford Honors Program consecutive years of full-time enrollment. Students interested in China will Junior and senior honors students Transfer students may receive partial sup- have the opportunity to engage this intrigu- will have the opportunity to study port for transportation expenses; requests ing country from the inside. The semester in England by participating in an interdisci- for such support should be made to the will include study of standard Chinese lan- plinary semester in Oxford through a part- Director of Overseas Study. guage, geography and history; religion and nership program with the Centre for 2. Students will include tuition costs of culture, and China’s modern development. Medieval and Renaissance Studies, affiliated this course as part of their block tuition for Parti-cipants will travel throughout China with Keble College of the University of the spring semester preceding the May tour, to such places as Beijing, Shanghai, Xi’an, Oxford. Under the guidance of the and will be billed for whatever credits and the Guangzhou/Hong Kong region. Coalition for Christian Colleges and exceed the 18-hour limit. They will have ample opportunity to inter- Universities, students will take part in two act with Chinese faculty and students on self-designed tutorials, a small-group semi- 3. Students will pay room and board in the campus of the host university and with nar, and an integrative advance for each tour, to be economically students of English whom they will assist as survey course. The semester will arranged by the University. For the typical conversation partners. (Begins also include travel to significant historical Juniors Abroad study tour, the University Spring 1999). and cultural sites in England. will pay the full transportation cost for eligible students. On occasion, a tour with unusually high costs may involve a trans- Latin American Study in Spain Program portation surcharge. Studies Program Students may apply to study in Spain for one semester through a cooperative agree- 4. Students must have a minimum cumu- Based in San Jose, Costa Rica, the Latin ment with Trinity Christian College of lative grade point average of 2.00 at the end American Studies Program, under the direc- Palos Heights, Illinois. The Study in Spain of the fall semester preceding the May tour. tion of the Coalition for Christian Colleges and Universities, offers a Program is designed primarily for students 5. Students must be in good standing with semester of study and travel in Central majoring or minoring in Spanish. Students the Student Life Office in the fall and America. Students live with Costa Rican study in Seville, Spain, and live in local spring semesters preceding the May tour. families, participate in a service opportunity homes while attending classes with students or internship, travel to other Latin from Trinity and other colleges. Application 6. Students must intend to return and American countries, and engage in both a to the program must be coordinated with graduate from George Fox University. language and a seminar program. Seminars foreign language faculty. 7. Student accounts must be current as of deal in-depth with Latin American culture, February 15 the year of the tour. history, politics, economics, and religious life. Two specialized academic tracks, Study in Africa Program 8. The University reserves the right International Business and Management Students may apply to spend an exchange to withdraw from this program and com- and Tropical Sciences and Sustainability, are semester or year at Daystar University mitment prior to fall registration in any available to qualified students. College in Nairobi, Kenya, in the Study in year. Students already registered under the Africa Program operated through the program are guaranteed the tour. Christian College Consortium. Programs of Middle East study include communications, business, 9. The University reserves the right Studies Program education, community development, and in the event of an international monetary, Bible and Christian ministries, as well as military, or other crisis to cancel or post- The Middle East Studies Program in Cairo, Egypt, provides students with opportunity courses in the history, culture, literature, pone a tour or to make substitute arrange- politics, art, music, and religions of Africa. ments. to study Middle Eastern cultures, religions and conflicts from within this diverse and All instruction is in the English language, offered by a faculty composed primarily of 10. The University does not obligate itself strategic region. Juniors and seniors from African nationals. The application deadline to alternative remuneration to students who Christian colleges participate in interdisci- is January 15 for the following cannot go, who decide not to go, or who plinary seminar classes, receive Arabic lan- academic year. are ineligible to go on a Juniors Abroad guage instruction, and serve as interns with study tour. various organizations in Cairo. The MESP encourages and equips students to relate to 11. Students (or alumni or friends of the the Muslim world in an informed and con- University) who are ineligible for free trans- structive manner. portation may apply to join a study tour and pay their own transportation and tuition.

22 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ON-CAMPUS PROGRAMS

Russian Studies Program Center for Peace Learning Computers Across Based in Moscow, St. Petersburg and The Center for Peace Learning was estab- the Curriculum Nizhni Novgorod (formerly Gorky), the lished in 1985 after a growing concern This program provides a computer Russian Studies Program, under the direc- among administrators, to each faculty member and every tion of the Coalition for Christian Colleges faculty and students that George Fox full-time traditional undergraduate and Universities, includes Russian language University have an active learning student. The cost of the computer is training and seminars on Russian history program dealing with peacemaking and included in tuition. The purpose of and culture. Students also participate in conflict resolution. Planning for the center the program is to enhance the experience of a service project as they explore the chal- was the specific result of searching ques- teaching, learning, and research during the lenges facing Russians today in the light of tions about the University’s contribution to years spent in college. Professors and stu- biblical truth. Students reside in university peace-making made by Senator Mark dents use their computers to make class- accommodations in Nizhni Novgorod and Hatfield in his address at the 1984 inaugu- room presentations, share software pro- spend the final three weeks with Russian ration of President Edward Stevens. grams and documents, communicate and families in St. Petersburg. Hatfield now teaches a peace studies course conference via e-mail, access the Internet, at George Fox. and develop software specifically for their Further Information The center coordinates a number of cours- courses. Instructional software programs developed at other colleges and universities For further information and application es, taught by faculty in various departments, which can be combined in a minor also are used in the classroom and laborato- materials for the above programs and other ry. overseas opportunities, contact the Director or used to enrich preparation for service in of Overseas Study or the Academic Affairs such careers as social work, pastoral min- The program also features a computer labo- Office. istry, peace education, teaching in public or ratory located in the Murdock Learning private schools, diplomacy, and business. In Resource Center. This lab is open to all stu- Students must submit the George Fox appli- addition to regular course work, dents and gives access to color computers, cation for participation, which is available the center offers a variety of learning laser printers, a color printer, a scanner, through the Registrar’s Office. experiences for students and community CD-ROM and laser disk drives. From this participants, including lectures, films, inter- lab students can access the campus network national work/study trips, and field experi- and campus e-mail system. The Campus ence placements. Research is encouraged Bookstore provides computers, software and made possible by the peace collection ON-CAMPUS PROGRAMS and supplies to the University. Also avail- in the M. J. Murdock Learning Resource able is a help desk for support and com- Center and by the specialized materials in puter repair services. Academic Success Program the Center for Peace Learning. A limited number of carefully selected stu- The Center for Peace Learning conducts a English Language Institute dents who do not meet regular admissions study program in conflict standards are welcomed to the George Fox management to prepare students for practi- George Fox University offers an intensive University Academic Success Program each cal peacemaking in their work, church, English as a Second Language program dur- fall. Admitted provisionally to the community and family. (See page 48.) ing the academic year for international stu- University, ASP students attend an after- Certificates are awarded upon completion dents who need to improve their academic noon orientation before other students of the program, details of which are pre- English skills. For details of curriculum, arrive. Under the individualized guidance sented in the Peace and Conflict Studies credit and enrollment, see page 39. of the ASP director and specially appointed section of this catalog. faculty advisors, they register for fall cours- Freshman Seminar Program es. Tutorial assistance and other aids are available, as needed. Total credit hours are Repeated studies of the experience limited to 14 for fall semester. of college freshmen have found that the degree to which students identify with and become involved in the college environment during the first few weeks of attendance affects their success and satisfaction with their entire college experience. As a result, George Fox University demonstrates its commitment to freshmen by providing a Freshman Seminar Program to assist students as they integrate themselves into the academic and social life of the University community.

23 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ON-CAMPUS PROGRAMS

All first-time freshman students who matric- “As a young student there for three years,” Juniors planning to do a senior ulate fall semester participate President Herbert Clark Hoover said in honors project apply by submitting in the Freshman Seminar Program. Students later years, “I received what-ever set I may a project proposal in the spring select a topical seminar designed by faculty have had toward good purposes in life.” semester, which must be approved advisors to interest and involve students as by a faculty advisor and the directors they begin their college experience. Students The Academy was the predecessor school to of the Intensified Studies Program. Seniors meet in small groups with an assigned facul- George Fox University, which was founded earn three to five hours ty advisor for a required Freshman Seminar in 1891. Those on campus with a sense of of credit per semester for the two- during the first five weeks of the fall semes- heritage often think of the quiet lad who semester research project. Completed pro- ter, for which they earn one credit hour. The studied here a century ago. No one jects are evaluated by the advising professor faculty advisor also meets with students indi- dreamed he would grow to be named and the program directors. Only those vidually for academic advising. A returning “Engineer of the Century,” that he would which meet the standards of the Intensified student peer advisor is assigned to a group live and work on five continents, that he Studies Program are recorded as honors and maintains one-on-one contact with each would direct the greatest humanitarian pro- projects and shelved in the University freshman to assist with the transition to col- jects the world has seen, and that in 1928 library; others receive regular college credit lege life. This program provides new college he would be elected president of the United as independent research. students with the opportunity to interact— States. beyond the residence hall and traditional “I can’t afford to underestimate the poten- May Term classroom setting—with each other, with a tial of any student,” is the way one profes- faculty member, and with a returning stu- sor puts it. “The steady gaze of young Bert This two-, three-, or four-week aca-demic dent during the first semester of enrollment. in those old photos won’t let me!” session is used for a variety of domestic and international study tours, regular courses, experimental and enrichment courses, and Herbert Hoover Symposia Intensified Studies Program seminars covering topics of current interest. Every two years since 1977, members of the The Intensified Studies Program Juniors Abroad study tours normally occur history faculty have invited offers selected students an opportunity to during this time. May Term offerings are to the George Fox University campus lead- go beyond the normal University curricu- detailed on the class schedule and on sup- ing authorities on the life and career of lum, integrating material from a variety of plemental bulletins. Herbert Hoover. Hoover Symposium X, on disciplines and creatively exploring unusual “The Chief and His Crew,” was held in topics largely chosen by students. Summer School November 1995. These meetings are Sophomores and juniors participate in an attended by professional historians, stu- innovative Honors Colloquium, earning In recent years, George Fox University has dents, faculty, and friends of the University. one hour of credit per semester. Seniors not sponsored regular undergra-duate class- Credit is offered to students who study who have completed the Colloquium are es in a summer school. Students have been selected aspects of the rich and eligible to propose an honors research pro- encouraged to use the summer for work, varied career of the 31st president ject with a modest research budget. All par- travel, and cocurricular activities that add of the United States. ticipants will receive a small scholarship. to life’s dimensions in learning and living.

The ties between Herbert Hoover and Freshmen and sophomores with a grade Independent study and research George Fox University began in 1885. That point average of 3.25 or better apply for are available for the summer under curricu- fall, 11-year-old Bert Hoover, recently admission to the program in the spring lum numbers 295 and 495. Applied learn- orphaned in Iowa, moved to Newberg, semester. Applications are reviewed by a ing experiences in prac-tical situations Oregon, to live with his uncle and aunt, faculty committee, and approximately 15 under supervision (field education) are Dr. Henry John and Laura Ellen Minthorn. students are admitted each year. The available through courses numbered 275 Minthorn had recently opened Friends Colloquium involves flexible courses of and 475, or GED 375 Cultural Experience. Pacific Academy, and Bert enrolled in the study designed in consultation with the See “Field Education” on page 20. first class shortly after his arrival. students in the course. The course, graded Also offered during the summer months are He studied under dedicated Quaker men- on a pass/fail basis, covers a flexible range continuing education courses in the tors and helped pay his way by tending fur- of topics designed to challenge students Management and Organizational nace, sweeping floors, and cleaning black- outside their major disciplines. boards. Leadership and Management of Human Resources programs and graduate courses in the Master of Business Administration,

24 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ON-CAMPUS PROGRAMS – PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

Master of Arts in Teaching, Master It is important to consult with your acade- Pre-nursing Program of Education, Master of Arts in Christian mic advisor early in setting up a plan for a A student can take one or two years Education, Master of Arts, strong program. Students should be aware of pre-nursing at George Fox University in Theological Studies, Master of that, in addition to meeting the minimal preparation for application to a nursing Arts in Counseling, Master of Arts entrance requirements, good grades (3.5 school. George Fox offers the full spectrum in Marriage and Family Therapy, Master of grade point average or above) and a strong of pre-nursing curricula that allows smooth Divinity, and Doctor of performance on the national admissions matriculation into most schools. These cours- Psychology programs. tests (MCAT, DAT, VAT, usually taken in es typically include general chemistry, math, the spring of the junior year) are essential. human anatomy and physiology, microbiolo- Also necessary for admission are letters of gy, life span human development, cultural recommendation and an interview with the anthropology and others. Students should professional school’s admissions committee. PREPROFESSIONAL contact the nursing school of their choice for requirements. PROGRAMS Our world needs Christian health professionals strong in character and matu- George Fox University has an agreement rity who have had broad educational and with Seattle Pacific University School of Pre-dental, Pre-medical, Pre- social experiences. George Fox University Health Sciences whereby a specified num- veterinary Programs offers excellent opportunities to build these ber of students may be admitted annually qualities through academic courses in areas to the sophomore year of the SPU nursing George Fox University is pleased with the such as ethics, psychology, computer sci- program. Consult with the pre-nursing excellent success students have had in gain- ence, literature, history, and foreign lan- advisor in the Department of Biology and ing admission to medical and dental guages, and through varied social opportu- Chemistry for specific requirements. schools. Students who wish to pursue a nities. career in medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine usually select a major in biology or chemistry. They may, however, choose Pre-law Program any academic major the University offers as Students considering law school enjoy a long as they take certain specific courses wide range of options in their course of required by the professional schools. study, which can be worked out with their George Fox University offers all of the sci- pre-law advisor. The best preparation for ence and mathematics courses required by law school (and a legal career) emphasizes a the professional schools of the region. Even broad liberal though specific requirements differ with arts education as an undergraduate. each medical school, the requirements Students need to be preparing themselves to uniformly include the following: understand complex real- world problems from as many BIO 101, 102 General Biology perspectives as possible. CHE 111, 112 General Chemistry CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry As a result, the student may choose from PHY 201, 202 General Physics many different majors, supplementing the One year of mathematics, usually major with electives and general education fulfilled by MTH 201, 202 Calculus options that stress writing and oral communication Other courses highly recommended are as skills, logical and critical thinking, close follows: reading of difficult material, BIO 310 Embryology and deeper understanding of society and BIO 322 Comparative Vertebrate culture. Pre-law students are strongly Anatomy encouraged to take PSC 260 Introduction BIO 330 Animal Physiology to Law, and to join in BIO 350 Genetics activities with other pre-law students. BIO 370 Microbiology BIO 420 Cell Biology CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry CHE 340 Biochemistry CHE 401, 402 Physical Chemistry

25 GENERAL EDUCATION

27 GENERAL EDUCATION GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL EDUCATION ♦ BIBLE AND RELIGION ♦ COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS 1. GED 101, 102 Literature of the 1. WRI 110 Freshman Composition. Old and New Testaments. (Freshmen are WRI 110 may be waived by a verbal SAT To complete an undergraduate academic required to take these courses, score of 600 or above (if taken prior to program at George Fox University, a stu- or a three-hour lower-division Bible elective April 1995) or 670 or above dent must select one of 36 majors to pursue given a superior placement examination.) (if taken after April 1, 1995). one of two degrees: the Bachelor of Arts or 6 hours 3 hours the Bachelor of Science. A course of study includes three basic components: general 2. Choose one of the following (required 2. Choose one of the following: education, the major field, and supporting of all): COM 100 Introduction to and/or elective courses. Minor fields are REL 470 Christian Classics Communication optional and are composed of elective REL 480 Spiritual Formation THE 120 Introduction to Acting courses that have been packaged for identi- REL 490 Contemporary THE 220 Oral Interpretation fication of a vocational purpose or an inter- Religious Life of Literature est. 2 hours 3 hours 3. REL 260 History and Doctrine Total: 6 hours “General education” is sometimes called a of Friends. Required of all Friends “core curriculum” or “general studies.” It is students. An elective course in Bible or reli- that part of the college experience required ♦ gion is required of all other HEALTH AND HUMAN of all graduates (although options may be students. PERFORMANCE permitted within certain programs) that Physical education activities and/or health gives them a common heritage and helps BIB 240 Wisdom Literature education. implement the distinctive University mis- BIB 250 Psalms sion. BIB 260 Life of Christ Three semester hours of human BIB 270 Writings of John performance are required to complete the General education requirements total 57 BIB 310 Old Testament History University’s general education requirement. semester hours. Certain lower- (prerequisite: GED 101) Students may enroll and upper-division courses in general edu- BIB 330 Prophetic Writings in one limited-enrollment human perfor- cation are required of all students. The (prerequisite: GED 101) mance activity course per semester and one specified courses and the options listed BIB 340 Between the Testaments unlimited-enrollment human performance below provide knowledge and skills in sup- BIB 390 Biblical Basis for activity course per semester. This require- port of cultural perspectives and major pro- Peacemaking ment may grams. Since BIB 411/412 Acts and Pauline Epistles be satisfied in the following ways: some majors have specified certain (prerequisite: GED 102) of the options stated below, students should BIB 480 General Epistles 1. Human performance activity or adapted check the major requirements described for (prerequisite: GED 102) activity classes. Limit of their selected majors. Except for such speci- REL 250 Great Moments/Key Persons two semesters of any one activity. fications, students may not use the same in Christianity 2. A health course from the following list course REL 270 Doctrine of ______will satisfy a maximum of one hour of the to fulfill both general education and major REL 380 Christian Beliefs requirement. The two remaining hours of requirements. A class may apply toward REL 401/402 Christianity in History the requirement must be met through activ- both general education and a minor. 2 hours ity courses. Additionally, all first-semester freshman students who matriculate in the fall are 4. Transfer students with junior standing required to enroll for GED 130 Freshman (62 semester hours) who have not taken Seminar. Literature of the Old and New Testaments or equivalent are required to take a two- or three-hour Bible course at the 200-400 level in addition to the four hours listed under 2 and 3 above, for a total of at least six hours. Total: 10 hours

28 GENERAL EDUCATION GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

HEA 200 Lifestyle Management LIT 100 Introduction to Literature CHE 111 General Chemistry HEA 230 First Aid and Safety LIT 231 Masterpieces of World CHE 112 General Chemistry HEA 240 Stress Management Literature, Western GSC 120 Foundations of Earth HEA 300 Nutrition LIT 240 Understanding Drama Science HEA 320 Contemporary Health Issues LIT 331 American Literature to 1900 GSC 130 Fundamentals of Geology LIT 332 American Literature 1900 PHY 150 Physics of Everyday Life 3. Up to two hours may be waived upon to Present PHY 201 General Physics successful completion of proficiency tests in LIT 340 Poetry PHY 202 General Physics selected areas. A current Red Cross LIT 360 Values Through Story Lifeguarding or Water Safety Instruction and Myth 3. Social Science certificate will waive one hour without fur- LIT 385 Major Authors PSY 150 General Psychology ther examination. LIT 431 English Literature to 1785 SOC 150 Principles of Sociology 4. Two credits toward the three-hour LIT 432 English Literature 1785 Students may select one, but not both, of requirement may be earned on intercolle- to Present the following to fulfill general education giate athletic teams. Only one credit in any LIT 440 Study of the Modern Novel requirements: one sport will count. 4. Philosophy (choose a maximum of one ECO 201 Principles of Microeconomics 5. Any professional activity class meets one course) ECO 202 Principles of Macroeconomics hour of the requirement. PHL 210 Introduction to Philosophy Total: 18 hours By permission only. PHL 230 Ethics Total: 14-15 hours 6. Military services may waive two semes- ♦ GLOBALIZATION ter credits. ♦ SCIENCES Choose six semester hours from the current Total: 3 hours course offerings listed below: Choose 18 semester hours from the options listed below. Students must choose two REL 330 World Christian Movement ♦ HUMANITIES courses from natural science, one from REL 360 Cross-Cultural Outreach Choose 14-15 semester hours, taking five math, and two from social science. Students REL 440 World Religions courses from the options listed below, then choose an additional course from GRE 202 Hellenistic Greek including at least one course and no more either natural science, math or social sci- (second semester) than two courses from each of the follow- ence. SOC 310 Cultural Anthropology ing areas: fine arts, history, and literature. SPN 102 First-Year Spanish 1. Math (second semester) 1. Fine Arts Waiver of three semester hours of math SPN 201, 202 Second-Year Spanish If a student chooses to take two courses in requirement for a SAT score above 600. FRE 102 First-Year French fine arts to fulfill the humanities general MTH 100 The World of Mathematics (second semester) education requirement, one must be art FRE 201, 202 Second-Year French and one must be music. MTH 120 Intermediate Algebra (Students with SAT of 600 GER 102 First-Year German GED 110 The World of Music or above are not eligible to (second semester) GED 220 Survey of Art take this course.) GER 201, 202 Second-Year German ART 101 Basic Design MTH 190 Pre-Calculus JPN 102 First-Year Japanese ART 111 Drawing MTH 201 Calculus I (second semester) MUS 100 Fundamentals of Music MTH 202 Calculus II JPN 201, 202 Second-Year Japanese MUS 110 Understanding Jazz MTH 260 Discrete Math FCS 310 Food, Culture and Society MUS 111, 112 Introduction to Music MTH 301 Calculus III FCS 380 Evolution of Dress Literature CIS 201 Introduction to Computer LIT 232 Masterpieces of World MUS 210 Keyboard Literature Science Literature, Non-Western CIS 202 Introduction to Computer ECO 360 Global Political Economy 2. History Science GEO 200 Cultural Geography HST 110 Western Civilization to 1648 PSC 250 International Conflict HST 120 Western Civilization 2. Natural Science and Peace from 1648 BIO 100 Foundations of Biology HST 360 Modern Russia HST 150 America and the World BIO 101 General Biology HST 440 History of Africa HST 331/332 England BIO 102 General Biology HST 470 Far East BIO 221 Human Anatomy and HST 350 Latin America 3. Literature Physiology INS 340 International Relations If a student chooses to take two GED 375 Juniors Abroad courses in literature to fulfill the humanities BIO 222 Human Anatomy and Total: 6 hours general education requirements, the first Physiology must be a lower- CHE 100 Chemistry of Life division course; the second may CHE 110 Chemistry and Our be lower or upper division. Environment 29 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM

Exemptions and Waivers The following exceptions are approved for COURSE NUMBERING majors in all secondary education programs, Students with adequate background and making a 41-hour-total general education SYSTEM the desire to take more elective courses are requirement: encouraged to check with the Registrar and Courses are designed for levels of experience and difficulty, and the course number- learn how they can test out of any of the 1. Health and Physical Education: This ing system reflects above requirements (with the sole exception requirement is met with two hours from this. Courses numbered 100 to 299 of a required minimum of three hours of the stated options. Bible). A mathematics SAT score of 600 are lower-division level and normally are (600 on recentered SAT) or above waives 2. Humanities: This requirement is satis- open to freshmen and sophomores. Courses three hours of mathematics/ fied with 11 hours chosen from any of the numbered 300 to 499 are upper-division computer requirements (see page 29). A categories, including at least one course in level and normally are open to juniors and verbal SAT score of 600 (670 on recentered music or art and seniors. Freshmen may not enroll in courses SAT) or above waives WRI 110 Freshman at least one course in U.S. history at the 300 and 400 level except by Composition (see page 28). CLEP and and in literature. permission of the chairperson of the depart- Advanced Placement tests win other exemp- ment in which the course is offered. A 300- 3. Language/Mathematics: This require- tions, as do campus-administered examina- numbered course may be open to sopho- ment is met with one three-hour course tions. mores. Exceptions may be made when pre- from the stated options requisites are met and general education in foreign language, mathematics requirements have been fulfilled on sched- General Education and computer. ule. Requirements for 4. Social Science: This requirement • Course numbers ending in “0” Teacher Education is met by PSY 150 General Psychology and (e.g., EDU 300) designate courses The following exceptions are approved for SOC 150 Principles of Sociology. that are complete in one semester. They elementary education majors, making a 42- may be scheduled for either semester dur- hour-total general education requirement: ing the college year.

1. Health and Physical Education: • Course numbers ending in “5” This requirement is met with two hours (e.g., MUS 105) designate courses that may from the stated options. be pursued for several semesters under the same number, with all credits applicable, 2. Humanities: This requirement is satis- within stipulated limits. fied with 12 hours chosen from any of the categories, and including • Course numbers ending in “1” and “2” at least two courses each in history (includ- or in “8” and “9” (e.g., CHE 111, 112) ing U.S. history) and in literature (includ- designate courses offered throughout the ing world literature). year. A continuing course may not be entered in the second semester without 3. Language/Mathematics: This six-hour completing the previous semester or obtain- requirement is waived. ing the permission of the instructor.

4. Social Science: Three of the six hours of • Course numbers ending in “75” this requirement must be designate supervised teaching or field edu- met by PSY 150 General Psychology. cation courses for which application is necessary through the Registrar. See “Field Education” on page 21.

• Courses designated “285” and “485” are special classes that may be offered in any department to reflect single-time offerings of visiting professors or group seminars.

• Courses designated “295” and “495” are individualized special study programs not a part of the regular curriculum. Entry application forms are available from the Registrar and, when completed, become a learning contract between the student and the instructor.

30 GENERAL EDUCATION MAJORS AND DEGREES

• All “475,” “485,” and “495” courses are ly accomplished no later than the end of Management and Business limited to juniors and seniors who are the junior year, or before the Information Systems (B.A.) majoring in the field. A student may not be completion of 90 credits. Management and Organizational enrolled in more than Leadership (B.A.) four hours of 295/495 in any regular Management of Human Resources semester and may not accumulate more Interdisciplinary Majors (B.A.) than 12 hours of 295/495 for graduation. The cross-disciplinary major consists of a Mathematics (B.S.) minimum of 48 semester hours with either Music (B.A.) • Course number “490” designates a a 24/12/12-hour option from three fields or Philosophy (B.A., beginning fall 1999) senior seminar that is completed in one a 24/24-hour option from two fields. The Psychology (B.A. or B.S.) semester; numbers “491” and “492” desig- 24/12/12 and the 24/24 options are at the Religion (B.A.) nate a senior seminar given each semester. discretion of the department. Of these Secondary Education • Many 300- and 400-level courses hours, 30 must be upper division. – Biology (B.S.) are offered in alternate years. If a The student must complete a contract form – Chemistry (B.S.) year of offering is stated, it should prepared in consultation with – Drama (minor) be assumed that the course will be offered the advisor, the Registrar, and the depart- – Family and Consumer Sciences (B.S.) ment chairperson of the in alternate years only. – Health (B.S.) largest component. • A GED prefix refers to general – Language Arts (B.A.) education. – Mathematics (B.S.) Selection of a Minor – Mathematics (minor) • Courses at the 500 to 700 levels – Music (B.A.) A minor is a package of elective courses are graduate courses. – Physical Education (B.S.) that have a common bond and that identify – Social Studies (B.S.) certain interests and competencies. Usually – Spanish (B.A.) a minor consists of – Speech (minor) an approved group of courses with no less Social Work (B.A. or B.S.) than 18 semester hours, six of which must MAJORS AND DEGREES Sociology (B.A. or B.S.) be upper-division credit. The Registrar’s Spanish (B.A.) George Fox University confers these Office will provide information on require- Writing/Literature (B.A.) degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor ments. of Science, Master of Arts in Teaching, Master of Education, Master of Business Supporting Programs Administration, Master of Arts in Christian Programs of Study Accounting Education, Master Art (B.A.) Camping of Arts, Theological Studies, Master Biblical Studies (B.A.) English as a Second Language of Arts in Counseling, Master of Biology (B.S.) French Arts in Marriage and Family Therapy, Business and Economics (B.A. or B.S.) General Science Master of Divinity, and Doctor of Chemistry (B.S.) German Psychology. Included are 36 undergraduate Christian Ministries (B.A.) Gerontology majors and nine graduate degrees, orga- Cognitive Science (B.S.) Greek nized in four schools. Communication Arts (B.A.) Japanese Communication Media and Broadcast Leadership Studies (B.A.) Peace Studies Admission to an Computer and Information Science Philosophy Undergraduate Major (B.S.) Physics Admission to the University does not imply Elementary Education (B.S.) Political Science automatic admission to a major. Admission to Engineering (B.S. 3/2 cooperative) Recreation a major is by application to the department Family and Consumer Sciences (B.S.) Speech/Forensics sponsoring the major. – Fashion Merchandising/Interior Design Theater – Foods and Nutrition in Business Though entry into George Fox Univer-sity Health and Human Performance (B.S.) may be with a major as an objective, appli- – Athletic Training Preprofessional Programs cation and selection is to be accomplished – Fitness Management Pre-dental after 45 credits have been earned, or during – P.E. Teaching Pre-law the second semester of the sophomore year. – Coaching (minor) Pre-medical Pre-nursing In most cases, admission to a major will History (B.A.) Pre-pharmacy include meeting initial standards, as in the Interdisciplinary Studies (B.A. or B.S.) Pre-physical therapy example of admission to teacher education International Studies (B.A.) Pre-veterinary and music. Admission to a major is normal-

31 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ACCOUNTING – ART

ACCOUNTING The 3/2 program has a formal cooperative Either EGR 262 Circuit Analysis II arrangement with the University or EGR 311 Thermodynamics See “Business and Economics.” of Portland, Washington University of St. Either EGR 322 Strength of Materials Louis, and Seattle Pacific University (electri- or EGR 331 Digital Logic Design cal engineering only). However, students may complete the final two years of the pro- Eleven additional hours in engineering gram at any engineering school. Past partici- courses are to be transferred back from the APPLIED SCIENCE pants have completed their final two years at engineering school. schools such as Oregon State University, (B.S. Degree from George Fox University) Eight hours of CHE 111, 112 General Colorado State University, Montana State Chemistry are required, which meet the ENGINEERING University, Purdue University, natural science general educa- and Texas A & M University. tion requirement. (B.S. Degree from any university with an engineering program accredited by the Students completing this five-year Eleven hours of MTH 201, 202, 301 A.B.E.T. — Accreditation Board for program will receive two Bachelor of Calculus I, II, III are required, of which Engineering and Technology) Science degrees: an applied science degree meet the mathematics general education from George Fox University after their requirement. George Fox University offers a dual-degree fourth year, and an engineering degree from The remainder of the engineering 3/2 engineering program that combines the the engineering school after their fifth year. curriculum will be taken in two years at the liberal arts with the Most engineering school. traditional training for an engineering pro- engineering schools offer a Master of fession. Students attend George Fox Science program in engineering that can be For a complete list of required courses, con- University for three years, taking most of completed in approximately one additional sult the engineering advisor or the their general education, mathematics, sci- year. Registrar. General education requirements ence and lower-division engineering cours- are substantially different for engineering es. They may then students. Details are qualify to transfer to any engineering Major Requirements available from the engineering school, where they spend two years in any Requirements for an applied science major advisor or the Registrar. one of several engineering curricula: aero- consist of 50 semester hours, space engineering, chemical engineering, to include the following courses: civil engineering, computer engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineer- EGR 102 Engineering Graphics ing, or engineering management. EGR 200 Introduction to Computer ART Programming for Engineers (B.A. Degree) EGR 211 Engineering Mechanics – Statics EGR 212 Engineering Mechanics – Major Requirements Dynamics Requirements for an art major consist of 42 EGR 261 Circuit Analysis I semester hours, to include the following PHY 211, 212 General Physics with courses: Calculus MTH 300 Numerical Methods ART 101 Basic Design I MTH 310 Differential Equations ART 102 Basic Design II MTH 320 Linear Algebra ART 111 Drawing I ART 112 Drawing II ART 381 Baroque and Rococo Art ART 382 Twentieth Century Art ART 385 Special Topics in Art History ART 460 Art and Christ ART 490 Senior Thesis Exhibit (or ART 475 Field Experience, by petition)

Select 15 hours from the following (these 15 hours must include courses from three separate studio disciplines):

ART 201 Beginning Painting ART 221 Beginning Sculpture ART 231 Beginning Printmaking

34 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS BIBLICAL STUDIES – BIOLOGY

ART 241 Beginning Ceramics BIBLICAL STUDIES: ♦ CHEMISTRY ART 250 Introduction to Graphic INTERDISCIPLINARY CHE 111, 112 General Chemistry Design CHE 325 Organic Chemistry ART 285 Selected Topics MAJOR ART 295 Special Study Plus one of the following: (B.A. Degree) ART 301 Intermediate Painting ART 331 Intermediate Printmaking CHE 326 Organic Chemistry CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry ART 341 Intermediate Ceramics Major Requirements ART 401 Advanced Painting An interdisciplinary major may be elected ART 431 Advanced Printmaking ♦ MATHEMATICS ART 441 Advanced Ceramics through application and approval of the MTH 190 Pre-Calculus or above is ART 495 Special Study department. It con-sists of two 24-hour required, with MTH 201, 202 Calculus I, THE 125/325C Theatre Laboratory blocks, one in biblical studies, the other in II highly recommended. THE 255/455 Technical Theatre any other major field. The student application must show how the proposed interdisciplinary major meets reasonable academic ♦ PHYSICS and vocational objectives. PHY 201, 202 General Physics or PHY BIBLICAL STUDIES Requirements for the biblical studies block: 211, 212 General Physics with Calculus is also recommended. • 10 hours in biblical studies (B.A. Degree) • 8 hours in religion, including REL 380 Christian Beliefs Major Requirements • 3 hours in philosophy The chemistry, mathematics, and physics • CHM 360 Perspectives in courses also fulfill up to 12 hours of the sci- Requirements for a biblical studies major Christian Education ences requirement for general education. consist of 40 semester hours (exclusive of general education courses), with 18 hours A minimum grade of C- must be obtained from upper-division courses (at least six at in all biology and chemistry courses for the 400 level) and distributed as follows: graduation.

• 20 hours in biblical studies BIOLOGY • 6 hours in Christian ministries (B.S. Degree) Thesis Option • 8 hours in religion (including Students can petition the department thesis REL 380 Christian Beliefs and either REL committee by the end of the 401 or REL 402 Christianity Major Requirements fall semester of their junior year for permis- in History) Requirements for the biology major consist sion to do original research as part of their • 6 hours in philosophy of 34 semester hours in biology and 19 degree requirement. Students allowed to A maximum of two hours may be counted additional hours in chemistry and mathe- pursue the through BIB 495 Special Study. matics to include the following courses: thesis option must: 1. Complete an acceptable research pro- ♦ BIOLOGY posal by the end of the spring semester of BIO 101, 102 General Biology the junior year. BIO 350 Genetics 2. Sign up for at least one hour of BIO 360 Ecology Biological Research (BIO 495) each semes- BIO 491, 492 Senior Seminar ter, beginning the spring semester of their (BIO 384 Research Methods may be substi- junior year (up to a maximum total of four tuted for one Senior Seminar.) hours). Plus an additional 16 hours of upper-divi- 3. Complete a written thesis acceptable to sion biology courses. the thesis committee by April 1 of their An upper-division botany course is highly senior year. recommended. 4. Prepare a poster and give an oral presentation of their research.

The department considers this an honor to be noted on the student’s transcript. The thesis is designed to enhance a student’s preparation for graduate or professional school.

35 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS – CHEMISTRY

Malheur Field Station Common Core ♦ MARKETING George Fox University is a member of the All students majoring in business and eco- BUS 250 Computer Applications Malheur Field Station Consortium. nomics are required to take the ECO 330 Managerial Economics Malheur Field Station (MFS) is located in following common core of courses, totaling BUS 350 International Marketing the Great Basin Desert in Oregon and pro- 27 semester hours: BUS 420 Advertising and Promotion vides an excellent opportunity for students BUS 450 Marketing Research to study a variety of aquatic and terrestrial BUS 110 Introduction to Business ecosystems. Students visit MFS as part of BUS 240 Statistical Procedures in ♦ INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS the requirements for BIO 360 Ecology and Business and Economics BIO 380 Ornithology. In addition, the ECO 201, 202 Principles of Economics AND ECONOMICS facilities at MFS are available to students ACC 271, 272 Principles of Accounting INS 340 International Relations wishing to conduct suitable independent BUS 300 Management BUS 350 International Marketing research. BUS 340 Marketing ECO 350 International Trade and BUS 360 Business Law Finance ECO 360 Global Political Economy GED 375 Cultural Experience Concentration (minimum of 3 hours) BUSINESS AND Each student is required to select ECONOMICS one of the following specialties and ♦ MANAGEMENT AND to take all courses listed under that concen- (B.A. or B.S. Degree) INFORMATION SCIENCE tration: CIS 201 Introduction to Computer Major Requirements Science ♦ ACCOUNTING BUS 250 Computer Applications Requirements for a major in business and ACC 273 Accounting Information CIS 321 Software Engineering economics consist of three categories: specific Systems CIS 340 Database Systems general education courses, a common core, ACC 350 Principles of Taxation CIS 350 Data Communications and a concentration in one of the six special- ACC 371, 372 Intermediate Accounting and Networks ties offered. ACC 471 Advanced Accounting The major requirements included in BUS 410 Financial Management the common core and the concentra-tion ACC 472 Auditing total 42 semester hours, except for accounting, which totals 48 semester hours. A mini- CHEMISTRY mum grade of C– must ♦ ECONOMICS (B.S. Degree) be obtained in all major courses. ECO 330 Managerial Economics ECO 340 Public Economics General Education ECO 350 International Trade Major Requirements and Finance Requirements for the chemistry major con- General education requirements provide for ECO 360 Global Political Economy sist of 36 semester hours in chemistry and a broad, essential base in the liberal arts. As ECO 495 Special Study 19 additional hours in mathematics and detailed on pages 28 and 29, students have physics to include the a variety of choices to make and should following courses: select specific courses in consultation with ♦ MANAGEMENT a faculty advisor. The one specific general education course required BUS 250 Computer Applications for students completing a major in ECO 330 Managerial Economics the Department of Business and Economics BUS 370 Organizational Behavior is COM 100 Introduction BUS 410 Financial Management to Communication. BUS 490 Business Policy and Strategy

36 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES

♦ CHEMISTRY REL 380 Christian Beliefs ♦ EDUCATIONAL MINISTRY CHE 111 General Chemistry REL 401 or 402 Christianity in History (SHARED PRAXIS) CHM 130 Christian Discipling CHE 112 General Chemistry CHM 391 Shared Praxis I: CHM 310 Theological Foundations of CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry Introduction to Christian Ministry CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry Educational Ministry CHM 360 Perspectives in Christian CHE 390 Organic Synthesis CHM 392 Shared Praxis II: The Education and Analysis Christian Story and Vision • 5 hours of biblical studies CHE 401, 402 Physical Chemistry CHM 491 Shared Praxis III: Methods • 3 hours in philosophy CHE 410 Advanced Chemical and Skills in Ministry Measurements An additional 16 semester hours in one of CHM 492 Shared Praxis IV: Supervised Field Plus an additional 3 hours of upper-divi- four possible areas of concentration: youth Experience sion chemistry courses. ministry, missions, church recreation, or educational ministry. (See listing below.) A four-semes- ♦ MATHEMATICS ter sequence in Christian ministries called “Shared Praxis” provides community build- MTH 201, 202, 301 Calculus I, II, III are CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES: required. ing, personal reflection, and practice in ministry. (See descriptions of CHM 391, INTERDISCIPLINARY 392, 491, 492 Shared Praxis I-IV.) MAJOR ♦ PHYSICS A minimum of 18 hours shall be from PHY 201, 202 General Physics are (B.A. Degree) upper-division courses. A limit of four required. hours of field experience can apply to the major. Major Requirements The mathematics and physics courses also ful- An interdisciplinary major may fill up to 12 hours of the sciences requirement ♦ YOUTH MINISTRY be elected through application and approval of the department. It con- for general education. CHM 330 Youth Leadership sists of two 24-hour blocks, one in Christian CHM 381 Counseling I A minimum grade of C- must be obtained ministries, the other in any other major Either HHP 380 Recreational in all chemistry courses field. For the Christian ministries block, the Leadership for graduation. student will select one of four concentra- or CHM 370 Camp Programming tions: youth ministry, missions, church and Counseling recreation, or educational ministry (Shared PSY 311 Human Development: Thesis Option Praxis). The student application must show Infancy to Adolescence A student may choose to graduate with a how the proposed interdisciplinary major “Chemistry Major with Thesis.” The stu- meets reasonable academic dent must enroll in Chemical Research and ♦ MISSIONS and vocational objectives. submit a research proposal, in conjunction REL 330 Introduction to the World Requirements for the Christian with a chemistry faculty member, during Christian Movement ministries block: his or her junior year. This is typically fol- REL 360 Cross-Cultural Christian lowed by a year of laboratory research in Outreach • 12 hours in Christian ministries, includ- consultation with the faculty member. REL 440 World Religions ing CHM 130 Christian Discipling, and REL 460 Issues in Contemporary CHM 360 Perspectives in Christian Missions Education CHM 475 Cross-Cultural Field • 6 hours in biblical studies CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES Experience • 3 hours in philosophy • REL 380 Christian Beliefs (B.A. Degree) ♦ CHURCH RECREATION Also offered is an interdisciplinary block in CHM 370 Camp Programming the area of camping ministries. Details are Major Requirements and Counseling available from the Department of Religious Requirements for a major in Christian min- CHM 440 Camp Administration Studies Office. istries consist of 40 semester hours (exclu- CHM 475 Field Experience in sive of general education courses), with a Church Recreation 24-semester-hour core consisting of the fol- HEA 200 Lifestyle Management lowing courses: HHP 380 Recreational Leadership

37 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS COGNITIVE SCIENCE – COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA BROADCAST

COGNITIVE SCIENCE COMMUNICATION ARTS COMMUNICATION

(B.S. Degree) (B.A. Degree) MEDIA AND BROADCAST

Cognitive Science is an interdisciplinary (B.A. Degree) study of the mind. The major draws on sev- Major Requirements eral disciplines to pro-vide a broad founda- Communication arts features an interdisci- Major Requirements tion from which to understand and study plinary approach to communication that mental processes. Students are provided The communication media and broad- integrates the interests of speech communi- flexibility within the major to explore that cast major combines the liberal arts empha- cation, drama, journalism and media with a aspect of the mind that most interests them sis of communication arts with hands-on common core of courses in communication (e.g., psychological, physiological, philo- experiences in video and digital media pro- and rhetorical theory. sophical, mathematical). duction. Extensive electives allow the stu- Requirements for a communication arts dent to design major consist of 39 semester hours (exclu- a program that fits individual needs General Education sive of general education courses) distrib- or interests. The major consists of Requirements: uted as follows: 36 required semester hours (exclusive of general education courses), distrib- • PHL 210 Introduction to Philosophy uted as follows: • MTH 201 Calculus I or MTH 260 ♦ PERFORMANCE CORE Discrete Math COURSES • BIO 221 Human Anatomy and ♦ THEORY CORE COURSES Either WRI 230 Introduction to Physiology (9 hours) • PSY 150 General Psychology Journalism COM 230 Mass Media and • SOC 310 Cultural Anthropology or WRI 320 Professional Writing/ Desktop Publishing Popular Culture COM 200 Persuasive Communication COM 300 Theoretical Approaches Major Requirements: COM 210 Interpersonal to Communication COM 330 Reviewing Film and • Seven hours of Overview Courses which Communication Television include PSY 320 Introduction COM 324 Argumentation and to Neuroscience, PSY 450 Systems Critical Thinking of Psychology, and PSY 490 Senior Seminar ♦ PRODUCTION CORE • 12 hours of Methods Courses ♦ THEORY CORE COURSES (12 hours) • 8 hours of Lab Courses CMB 230 Introduction to Video • 12 hours of Survey Courses COM 300 Theoretical Approaches Production • Optional Research in field of emphasis to Communication COM 400 Critical Approaches to CMB 250 Digital Multimedia Communication Production Either CMB 260 Media Scriptwriting or CMB 320 Dramatic Scriptwriting ♦ PRACTICUM Either CMB 350 Editing Video Three hours from COM 305 Profes- or CMB 430 Producing and Directing sional Communication Activities, and/ Video or COM 275/475 Field Experience (pass/no pass grading only). ♦ ELECTIVES PACKAGE (15 hours) ♦ ELECTIVES Choose electives from the list below. Not Eighteen additional hours from communica- more than six hours of practicum courses tion arts, communication count toward major electives. media and broadcast, and/or up to six hours of writing courses (WRI 210, 230, Recommended: 310, 330). Not more than three hours ART 250 Introduction to Graphic should be in practicum courses. (Students Design should choose their electives under the guid- ART 285 Photography ance of their advisors.)

38 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCIENCE – ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE

CMB alternatives not chosen in Core: CIS 340 Database Systems Required business courses: CMB 340 Audio Production and CIS 350 Data Communication and Broadcasting Networks BUS 110 Introduction to Business CMB 355 Live Events Video CIS 370 Object-Oriented Programming BUS 250 Computer Applications Production CIS 440 Artificial Intelligence BUS 300 Management CMB 295 Broadcast News CIS 450 Network Administration ACC 271 Principles of Accounting CMB 475 Field Experience CIS 480 Principles of Compiler Design In addition, ECO 201 or ECO 202, CMB 495 Independent Study Choose three hours from the following: Principles of Microeconomics or Principles COM 305 Professional of Macroeconomics, is required. This Communication Activities CIS 322 Systems Development course may count for three hours of general THE 255/455 Technical Theater Seminar education under sciences. WRI 230 Introduction to Journalism CIS 475 Field Experience WRI 320 Professional Writing/ CIS 490 Application Software Desktop Publishing Development

Other courses pre-approved by In addition, MTH 201 Calculus I ECONOMICS advisor and department chair. and MTH 260 Discrete Mathematics is See “Business and Economics.” required. These courses may count for up to six hours of general education under sciences. COMPUTER AND EDUCATION INFORMATION SCIENCE ♦ INFORMATION SCIENCE See “Teacher Education.” CONCENTRATION (B.S. Degree) A major in the information science concentration requires 42 semester hours of com- Major Requirements puter and information science and business ENGINEERING courses, to include the following: Students may choose between two See “Applied Science.” concentrations in computer and information CIS 201, 202 Introduction to science. Descriptions and course require- Computer Science ments follow: CIS 310 Data Structures and File Processing ENGLISH AS A SECOND ♦ COMPUTER SCIENCE CIS 321 Software Engineering CIS 340 Database Systems LANGUAGE CONCENTRATION CIS 350 Data Communication A major in the computer science concentra- and Networks The purpose of the English Language tion requires 42 semester hours of comput- CIS 360 Computer Architecture Institute is to develop the language and aca- er and information science and mathemat- and Assembly Language demic skills of students and ics courses, to include the following: CIS 460 Operating Systems to raise their level of cultural awareness in order to prepare them for CIS 201, 202 Introduction to Computer Choose nine hours from the following: academic and social success at Science George Fox University. CIS 310 Data Structures and File CIS 330 Computer Graphics Processing CIS 370 Object-Oriented Programming English as a Second Language, taught in CIS 360 Computer Architecture and CIS 420 Structures of Programming the English Language Institute at George Assembly Language Languages Fox University, prepares international stu- CIS 420 Structures of Programming CIS 430 Analysis of Algorithms dents to meet the challenges of academic Languages CIS 440 Artificial Intelligence study in English. CIS 430 Analysis of Algorithms Choose three hours from the following: CIS 460 Operating Systems International students who score less than 500 on the Test of English CIS 322 Systems Development Choose eighteen hours from the as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or Seminar following: less than four on the Test of Written CIS 475 Field Experience English study intensive English approxi- CIS 490 Application Software CIS 300 Introduction to Numerical mately 14 hours per week while they also Development Computation are enrolled in one CIS 321 Software Engineering or two regular University courses. CIS 330 Computer Graphics CIS 331 Digital Logic Design

39 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

To prepare international students to enter FAMILY AND In the general education program, CHE into academic life at George 151 General, Organic, and Biological Fox University as full and successful partici- CONSUMER SCIENCES Chemistry and ECO 201 Principles of pants, ELI courses develop the students’ (B.S. Degree) Economics are required. general English proficiency, academic skills, and cultural and The following courses, totaling 44 semester social awareness. Lower-level courses Major Requirements hours, are required for a major in foods and nutrition in business: stress basic language skills, while higher- Students may choose among four level courses concentrate increasingly on concentrations in family and consumer sci- FCS 211 Foods I academic skills. ences. Descriptions and course require- FCS 212 Foods II The core courses at each level develop ments follow: FCS 250 Residential Technology speaking, listening, reading and writing FCS 290 Meal Management FCS 300 Nutrition skills, as well as vocabulary and grammar. ♦ FOODS AND NUTRITION FCS 310 Food, Culture and Society Cultural orientation, inter-action with IN BUSINESS native speakers in the University communi- FCS 340 Current Trends in Foods ty, and attendance at campus functions and CONCENTRATION FCS 350 Resource Management academic Foods and nutrition in business is a multi- FCS 360 Consumer Buying lectures are incorporated into ESL learning disciplinary major incorporating academic FCS 430 Nutrition and the Life Cycle activities. cores in consumer-oriented food science FCS 475 Field Experience education, human nutrition, and business. FCS 490 Senior Seminar At the highest level, students enroll for BUS 110 Introduction to Business credit in one regular academic course Course work in food composition and BUS 300 Management together with adjunct ESL courses that are preparation, analysis of consumer trends, BUS 340 Marketing designed to help develop the language and and recognition of global food issues pre- ACC 271 Principles of Accounting academic skills necessary for success. ELI pares students as food professionals, while students may take up to 20 hours a semes- course work in human nutrition and con- ♦ ter, with a maximum of four credits of non- temporary nutrition issues equips them FASHION MERCHANDISING/ ESL course work. with the knowledge base necessary to work INTERIOR DESIGN in areas of fitness management, diet analy- CONCENTRATION Upon successful completion of the pro- sis, and consumer nutrition education. The The fields of fashion merchandising and gram, students are admitted to George Fox third core of course work serves as the interior design share a common base of University and awarded up to 15 semester medium for the utilization of this knowl- knowledge grounded in the academic fields hours of credit toward their degree. edge base, preparing students for careers in of family and consumer sciences and busi- industries requiring the skills of food spe- ness. A background in apparel construction cialists, including new product develop- and design, merchandising of fashion, and ment, test kitchens, recipe development, market analysis prepares students for careers and food product promotion. in fashion merchandising.

Residential architecture, household technology, and interior design classes prepare students for positions as interior designers. Career opportunities include merchandise buying, design display, entrepreneurship, apparel design, textile design, fashion analysis, interior design, housing and home planning, kitchen and bath design, equipment promotion demonstration, energy conserva- tion management in the home, furniture sales, and business management and administration.

Fashion merchandising and interior design are prime users of advanced computer technology. Each freshman student at George Fox University is provided with a Macintosh computer, which allows proficiency in computer-assisted design in fashion, architecture, and interior design.

40 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

A field experience (internship) in the ♦ COOPERATIVE 3-1 DEGREE ♦ FAMILY AND CONSUMER Portland metropolitan area puts students in PROGRAM CONCENTRATION SCIENCES CONCENTRATION the workplace before graduation, giving WITH THE FASHION Family and consumer sciences are grounded them valuable business experience. In mer- in the sciences and humanities. At the core chandising, students may be placed with INSTITUTE OF DESIGN is concern for the buyers in fashion retail firms. In interior AND MERCHANDISING biological, social, aesthetic, physical, eco- design, internships will allow students to George Fox University offers a cooperative nomical and psychological needs of each work with interior designers. degree program with the Fashion Institute family member. Today’s families must be of Design and Merchandising in Los The following courses, totaling able to manage relationships, services, Angeles, California. This cooperative pro- 44 semester hours, are required for goods and resources. gram provides for students to attend a degree in fashion merchandising George Fox University for three years, The family and consumer sciences major and interior design: which allows the completion of all general graduates with a Bachelor FCS 120 Apparel Construction education classes, all elective classes, and 14 of Science degree. Graduates find employ- FCS 220 Fashion and Society hours in the fashion merchandising/interior ment in the traditional areas: home exten- FCS 230 Textiles Science design major. sion, food research, nutrition research, food FCS 250 Residential Technology service manage- Students attend FIDM for either their FCS 320 Fashion Merchandising ment, child care, fashion design, homemak- junior or senior year to complete a special- FCS 330 Residential Architecture ing, retail merchandising, dietetics, equip- ized major. The broad spec-trum of related FCS 350 Resource Management ment sales, and journalism. They also find courses at FIDM are more varied in con- FCS 351 Interior Design I newer, nontraditional careers in these and tent and specific in focus, which allows for FCS 360 Consumer Buying other fields: debt counseling, energy con- the following specializations: interior FCS 370 Pattern Drafting and servation management, advertising, equip- design, merchandise development, mer- Apparel Design ment promotion demonstration, and public chandise management, and fashion design. FCS 475 Field Experience relations. FCS 490 Senior Seminar Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science The following courses, totaling degree in family and consumer sciences, Take two of the following four classes: 43 semester hours, are required for with a concentration in interior design, a degree in family and consumer merchandise FCS 352 Interior Design II sciences: FCS 353 Interior CAD marketing, or fashion design from George FCS 378 Apparel CAD Fox, and a Professional Certification from FCS 120 Apparel Construction FCS 460 Apparel Market Analysis FIDM. FCS 211 Foods I FCS 212 Foods II FCS 220 Fashion and Society FCS 230 Textiles Science FCS 250 Residential Technology FCS 280 Marriage and the Family FCS 290 Meal Management FCS 300 Nutrition FCS 311 Human Development: Infancy to Adolescence Either FCS 320 Fashion Merchandising or FCS 370 Pattern Drafting and Apparel Design FCS 330 Residential Architecture FCS 350 Resource Management FCS 351 Interior Design I FCS 360 Consumer Buying FCS 490 Senior Seminar

41 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS HEALTH EDUCATION – HUMAN PERFORMANCE

♦ FAMILY AND CONSUMER HISTORY 6. Any professional activity class meets one SCIENCES EDUCATION hour of the requirement. (B.A. Degree) CONCENTRATION By permission only. For family and consumer sciences teaching 7. Military service may waive two semester major requirements leading to certification Major Requirements credits. to teach from middle through high school Requirements for a history major (middle-12), see the “Teacher Education” consist of 36 semester hours of history, with Major Requirements section of a minimum of 24 upper-division hours, to the catalog, page 52. include the following courses: ♦ ATHLETIC TRAINING MAJOR HST 150 America and the World CONCENTRATION HST 490 History Seminar Requirements for the athletic training and HST 110 Western Civilization major concentration in human performance HEALTH EDUCATION to 1648 include the following courses: or HST 120 Western Civilization (B.S. Degree) from 1648 HEA 200 Lifestyle Management The health teaching major incorporates a HEA 210 Drug Education wellness theme that emphasizes individual HEA 230 First Aid and Safety responsibility and promotes a positive HEA 300 Nutrition lifestyle. Any health course (except HEA HPA 135 Weight Training 310 School Health Program) will meet one HUMAN PERFORMANCE HHP 200 History and Principles of hour of the health and human performance (B.S. Degree) Physical Education general education requirement. HHP 228 Conditioning/Body Mechanics and Aerobics General Education HHP 360 Organization and Major Requirements Requirements in Administration of Health Human Performance and Physical Education ♦ HEALTH EDUCATION/ HHP 365 Current Issues in Athletic Three semester hours of human perfor- HUMAN PERFORMANCE Training (2 semesters) mance are required to complete the CONCENTRATION HHP 375 Athletic Training Practicum University’s general education requirement. (3 semesters) BIO 221 Human Anatomy Students may enroll in one limited-enroll- HHP 390 Care and Prevention of BIO 222 Human Physiology ment human performance activity course Athletic Injuries HEA 200 Lifestyle Management per semester and one unlimited-enrollment HHP 400 Recognition of Athletic HEA 210 Drug Education human performance activity course per Injuries HEA 230 First Aid and Safety semester. This requirement may be satisfied HHP 410 Therapeutic Exercise and HEA 240 Stress Management in the following ways: Modalities HEA 280 Marriage and the Family 1. Human performance activity or adapted HHP 430 Exercise Physiology HEA 300 Nutrition HHP 450 Kinesiology HEA 310 School Health Program activity classes. Limit of two semesters of any one activity. HHP 490 Senior Seminar HEA 320 Contemporary Health BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy and Issues 2. Any health class (except HEA 310 Physiology HHP 200 History and Principles of School Health Program) will satisfy one Physical Education hour of the requirement. Select two courses from HHP 333 Developmental Health and Physical Education 3. Up to two hours may be waived upon HHP 460 Physical Education for the HHP 360 Organization and successful completion of proficiency tests in Exceptional Student Administration of Health selected areas. A current Red Cross HHP 470 Motor Development and and Physical Education Lifeguarding or Water Safety Instruction Motor Skill Learning HHP 430 Exercise Physiology certificate will waive one hour without fur- HHP 480 Tests and Measurements HHP 450 Kinesiology ther examination. in Physical Education HHP 460 Physical Education for the HEA 240 Stress Management Exceptional Student 4. Students must take two activity courses PSY 150 General Psychology HHP 470 Motor Development and to meet the requirements. PSY 340 Statistical Procedures Motor Skill Learning 5. Two credits toward the three-hour The health core also may be combined with requirement may be earned on intercolle- family and consumer sciences or biology. giate athletic teams. Only one credit in any See page 52. one sport will count.

42 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS HUMAN PERFORMANCE

♦ PHYSICAL EDUCATION Requirements for the K-12 teaching major ♦ FITNESS MANAGEMENT TEACHING MAJOR concentration in human performance MAJOR CONCENTRATION include the core courses listed above, plus CONCENTRATION Requirements for the fitness management the following: Requirements for the K-12 teaching major major concentration in human performance concentration in human per- HHP 221-232 Professional activities are 50-53 hours, of which formance consist of 44 semester hours, 21 courses 25 hours must be upper-division. of which must be upper-division courses. HHP 300 Coaching Theory and The requirements are distributed Practice as follows: Courses selected to satisfy science general education requirements may include BIO Select a two-hour coaching course from Take 38-40 hours from the following: 101, 102, General Biology. Either CHE HHP 310 Coaching Basketball HEA 230 First Aid and Safety 100 Chemistry of Life or CHE 110 HHP 320 Coaching Baseball/ HHP 200 History and Principles of Chemistry and Our Environment are rec- Softball Physical Education ommended. HHP 330 Coaching Soccer HHP 360 Organization and HHP 340 Coaching Track Administration of Health The core courses include the following: or HHP 350 Coaching Volleyball and Physical Education HEA 230 First Aid and Safety HHP 480 Tests and Measurements HHP 390 Care and Prevention of HHP 200 History and Principles of in Physical Education Athletic Injuries Physical Education EDU 410 Teaching Physical HHP 430 Exercise Physiology HHP 360 Organization and Education K-12 HHP 450 Kinesiology Administration of Health HHP 460 Physical Education for and Physical Education Each human performance major is required the Exceptional Student HHP 390 Care and Prevention of to prepare a thesis during the senior year. HHP 470 Motor Development and Athletic Injuries This may report original research or may Motor Skill Learning HHP 430 Exercise Physiology consist of comprehensive library research. HHP 475 Fitness Management HHP 450 Kinesiology Field Experience HHP 460 Physical Education for the HHP 495 Special Study Exceptional Student BIO 221 Human Anatomy and HHP 470 Motor Development and Physiology Motor Skill Learning BIO 222 Human Anatomy and HHP 490 Senior Seminar Physiology BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy and Physiology Take 12-13 hours from the following: HEA 300 Nutrition HHP 223 Tumbling/Gymnastics Either HHP 227A Aquatics: Lifeguarding or HHP 227B Aquatics: Water Safety Instruction HHP 228 Conditioning/Body Mechanics and Aerobics HHP 380 Recreational Leadership

Choose one course from the following:

HEA 240 Stress Management HHP 400 Recognition of Athletic Injuries HHP 480 Tests and Measurements in Physical Education HHP 490 Senior Seminar

43 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

HUMAN PERFORMANCE: INTERNATIONAL Requirements for a major in international studies consist of 38 semester hours, to INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES include the following courses: MAJOR (B.A. Degree) INS 310 Cultural Anthropology (B.S. Degree) Either INS 330 Introduction to the Major Requirements World Christian Movement or REL 360 Cross-cultural Christian Major Requirements International studies is an interdisciplinary Outreach major designed to prepare INS 340 International Relations ♦ HUMAN PERFORMANCE students for work in such fields as Either INS 350 International Trade foreign missions, international commerce, WITH RELIGION and Finance economic development, and government CONCENTRATION or ECO 360 Global Political Economy service. It also provides excellent prepara- INS 440 World Religions An interdisciplinary major may be elected tion for graduate study in international INS 490 International Studies through application and approval of the relations and Senior Seminar two departments. diplomacy, missiology, and area studies. It consists of two 24-hour blocks, one in The major includes a strong international The second year of a modern foreign lan- human performance, the other in religion field work emphasis. Students taking this guage or educational ministries. major as preparation for foreign missionary The student application must show how service are encouraged to minor in biblical Eight hours of INS 475 Culture-Oriented the proposed interdisciplinary major meets studies, Christian ministries, or religion. Field Work reasonable academic Two additional three-hour courses from the and vocational objectives. following:

Requirements for the human performance COM 300 Theoretical Approaches block include the following: to Communication HEA 200 Lifestyle Management COM 340 General and Cultural HEA 230 First Aid and Safety Linguistics HEA 240 Stress Management ECO 360 Global Political Economy HHP 227A Aquatics: Lifeguarding HST 331 England to 1688 HHP 228 Conditioning/Body HST 332 England Since 1688 Mechanics and Aerobics HST 350 Latin America HHP 229 Folk and Western Dance HST 360 Modern Russia HHP 333 Developmental Health and HST 370 Far East Physical Education HST 421 Europe 1789-1890 HHP 370 Camp Programming and HST 422 Europe 1890-Present Counseling REL 360 Cross-Cultural Christian HHP 380 Recreational Leadership Outreach HHP 440 Camp Administration REL 460 Issues in Contemporary Missions Five hours selected from any 200-or-above LIT 231 Masterpieces of World health education or human Literature, Western performance courses. LIT 232 Masterpieces of World Literature, Non-Western PSC 250 International Conflict and Peace SOC 380 Ethnic Groups and Social Minorities FRE 495 Individual Research or Field Work (French) SPN 495 Individual Research or Field Work (Spanish)

44 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMSLEADERSHIP STUDIES – MANAGEMENT

♦INTERNATIONAL PSY/SOC 350 Social Psychology Students study with other adults STUDIES WITH RELIGION BUS 320 Human Resources who share similar interests and concerns. CONCENTRATION Management Together they form an academic support BUS 370 Organizational Behavior group, drawing from their own personal, International studies is an interdisciplinary COM 310Conflict Resolution professional and tech-nical backgrounds as major designed to prepare students for for- they follow an intense program of classes eign missionary service PHL 230 Ethics and or for other international vocations. LIT 360 Values and Myths in individual study. Students taking this major as preparation Literature for foreign missionary service are encour- REL 480 Spiritual Formation Students who successfully complete either aged to take a minor in the Department of of the 34- or 36-semester-hour programs Religious Studies (in biblical studies, Total program hours: 18-21. Courses can- and accompanying requirements are grant- Christian ministries, or religion). This will not be counted toward both the student’s ed either a Bachelor of Science degree in also provide an appropriate base for gradu- major and this minor. management and business information sys- ate studies These courses also cannot count for the tems (MBIS), a Bachelor of Arts degree in in missions and intercultural concerns. For general education requirement management and organizational leadership details of curriculum and requirements, see of the University. or management of human resources. the requirements for an international stud- Applicants to the programs must have a ies major. minimum of 62 semester hours of transferable college credit from accredited institutions. General education require- MANAGEMENT AND ments, totaling 35 semester credits (included as part of the 62 semester hours), should LEADERSHIP STUDIES BUSINESS INFORMATION have been SYSTEMS met upon entrance. Individuals with five years of professional experience and 90 or ♦LEADERSHIP STUDIES (B.S. Degree) more semester hours of transferable credits MINOR are considered optimum candidates. Military credit, evaluated and assessed upon The leadership studies minor is designed to MANAGEMENT AND help students develop their leadership skills acceptance into either the MOL, MHR, or through study and practice. Participants ORGANIZATIONAL MBIS program, is officially awarded and will learn important leadership concepts LEADERSHIP transcripted upon the student’s successful and theories and put these principles into completion of the program. (B.A. Degree) action through hands-on leadership experi- Through these programs, the Department ences. Prerequisites for entry into the proof Continuing Education serves the needs gram include sophomore standing and MANAGEMENT OF of adult learners above, a 2.5 grade point average, and HUMAN RESOURCES and helps them assess personal values, instructor approval. develop interpersonal skills, and enhance (B.A. Degree) competencies in order to influence the The course of study and practice includes: quality of work The Department of Continuing Education 1. LDR 490 Leadership Seminar within their organizations. offers three majors to adult students who (four semesters, 1 hour per semester) are returning to college to complete their degrees. 2. Either LDR 475 Leadership Experience Credit For Life Learning or an approved alternative practicum. College-level learning occurs in many envi- The majors are unique alternatives to the ronments in addition to the traditional col- 3. SOC 300 Group Dynamics traditional method of pursuing a college lege classroom. Students in the MOL, degree. The management MHR, and MBIS programs can earn col- 4. One course taken from each of the fol- and organizational leadership (MOL), man- lege credit for such learning through devel- lowing categories: agement of human resources (MHR), and oping and presenting a life-learning portfo- management and business information sys- lio for credit evaluation. Students docu- BUS 300 Management tems (MBIS) ment their professional instruction and life- PSC 410 Community Mediation programs are designed specifically learning COM 324Argumentation and Critical for working adults who attend classes con- Thinking veniently located and coordinated with their schedules.

45 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS MANAGEMENT

experiences for faculty evaluation. Major Requirements Thirty-four semester hours are required for A maximum of 30 semester hours the student to complete the MHR major, Thirty-four semester hours are required for may be earned through the life-learning consisting of the the student to complete the MOL major, portfolio process. Students who following courses: consisting of the transfer more than 62 semester hours of following courses: acceptable credit are required to earn fewer MOL 401 Dynamics of Group and Organizational Behavior credits through the MOL 401 Dynamics of Group and MOL 402 Effective Writing portfolio process. Organizational Behavior MOL 403 Organizational Theory MOL 402 Effective Writing and Analysis MOL 403 Organizational Theory MHR 404 Organizational Course Structure and Analysis Communication The required 34-semester-hour MOL and MOL 404 Organizational MOL 405A Introduction to Survey MHR curricula includes 62 four-hour Communication Research Methods weekly evening class sessions held at select- MOL 405A Introduction to Survey MOL 405B Survey Research Methods ed locations in Portland, Salem and Research Methods MHR 406 Principles of Management Eugene, Oregon, and Boise, Idaho. The MOL 405B Survey Research Methods and Supervision required 36-semester-hour MBIS curricu- MOL 406 Principles of Management MOL 407 Christian Faith and lum includes 68 four-hour weekly evening and Supervision Thought class sessions MOL 407 Christian Faith and MHR 408 Human Resources at the Portland Center. Courses are Thought Administration taught in seminar style. Students contribute MOL 409 Values and Ethics in the MOL 409 Values and Ethics in the life and organizational experiences in a Workplace Workplace cooperative learning environment. MOL 410 Fiscal and Operational MOL 485 Saturday Seminars (6) Simulations, discussions Management MHR 495 Senior Research Project and team projects are used to enhance MOL 485 Saturday Seminars (6) learning. Out-of-class assignments include MOL 495 Senior Research Project Thirty-six semester hours are reading and writing on required for the student to complete the selected topics. MBIS major, consisting of the following courses: Students in the MOL and MHR programs are required to plan, implement MOL 401 Dynamics of Group and and report on an approved survey research Organizational Behavior project. Students in the MBIS program are MOL 402 Effective Writing required to assess and report on the devel- MOL 403 Organizational Theory opment or improvement of an information and Analysis system within an existing organization. The MOL 406 Principles of Management project examines an organizational problem and Supervision in the student’s occupation MOL 407 Christian Faith and or environment. Results are published and Thought presented at the conclusion MOL 409 Values and Ethics in the of the program. Workplace MOL 408 Fiscal and Operational Management MOL 485 Saturday Seminars (6) MBS 411 Fundamentals of Information Systems MBS 412 Personal Productivity with IS Technology MBS 413 Information Systems Theory and Practice MBS 414 Hardware, Networks and Telecommunications

46 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS MATHEMATICS – MUSIC

MATHEMATICS MUSIC ♦ SUPPORTIVE MUSIC STUDIES (B.S. Degree) (B.A. Degree) Supportive music studies allow the student to choose an interest area with his or her Major Requirements Major Requirements advisor to pursue courses that supplement the student’s interest in performance, com- Requirements for a mathematics A total of 47 semester hours are required position, or sacred music. The Fine Arts major consist of 37 semester hours, for a major in music. Core courses for the Handbook at the Music Office serves as a to include the following courses: Bachelor of Arts degree in music include guide for student and advisor. the following: MTH 201, 202, 301 Calculus I, II, III Music majors must be enrolled in a major MTH 320 Linear Algebra MUS 111, 112 Introduction to Music ensemble each semester except during MTH 490 Senior Seminar Literature supervised teaching. A solo recital (or MUS 121, 122 Theory I achievement of upper-division standing and Select 21 hours from the following: MUS 131, 132 Sight Singing and appropriate departmental recitals) is Ear Training MTH 290 Mathematical Logic required of all music majors. The recital is Either MUS 200 Basic Conducting MTH 310 Differential Equations given in the junior or senior year after the or MUS 460 Advanced Conducting, MTH 330 Probability student has been granted upper-division with permission MTH 340 Elementary Number Theory standing and has passed a recital hearing MUS 221, 222 Theory II MTH 350 Modern Geometry given before the applied music faculty. MTH 360 Discrete Mathematics MUS 311, 312 Music History MTH 410 Algebraic Structures MUS 320 Form and Analysis All music and music education MTH 470 Operations Research MUS 491 Senior Seminar majors also are required to pass CIS 330 Computer Graphics MUS 492 Recital/Lecture a piano proficiency examination adminis- MUA 105/305 Applied Music tered at the end of the sophomore year. Also required are CIS 201 Introduction to (eight semesters) Students are required to register for applied Computer Science, and at least one of the MUA 115-365 Large Ensemble piano or class piano until the proficiency following: (band, choir or symphony) has been met. Music education majors will CIS 130 Programming the Personal not be approved for teacher education nor Computer will music majors be recommended for CIS 202 Introduction to Computer graduation until the proficiency has been Science passed. CIS/MTH 300 Introduction to Individual instruction is offered in piano, Numerical Computation organ, strings, woodwinds, brass, percus- (CIS 201 and CIS 202 may count for up to sion and guitar. Private lessons carry one six hours of general education credit under semester of credit except for students desir- sciences.) ing a performance emphasis, for whom two semester hours of credit are given. Music education and non-performance majors may petition for two hours of credit with a recommendation by their applied music teacher. Music majors are required to enroll in applied music lessons each semester. Music education majors are required to enroll in applied lessons until they have completed a half-recital or achieved upper- division standing in the major performing area.

All students enter the applied program at the 100-level. Before being advanced to upper-division study, the student must pass a faculty jury. All applied music students are expected to perform periodically in studio or public recital, but only students who have advanced to upper-division study levels will be permitted to present a half or full recital. These recitals may be given only by permission after the student has performed the recital repertoire in a faculty hearing.

47 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS MUSIC – PSYCHOLOGY

MUSIC: PEACE AND CONFLICT Each of the five elements equals three semester hours of credit, for INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 15 hours altogether. These may be credits MAJOR applied also toward general education, Peace Studies Minor major, or minor requirements. Successful (B.A. Degree) students will Students at George Fox University receive a certificate of completion upon may earn a minor in peace studies graduation. Major Requirements by taking elective courses from the depart- An interdisciplinary major may ments of history and political science, com- be elected through application and approval munication arts, and religious studies. For of the music faculty. The student application more information, students should see their must show how the proposed interdiscipli- advisor or the Registrar. PSYCHOLOGY nary major meets reasonable academic and vocational objectives. The interdisciplinary (B.A. or B.S. Degree) major consists of 48 semester hours, 24 in ♦ PROGRAM IN CONFLICT music and the remainder in another academ- MANAGEMENT ic discipline. Many creative options are pos- Major Requirements The Center for Peace Learning coordinates sible. Common majors include music and The key objective of the psychology major a special course of study in conflict man- religion or music and Christian ministries. is to acquaint students with the field of psy- agement designed to give chology and the implications of its princi- Required music courses for an interdiscipli- students concentrated preparation ples for human behavior. nary major with religion include: for practical peacemaking in their work, church, community and family. Students Requirements for a major in psychology MUS 121, 122 Theory 1 will study the theory of communication consist of a minimum of 39 semester hours, MUS 200 Basic Conducting and conflict resolution, including the following courses: MUS 220 Vocal Techniques be introduced to relevant skills, and equip MUS 340 Church Music themselves to apply this learning in a vari- PSY 150 General Psychology (History and Administration) ety of action settings. PSY 340 Statistical Procedures MUS 491, 492 Senior Seminar, The course of study includes five PSY 390 Research Methods Recital/Lecture components: PSY 400 Psychometrics PSY 450 Systems of Psychology • A major ensemble (four semesters) PSY 490 Senior Seminar 1. Either COM 200 Persuasive • Applied lessons (two semesters) Communication, • Music electives Students also must choose two laboratory or COM 210 Interpersonal courses and 15 hours of psychology survey Communication courses. 2. Either PSY/SOC 300 Group Dynamics, or PSY/CHM 380 Counseling, or BUS 370 Organizational Behavior

3. COM/PSC 310 Conflict Resolution

4. PSC 410 Community Mediation

5. Field experience in a conflict resolution or mediation program or agency, to be tai- lored to the individual student’s needs (taken after PSC 410 or concurrently with it).

48 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS RELIGION – SOCIAL WORK

RELIGION RELIGION: SOCIAL WORK

(B.A. Degree) INTERDISCIPLINARY (B.A. or B.S. Degree) MAJOR The social work program seeks to Major Requirements (B.A. Degree) prepare students for professional social work practice with diverse Requirements for a major in religion include An interdisciplinary major may populations in a variety of settings. This 40 semester hours (exclusive of general educa- be elected through application and approval includes work with individuals and couples tion courses), elected from the fields in the of the department. It consists of two 24- (micro level); families and small groups department as follows: hour blocks, one in religion, the other in (mezzo level); and agencies, institutions, • 8 hours in biblical studies any other major field. community • 6 hours in Christian ministries, includ- The student application must show how and church organizations (macro level). ing CHM 360 Perspectives in Christian the proposed interdisciplinary major meets There is an emphasis on Education reasonable academic generalist practice that values the unique- • 10 hours in religion, including and vocational objectives. ness, dignity and needs of REL 380 Christian Beliefs, and Requirements for the religion block: all people. Generalist practice is oriented REL 401, 402 Christianity in History toward analyzing and addressing problems • 6 hours in philosophy • 10 hours in religion, including with micro, mezzo REL 380 Christian Beliefs and macro skills and perspectives. A minimum of 18 hours shall be • 8 hours in biblical studies from upper-division courses. A limit • 3 hours in philosophy The program courses are designed of three hours of field experience can apply • CHM 360 Perspectives in to include academic social work and field to the major. Christian Education experience/practicum requirements within a liberal arts context. This enables the student to link social research with social work practice. The program prepares students to work in a variety of social work and social welfare settings, as well as to seek admission into graduate programs. The current social work program was granted candidacy status with the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) on February 15, 1997.

Students interested in pursuing a degree in social work should consult with a social work advisor as soon as possible.

All students interested in social work as a major must make formal application to the program. Each applicant must:

1. Live in compliance with the Uni-versity Expectations & Responsibilities (found in the University Student Handbook).

2. Have an overall GPA of at least 2.0 prior to filing an application to the program.

3. Complete the following pre-entry courses: PSY 150 General Psychology, SOC 150 Principles of Sociology, and SWK 180 Introduction to Social Work with a GPA of at least 2.70.

49 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS SOCIOLOGY – SPANISH

4. Complete the program application SOCIOLOGY SPANISH process (which includes completion of a written application, recommendations (B.A. or B.S. Degree) (B.A. Degree) and interview) on or before Jan. 30 of the Sociology is the study of complex The Spanish major is designed to help stu- student’s sophomore year. Transfer students and changing social relationships. dents function adequately in their chosen will not be held The sociology program prepares students to field of work at home or overseas through to the sophomore-year deadline but should (1) analyze human relationships from a proficiency in Spanish. The program see a social work advisor as soon as is feasi- sociological perspective, emphasizes the unique relationship between bly possible. (2) develop the theoretical, technical and culture and language, the acquisition of 5. Receive written acceptance into the pro- statistical skills necessary for asking and analytical skills, familiarity with historically gram from the Program Admission answering sociological questions, and (3) important works of literature, and a four- Committee. enhance awareness of relationships between skills (reading, writing, listening personal events and the structure of soci- and speaking) approach to language profi- 6. File a Declaration of Major form with eties. The ciency. To complete the course of study, the University’s Registrar’s Office. program is designed to prepare students for students will spend a minimum of one admission into graduate programs, careers semester studying abroad. in higher education or research, and/or Major Requirements entry-level practice positions within a vari- (45 hours required) ety of private and public settings where Major Requirements knowledge of human relationships and Prerequisite for entry into the major: SPN SWK 180 Introduction to Social Work methodological skills is helpful. 201, 202 or equivalent. SOC 200 Social Issues SOC 260 Social Theory Requirements for a major in Spanish con- SWK 330 Human Behavior in the Major Requirements sist of a minimum of 36 hours, to include the following courses: Social Environment (39 hours required) SOC 340 Statistical Procedures SPN 301, 302 Third-Year Spanish SOC 200 Social Issues SWK 361 Social Policy I SPN 340 Spanish Culture and SOC 260 Social Theory SWK 362 Social Policy II Civilization SOC 340 Statistical Procedures SOC 390 Research Seminar SPN 350 Latin American Culture SOC 390 Research Seminar SWK 391 Social Work Practice I and Civilization Either SOC 300 Group Dynamics SWK 392 Social Work Practice II SPN 375 Field Experience: Spain or SOC 350 Social Psychology SWK 393 Social Work Practice III SPN 410 Introduction to Spanish Either SOC 310 Cultural Anthropology SWK 475 Field Experience/ Literature or SOC 380 Race, Ethnicity, Gender Practicum I SPN 420 Introduction to Latin and Class I SWK 476 Field Experience/ American Literature Either SOC 410 Juvenile Delinquency Practicum II SPN 490 Study Abroad SWK 477 Field Experience/ or SOC 450 Gerontology Practicum III SOC 275/475 Field Experience SWK 490 Senior Seminar (six hours) 12 hours of sociology electives Required Supporting Courses (6 hours)

Either PSC 210 American Government or PSC 240 State & Local Government and SWK 310 Lifespan Human Development

SOC 150 Principles of Sociology, PSY 150 General Psychology and BIO 100 Foundations of Biology are required as part of the general education program.

50 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS TEACHER EDUCATION

TEACHER EDUCATION Admission to Teacher This application must be directed to the Education Department of Teacher Education when the student is in his/her first professional Policies and Procedures Students wishing to explore or prepare for course. entering a teaching career should consult The teacher education program at George with a teacher education advisor early in A minimum of 30 semester Fox University is designed to prepare teach- their freshman year. hours must be taken at George Fox ers for the public and private schools University for either the elementary through a curriculum that pyramids from a Students make formal application for or secondary teaching major. broad foundation in Christian liberal arts admission to the teacher education program education through specialization in a par- during the introductory education class, Elementary education majors must com- ticular field of knowledge to clinical studies EDU 240 Perspectives in Education, gener- plete the following courses at George Fox in teaching and learning theory. ally taken fall of the sophomore year by ele- University: mentary education majors and fall of the Teacher education and certification in junior year by secondary teaching majors. EDU 240 Perspectives in Education Oregon operate under the approved pro- EDU 311 or 312 Mathematics for gram approach. Teaching licenses are issued Admission to the program is based upon Elementary Teachers to qualified applicants who have completed attainment of a cumulative GPA of 2.75 or EDU 370 Integrated Methods: Music a teacher education program approved by better on all college-level courses, including and Art the Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices transfer credits; passing scores on approved EDU 375 Student Teaching I Commission and who are able to satisfy basic skills tests; acceptable faculty recom- EDU 380 Integrated Methods: other state requirements in effect at the mendations; satisfactory physical and men- Science and Social Studies time they complete graduation require- tal health; and exemplary social and moral EDU 401 Integrated Methods: ments and apply for license. behavior. Admission to the program is Literature and Language expected before students may register for EDU 402 Integrated Methods: George Fox University is approved by the the professional education core courses. Literature and Literacy Teacher Standards and Practices EDU 475 Student Teaching II Commission to offer basic licensure pro- Continuation in teacher education is based EDU 490e Senior Seminar grams in the following: on academic achievement and satisfactory evidence of good moral character and the For secondary teaching majors, work at • Advanced Mathematics mental, emotional, and physical health George Fox must include the following • Biology needed for successful performance in the courses: • Chemistry teaching profession. Students admitted to • Elementary Education the program are expected to maintain a EDU 240 Perspectives in Education • Health cumulative GPA of 2.75 or better on all EDU 340 Integrated Methods: • Family and Consumer Sciences college-level classes, including transfer cred- Reading and Writing Across • Language Arts its; attain grades of “C” the Curriculum • Music or better on all teaching major and profes- EDU 375 Student Teaching I • Physical Education sional education classes; and receive satis- EDU 390 Integrated Methods for • Social Studies factory evaluations of Secondary Teachers • Spanish performance in field experiences. Admitted EDU 475 Student Teaching II students are subject to Academic preparation towards EDU 493 Student Teaching Seminar the policies contained in the Teacher additional teaching endorsements is Education Handbook purchased when they A student transferring from a nonaccredited available in the following subjects: take EDU 240 Perspectives in Education. college will be granted conditional admis- • Basic Mathematics sion to the program until the student • Drama demonstrates ability by completing 12 • Speech Transfer Students in semester hours in the student’s first teach- Education ing field and/or professional education with Students seeking license in a teaching Any student transferring to George a grade point average (GPA) of 2.75 or bet- minor must also complete a specified teach- Fox University must meet the same require- ter. ing major. ments for admission as those who have entered the University as incoming fresh- The above programs may all be Special Students: Teaching men. Admission to the University does not completed in four years. Upon com- guarantee admission to the teacher educa- Credential Only pletion of the program and satisfaction of all tion program. Students holding college degrees other requirements in effect, who enroll at George Fox University for the students receive an Oregon Initial Teaching purpose of qualifying for an Oregon Initial License. Teaching Certificate must be advised by the Director of Undergraduate Teacher Education prior to enrollment in courses.

51 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Admission to Student Waiver of Requirements ELEMENTARY Teaching Students enrolled in the teacher education EDUCATION Acceptance into the teacher education pro- program who believe they have had experi- (B.S. Degree) gram does not guarantee assignment for ence or education that has provided the competencies certain courses and experi- student teaching. The University offers a degree program for ences in the program are designed to devel- the preparation of elementary school teach- Application for admission to student teach- op may request a waiver of that portion of ers. Upon entering, students interested in ing is made by filing required forms not the requirements. Waivers may be granted majoring in elementary education should later than the first week of the semester pre- in writing by the Director of contact an elementary education advisor. In ceding the semester for which the assign- Undergraduate Teacher Education on the addition to general education courses and ment is requested. Admission to student basis of satisfactory evidence submitted by electives, the elementary education major teaching is based upon continued good the student through one requires the following courses: standing; favorable recommendations; an or more of these means: attained cumulative GPA of 2.75 or better on all college-level courses, including trans- 1. Examination and/or demonstration of Major Requirements fer credits, and an average GPA of 2.75 or competence. The student may demonstrate better in the teaching major; completion of competence in written Requirements for a Bachelor of Science the required teaching major and profession- or verbal ways or in the execution degree in elementary education include the al courses with no grade below “C”; passing of specific tasks. following courses: scores on appropriate basic skills and con- 2. Experience. The student may request EDU 240 Perspectives in Education tent area examinations; and a minimum of that recent directly related experiences be EDU 311, 312 Mathematics for 15 semester hours completed in residence accepted in satisfaction for course work or Elementary Teachers prior to student teaching. field experience. The student is required to EDU 331 Psychological Foundations: submit documentation to support this Inclusion and Assessment Planning the Program request. EDU 332 Psychological Foundations: Learning Theory and Students should plan to finish their general 3. The student may request evaluation of Classroom Management education requirements and some of their other academic work completed satisfactori- EDU 333 Developmental Health and lower-level teaching major requirements ly to be granted equivalent credit. Physical Education during their first two years of college. EDU 370 Integrated Methods: Music Professional courses in education and the and Art advanced teaching major course require- EDU 375 Student Teaching I ments should be completed during the last EDU 380 Integrated Methods: Science two years. Certain of these courses, listed and Social Studies under “Transfer Students in Education,” EDU 401 Integrated Methods: must be taken in residence, and profession- Literature and Language al education courses must be taken before EDU 402 Integrated Methods: student teaching. Literature and Literacy EDU 475 Student Teaching II The Oregon Teacher Standards and EDU 490 Senior Seminar Practices Commission requires that candi- EDU 240 Perspectives in Education dates for teaching licenses have passed cer- GEO 200 Cultural Geography and tain standardized tests. These are taken by Global Relationships students in conjunction with their profes- HEA 310 School Health Program sional courses. Students must complete the PSY 311 Human Development: bach-elor’s degree and meet all state Infancy to Adolescence requirements before being recommended GED 220 Survey of Art for teaching licensure. GED 110 World of Music

52 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS SECONDARY EDUCATION

♦ ELEMENTARY WITH EARLY EDU 332 Psychological Foundations: PHY 201, 202 General Physics CHILDHOOD Learning Theory and MTH 201, 202 Calculus I, II AUTHORIZATION Classroom Management EDU 340 Integrated Methods: One elective course in the major All of the above plus Reading and Writing across Note: In addition to these requirements, EDU 321 Early Childhood Education the Curriculum the general education com-ponent includes EDU 322 Early Childhood Methods EDU 375 Student Teaching I PSY 150 General Psychology. EDU 390 Integrated Methods for Secondary Teachers ♦ ELEMENTARY WITH MIDDLE EDU 475 Student Teaching II FAMILY AND CONSUMER EDU 493 Student Teaching Seminar LEVEL AUTHORIZATION SCIENCES TEACHING All of the above plus ♦ SECONDARY WITH MIDDLE (B.S. Degree) EDU 351 Middle Level Education EDU 352 Middle Level Methods LEVEL AUTHORIZATION All of the above plus: Major Requirements EDU 351 Middle Level Education The following 44 semester hours are EDU 352 Middle Level Methods required:

SECONDARY FCS 120 Apparel Construction EDUCATION BIOLOGY TEACHING FCS 211, 212 Foods I, II FCS 220 Fashion Merchandising (B.A. or B.S. Degree) (B.S. Degree) FCS 230 Textiles Science The University offers a degree program for FCS 250 Residential Technology the preparation of secondary teachers in 10 Major Requirements FCS 280 Marriage and the Family content areas. Upon entering, students inter- FCS 290 Meal Management The following 44-45 semester hours are ested in any of the secondary education FCS 300 Nutrition required: majors should contact a secondary education FCS 330 Residential Architecture FCS 350 Resource Management advisor. BIO 101, 102 General Biology FCS 351 Interior Design I BIO 300 Evolution FCS 360 Consumer Buying BIO 310 Developmental Biology Secondary Teaching Majors Either FCS 370 Pattern Drafting and BIO 330 Animal Physiology Apparel Design All prospective teachers in secondary educa- or BIO 340 Plant Physiology or FCS 320 Fashion Merchandising tion must complete the following courses, BIO 350 Genetics FCS 410 Leadership of Student seminars and clinical experiences in addi- BIO 360 Ecology Organizations tion to those required for general education BIO 370 Microbiology FCS 440 Early Childhood Education and BIO 491, 492 Senior Seminar Practicum an approved teaching major: CHE 111, 112 General Chemistry EDU 470 Teaching of Family and CHE 325 Organic Chemistry PSY 311 Human Development: Consumer Sciences Infancy to Adolescence One elective course in the major EDU 240 Perspectives in Education Note: In addition to these requirements, EDU 331 Psychological Foundations: Note: In addition to these requirements, the general education com-ponent includes Inclusion and Assessment the general education com-ponent includes PSY 150 General Psychology. MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics, GSC 120 Foundations of Earth Science, and PSY 150 General Psychology. HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING CHEMISTRY TEACHING (B.S. Degree)

(B.S. Degree) Major Requirements Major Requirements The following 36 semester hours are required: The following 42 semester hours are required: Either EDU 321 Early Childhood Development CHE 111, 112 General Chemistry or EDU 351 Middle Level Education CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry HEA 200 Lifestyle Management CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry HEA 210 Drug Education CHE 401 Physical Chemistry HEA 230 First Aid and Safety 53 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS SECONDARY EDUCATION

HEA 240 Stress Management LANGUAGE ARTS MATHEMATICS HEA 280 Marriage and the Family HEA 300 Nutrition TEACHING TEACHING HEA 310 School Health Program (B.A. Degree) (B.S. Degree) HEA 320 Contemporary Health Issues BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy and Physiology Major Requirements Major Requirements HHP 360 Organization and The following 44 semester hours are The following 42 semester hours are Administration of Health required: required: and Physical Education HHP 470 Motor Development and MTH 201, 202, 301 Calculus I, II, III Motor Skill Learning ♦ COMMUNICATION ARTS MTH 211 Innovations in Teaching EDU 333 Development Health and Either THE 120 Introduction to Acting Basic Mathematics Physical Education or THE 220 Oral Interpretation of MTH 240 Statistical Procedures Literature Note: In addition to these requirements, MTH 290 Mathematical Logic THE 360 Improvisational Theatre the general education com-ponent includes MTH 320 Linear Algebra Workshop PSY 150 General Psychology. MTH 330 Probability COM 230 Mass Media and Popular MTH 340 Elementary Number Theory Culture The health teaching major may be com- MTH 350 Modern Geometry COM 340 General and Cultural bined with 13 to 19 semester hours in the MTH 410 Algebraic Structures Linguistics student’s choice of one CIS 130 Programming the Personal of the following concentrations: Computer ♦ LITERATURE PHY 201 General Physics ♦ BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION LIT 231, 232 Masterpieces of World Note: In addition to these requirements, BIO 101, 102 General Biology Literature the general education com-ponent includes BIO 350 Genetics LIT 331, 332 American Literature PSY 150 General Psychology. The mathe- BIO 360 Ecology LIT 350 Literary Criticism matics general education requirement is BIO 370 Microbiology LIT 431, 432 English Literature waived.

♦ FAMILY AND CONSUMER ♦ WRITING SCIENCES CONCENTRATION WRI 200 Interpreting Literature FCS 120 Apparel Construction Two courses from the following: FCS 211, 212 Foods I, II FCS 220 Fashion and Society WRI 230 Introduction to Journalism FCS 440 Early Childhood Education WRI 250 Biography and Practicum Autobiography WRI 330 Writing for Publication ♦ PHYSICAL EDUCATION WRI 360 Writing Fiction WRI 370 Writing Poetry CONCENTRATION HHP 200 History and Principles of One elective course in the major Physical Education HHP 360 Organization and Note: In addition to these requirements, Administration of Health the general education com-ponent includes and Physical Education PSY 150 General Psychology, and SOC HHP 430 Exercise Physiology 150 Principles HHP 450 Kinesiology of Sociology. HHP 460 Physical Education for the Exceptional Student HHP 470 Motor Development and Motor Skill Learning

Two hours from professional activities courses:

HHP 221-229, HHP 231-232

54 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS SECONDARY EDUCATION

MUSIC TEACHING PHYSICAL EDUCATION HST 481 American Thought and Culture to 1865 (B.A. Degree) TEACHING HST 482 American Thought and (B.S. Degree) Culture Since 1865 Major Requirements Major Requirements ♦ GEOGRAPHY The following 51 to 53 semester hours are The following 44 semester hours are required: required: GEO 200 Cultural Geography and Global Relationships Either EDU 321 Early Childhood Either EDU 321 Early Childhood Education Education or EDU 351 Middle Level Education and EDU 333 Developmental Health ♦ ECONOMICS MUA 105/305 Applied Music and Physical Education Either ECO 201 Principles of (5 to 7 semesters) or EDU 351 Middle Level Education Microeconomics MUA ___ Ensemble (7 semesters) and EDU 410 Teaching Physical or ECO 202 Principles of MUS 111 Introduction to Music Education, Secondary/ Macroeconomics Literature Middle Level ECO 360 Global Political Economy MUS 112 Introduction to Music HHP 200 History and Principles of Literature Physical Education MUS 121, 122 Theory I HHP 221-224, 226-229, 231, 232 ♦ GOVERNMENT MUS 131, 132 Sight Singing and Professional Activities PSC 210 American Government Ear Training HEA 230 First Aid and Safety MUS 200 Basic Conducting HHP 300 Coaching Theory and One additional course from MUS 220 Vocal Techniques Practice MUS 221, 222 Theory II HHP 310, 320, 330, 340, or 350 PSC 240 State and Local Government MUS 230 String Techniques (One coaching course) (recommended) MUS 250 Folk Guitar Techniques HHP 360 Organization and PSC 260 Introduction to Law MUS 260 Band Techniques Administration of Health MUS 311, 312 Music History and Physical Education ♦ SOCIOLOGY MUS 430 Instrumentation and HHP 390 Care and Prevention of Orchestration Athletic Injuries SOC 200 Social Problems MUS 460 Advanced Conducting HHP 430 Exercise Physiology SOC 310 Cultural Anthropology HHP 450 Kinesiology Choose one authorization: HHP 460 Physical Education for the ♦ ELECTIVES: EDU 421 Elementary and Preschool Exceptional Student Two courses selected from Music Methods HHP 470 Motor Development and Motor Skill Learning EDU 424 Middle School Methods: HST 380 The African-American HHP 480 Tests and Measurements in Vocal and Instrumental Experience in the Physical Education United States or HHP 490 Senior Seminar HST 430 Vietnam Experience BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy and EDU 422 Secondary School PSC 250 International Conflict Physiology Music Methods: Vocal and Peace and Instrumental Note: In addition to these requirements, the PSC 310 Conflict Resolution EDU 424 Middle School Methods: general education component in-cludes PSY PSC 340 International Relations Vocal and Instrumental 150 General Psychology. PSC 220/420 War and Conscience in Note: In addition to these requirements, the the United States general education component includes PSY SOCIAL STUDIES PSY 350 Social Psychology 150 General Psychology. PSY 360 Learning TEACHING SOC 330 Urban Problems Note: Students with an emphasis in music (B.S. Degree) SOC 380 Ethnic Groups and education are required to pass Social Minorities a piano proficiency examination by Major Requirements SOC 410 Juvenile Delinquency the end of their sophomore year and to pre- GED 375 Cultural Experience The following 45 semester hours are sent a solo recital in their junior or senior required: year. See music “Major Require-ments” state- Note: In addition to these requirements, the ment on page 46 for further details. HST 490 History Seminar general education component includes HST World History (non-U.S.) 101 Western Civilization to 1789 and PSY 2 upper-division courses 150 General Psychology. ECO 201 Principles U.S. History of Economics will not fulfill the general edu- HST 150 America and the World cation requirement under social science for Two out of the following: social studies teaching majors. HST 340 American Economic and Social History 55 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS THEATRE

SPANISH TEACHING ♦ MATHEMATICS TEACHING THEATRE

(B.A. Degree) The drama endorsement is listed Minor Requirements with the teaching endorsement in the The following 15 to 16 semester hours are Department of Teacher Education. Major Requirements required: The following 33 semester hours are MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics COMMUNICATION required: Either MTH 195 Calculus for Teachers ARTS MAJOR SPN 301, 302 Third-Year Spanish or MTH 201 Calculus I MTH 211, 212 Innovations in Teaching SPN 340 1 Spanish Culture and WITH A THEATRE Civilization Basic Mathematics CIS 130 Programming the Personal CONCENTRATION SPN 350 1 Latin American Culture and Civilization Computer (B.A. Degree) SPN 410 1 Introduction to Spanish Literature ♦ SPEECH TEACHING SPN 420 1 Introduction to Latin Major Requirements American Literature A communication arts major with a Minor Requirements theatre concentration requires 36 semester 18 semester hours in a study The following are required: hours (exclusive of general education courses) abroad program approved by a Spanish distributed as follows: advisor COM 100 Introduction to Communication 1 Students may select three of the four COM 200 Persuasive Communication ♦ PERFORMANCE AND courses, SPN 340, 350, 410 or 420. COM 210 Interpersonal TECHNICAL CORE COURSES Communication Note: In addition to these requirements, THE 120 Introduction to Acting Either four hours in the general education com-ponent includes THE 160 Improvisational Theatre COM 275/475 Field Experience PSY 150 General Psychology. Workshop or COM 495 On Your Own: THE 220 Oral Interpretation of Individual Research Literature THE 220 Oral Interpretation of THE 255/455 Technical Theatre Literature THE 320 Advanced Approaches TEACHING MINORS to Acting

♦ DRAMA TEACHING

Minor Requirements The following are required:

THE 120 Introduction to Acting THE 240 Understanding Drama THE 255/455 Technical Theatre THE 320 Advanced Approaches to Acting

Electives chosen from:

THE 125/325 Theatre Laboratory THE 160/360 Improvisational Theatre Workshop THE 165/365 Drama Touring Troupe THE 340 Theatre as Ministry THE 495 Individual Research in the Theatre

56 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS WRITING/LITERATURE

♦ THEORY CORE COURSES THEATRE: WRITING/LITERATURE THE 240 Understanding Drama INTERDISCIPLINARY (B.A. Degree) LIT 385 Major Authors COM 300 Theoretical Approaches MAJOR to Communication (B.A. Degree) Major Requirements THE 340 Theatre as Ministry The department offers a writing/ COM 400 Critical Approaches literature major that creatively combines to Communication Major Requirements both disciplines. Students whose major An interdisciplinary major may interest is in literature will take their elec- ♦ PRACTICUM be elected through application and approval tives from the literature of the Communication Arts Department Seven hours from THE 125/325 Theatre curriculum. The major consists of 36 and theatre faculty. The student application Laboratory, THE 165/365 George Fox semester hours (not including writing and must show how the proposed interdiscipli- University Players, or literature courses taken to fulfill general nary major meets reasonable academic and THE 275/475 Field Experience. education requirements) distributed as fol- vocational objectives. The interdisciplinary lows: major consists of 48 semester hours, ♦ RECOMMENDED 24 in theatre arts and the remainder in another academic discipline. Creative ♦ LITERATURE CORE CMB 320 Dramatic Scriptwriting options include theatre and music, theatre CMB 350 Editing Video LIT 350 Literary Criticism (3 hours) and religion, theatre and Christian min- CMB 430 Producing and Directing istries, theatre and communication media Two of the following three courses Television and broadcast, theatre and business (mar- (6 hours): keting/management), or theatre and sociol- If possible, majors should satisfy their phys- LIT 240 Understanding Drama ogy. ical education requirement with HPA 107 LIT 340 Poetry Ballet, HHP 223 Tumbling/ LIT 440 Novel Gymnastics, HHP 229 Folk and Western Dance, and similar offerings. Two of the following three sequences (12 hours):

LIT 231, 232 Masterpieces of World Literature LIT 331, 332 American Literature LIT 431, 432 English Literature

♦ WRITING CORE WRI 230 Introduction to Journalism (3 hours)

One of the following three courses (3 hours):

WRI 330 Writing for Publication WRI 360 Writing Fiction WRI 370 Writing Poetry

♦ ELECTIVES Nine hours in literature or writing; may include CMB 320 Dramatic Scriptwriting.

57 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ACCOUNTING – ART

Courses are listed alphabetically ACC 371, 372 Intermediate Accounting ART by prefix. 4 hours each semester. A comprehensive study of generally accepted Survey of Art is offered under GED 220. accounting principles, including a review of their historical development and a thorough ART 101, 102 Basic Design ACCOUNTING study of the underlying theory supporting 3 hours each semester. ART 101 is an them. A detailed study of many specific introduction to materials, techniques and Additional courses are listed under Business problems associated with the measurement theory related to two-dimensional design. and Economics. and reporting of complex business ART 102 focuses on three-dimensional transactions. Prerequisites: ACC 272 design. Hands-on projects are the primary ACC 271, 272 Principles of Accounting Principles of Accounting and ACC 273 learning mode. ART 101 may be taken as 3 hours each semester. An introduction to Accounting Information Systems. an alternative to Survey of Art in meeting accounting from a user perspective. The the general education requirement. first semester will emphasize financial ACC 471 Advanced Accounting accounting. 4 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Account-ing ART 111, 112 Drawing The second semester will continue consid- for specific types of entities such as partner- 3 hours each semester. This course eration of financial accounting and also ships and not-for-profit organizations. The is a study of materials, methods and tech- present topics in cost and managerial accounting problems encountered in busi- niques used for drawing with accounting. The mechanics of accounting ness combinations will be studied. Also cov- pencil, ink, charcoal and other drawing will be covered on a limited basis in both ered will be major cost and managerial top- media. ART 111 may be taken as an alter- semesters; however, the primary focus will ics, such as job and process costing, stan- native to GED 220 Survey of Art in meet- be upon application accounting for man- dard costs, cost-volume-profit analysis, full ing the general education requirement. agers. Prerequisite: BUS 110 Introduction costing and overhead determination and ART 111 is a prerequisite for ART 112. to Business. control. Prerequisites: ACC 272 Principles of Accounting and ACC 273 Accounting ART 201 Painting ACC 273 Accounting Information Information Systems. 3 hours. ART 201, beginning painting, will Systems introduce students to materials, methods 2 hours. This course will emphasize the ACC 472 Auditing and techniques used in painting with mechanical aspects of accounting and will 4 hours. Offered 1998-99. An intro-duc- acrylics. cover both manual and computerized tion to the standards and procedures accounting systems. The course is designed observed by Certified Public Accountants ART 221 Beginning Sculpture for students with a concentration in in the examination of financial statements. 3 hours. Introduction to the materials, accounting and is to be taken concurrently Three types of audits will be examined: methods and techniques used in sculpture. with ACC 272 Principles of Accounting. financial, compliance and operational. Prerequisite: ACC 271 Principles of Special areas of study will include evalua- Accounting. tion of internal control, ethical considera- ART 231 Beginning Printmaking tions, legal environment, the auditor’s 3 hours. An introduction to screen print- ACC 350 Principles of Taxation report, and evidence-collecting and evalua- making and relief printmaking (woodcut, 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study tion procedures. Prerequisite: ACC 371 linocut, collagraph) of the federal tax structure, including con- Intermediate Accounting. techniques and methods. cepts and policies that shape the tax laws. The course will emphasize federal tax laws that relate to individual taxpayers. The relationship between accounting principles and tax law will be examined. Prerequisite: ACC 272 Principles of Accounting.

60 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SIGN LANGUAGE – BIBLICAL STUDIES

ART 241 Beginning Ceramics ART 401 Advanced Painting ART 295/495 Special Study 3 hours. Introduction to basic hand-building 3 hours. Focus on the individual 1-3 hours. Designed to give two emphases techniques and surface design. artistic development of students as they for the serious art student: to allow for fur- combine techniques and subject matter into ther individual study in a media or area in ART 250 Introduction to a personal style of visual communication. which no further courses are available, Graphic Design Prerequisite: ART 301 Intermediate and/or to allow for study in an area for 3 hours. Introduction to the materials, Painting. which the student may already have some methods and techniques used in graphic background and in which no course design. ART 431 Advanced Printmaking currently is offered. 3 hours. Focus on the individual ART 285 Selected Topics artistic development of students as they 1-3 hours. ART 285 is a lecture/studio class combine techniques and subject matter into that deals with areas of interest in art, such a personal style of visual communication. SIGN LANGUAGE as watercolors, calligraphy, or special topics Prerequisite: ART 331 Intermediate in art history. Printmaking. ASL 101, 102 American ART 441 Advanced Ceramics Sign Language ART 301 Intermediate Painting 3 hours. Focus on the individual 2 hours each semester. Offered 1999-2000. 3 hours. This course provides an opportuni- artistic development of students as they An introduction to American ty for further development of skills and for combine techniques and subject matter into Sign Language, the native language of the the introduction of more advanced tech- a personal style of visual communication. deaf culture in the United States and niques. Prerequisite: ART 201 Painting. Prerequisite: ART 341 Intermediate Canada. The course introduces ASL signs Ceramics. and basic ASL grammar and syntax, and ART 331 Intermediate Printmaking develops an understanding and appreciation 3 hours. An introduction to intaglio print- ART 460 Art and Christ of the adult deaf culture. Receptive and making (etching, engraving, drypoint, 3 hours. A study of the relationship expressive skills in conversational ASL are aquatint) techniques and methods. between art and Christianity in the con- taught. Practice outside the classroom Prerequisite: ART 231 Beginning temporary world. Designed primarily for required. Printmaking. studio art majors. Prerequisites: ART 381 Baroque and Rococo Art, or ART 382 ART 341 Intermediate Ceramics Twentieth Century Art, or ART 383 3 hours. An introduction to basic wheel- Special Topics in Art History, and senior BIBLICAL STUDIES throwing techniques and surface design. standing. Prerequisite: ART 241 Beginning Ceramics. Survey courses are offered under ART 475 Field Experience GED 101, 102 Literature of the 3 hours. Students may petition to ART 381 Baroque and Rococo Art Old and New Testaments. take ART 475 in place of ART 490. Field 3 hours. Art and its relationship to Experience provides on-site work experi- European culture from 1600 to 1800. BIB 240 Wisdom Literature ence at an approved business 2 hours. The wisdom literature of the Old or institutional site. All majors electing Testament is investigated historically, liter- ART 382 Twentieth Century Art ART 475 (in place of ART 490) will be arily and theologically. The origin and 3 hours. Art and its relationship to required to prepare and present the results development of the biblical wisdom tradi- Western culture of the twentieth century. of their field experience in a format appro- tions in the books of Proverbs, Job and priate to their disciplines. Prerequisite: Art Ecclesiastes are considered in the context of ART 385 Special Topics in major with senior standing. By petition. the broader, international wisdom of the Art History ancient Near East and the intertestamental 3 hours. Art and its relationship to ART 490 Senior Thesis Exhibit literature. Prerequisite: GED 101 Literature a non-Western culture, e.g., African, Asian, 3 hours. All students graduating with of the Old Testament Latin American. Specific topic will be a major in art will be required to exhibit recommended. dependent on the instructor’s area of spe- their work in the Ross Art Gallery or other cialization. acceptable alternative location. This course includes the completion BIB 250 The Psalms of a body of artwork for exhibition, writing a 2 hours. An exploration of the Psalms with statement of artistic intent, and installing special attention to their forms, themes, artwork in an exhibition space. Majors may and original cultural settings as well as how petition to substitute ART 475 for ART the Psalms have been 490. Prerequisite: Art major with senior preserved and applied in the commu- standing.

61 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES BIOLOGY

nity of faith. Students will also con- of the Old Testament period and the ori- BIOLOGY sider approaches to interpreting gins of Judaism and Christianity. and learning from the Psalms today. Prerequisite: GED 101, 102 Literature of BIO 100 Foundations of Biology Prerequisite: GED 101 Literature of the Old and New Testaments. 3 hours. A course to fulfill the general edu- the Old Testament recommended. cation requirement that deals with the BIB 390 Biblical Basis structure and function of cells and organ- BIB 260 Life of Christ for Peacemaking isms, the role of energy in the ecosystem, 2 hours. The synoptic writers—Matthew, 2 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Focusing cen- transfer of biological information, evolu- Mark and Luke—form the foundation for trally on Jesus’ teachings about peacemak- tion, reproduction and heredity. Bioethical this inquiry into the ing, this course deals with the biblical treat- considerations life and teaching of Jesus Christ. ment of peacemaking, including the are discussed. Two lectures and Prerequisite: GED 102 Literature of prophetic and apocalyptic visions of the one laboratory per week. the New Testament recommended. Kingdom, and the interpretations of these teachings by the early church. Attention BIO 101, 102 General Biology also will be given to what it means to work BIB 270 Writings of John 4 hours each semester. An introduction to for peace in today’s world, as co-laborers 2 hours. This course explores what it means life science for biology majors, pre-medical with Christ. Prerequisite: GED 102 to believe in Jesus Christ, the Son of God, as and pre-veterinary students, and others Literature of the New Testament. depicted in Johannine literature: the Gospel with an interest and letters of John and Revelation. Special in science. Topics include cellular attention will be given to John’s BIB 411, 412 The Acts and biology, genetics, development, Christological, sociological setting and mes- the Pauline Epistles ecology, anatomy and physiology of animals sage as they relate to the lives of modern 3 hours each semester. Offered 1998-99. An and plants, and an introduction to the readers. Prerequisite: GED 102 Literature of extensive study of the mission and teachings plant (fall semester) and animal (spring the New Testament recommended. of the New Testament church, as shown in semester) kingdoms. Three lectures and one the Acts and the Epistles attributed to Paul. two-hour BIB 310 Old Testament History Special attention will be given to ways early laboratory period per week. 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. The history of Christians dealt with struggles between Jewish and Gentile Christianity, and appli- ancient Israel is studied employing the text BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy cations will be made for the church today. of the Old Testament narratives in Genesis and Physiology The fall semester studies Acts 1-15, through Esther, the evidence of archaeology 4 hours each semester. Structure Galatians and Romans. and other ancient Near Eastern texts. and function of the human body. The spring semester studies Acts Theologi-cal messages and developments Fall semester topics include basic chemistry, 15-28 plus the other Epistles of Paul. will be explored. Prerequisite: GED 101 body organization, integument, skeleton, Prerequisite: GED 102 Literature of Literature of the Old Testament. muscles and the nervous system, including the New Testament. special senses. Spring semester topics BIB 330 The Prophetic Writings include cardiovascular, reproductive, 4 hours. Offered 1998-99. This course BIB 480 General Epistles endocrine, studies the origin and historical develop- 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. As a study respiratory, urinary and digestive systems. ment of ancient Israelite prophecy and its of the non-Pauline letters of the New The course meets general education culmination in the canonical books of the Testament—Hebrews, James, Peter requirements and is designed for non-sci- prophets. The historical and social setting and Jude—this course explores the character ence majors. Three lectures and one labora- of the prophets will be considered, along of Jewish Christianity and tory per week. BIO 222 may be taken with the spiritual themes that dominate and its implications for the broader church. without BIO 221. characterize them. Prerequisite: GED 101 Prerequisite: GED 102 Literature of the New Testament. Literature of the Old Testament. BIO 275/475 Field Experience 1-6 hours may be earned. Permission of the BIB 340 Between the Testaments BIB 485 Selected Topics instructor and chairperson of the depart- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An introduc- 2 hours. A seminar on a topic chosen by ment is required. tion to history, literature and theological the professor. Open to upper-division majors and others by permission. developments in Israel between 400 B.C. BIO 300 Evolution (Ezra) and the first century A.D. (Christ), 2 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study to provide the basis for understanding both BIB 495 Special Study of mechanisms involved in natural selec- the conclusion 1-3 hours. Individual research. Open to tion. Topics include genes in qualified students upon application. populations, selection, mutation, geochronology, cosmology and molecular methods used to study phylogeny. Philosophical implications are considered. Two lectures per week.

62 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES BIOLOGY

BIO 310 Developmental Biology BIO 340 Plant Physiology BIO 384 Research Methods 4 hours. Theories and study of differentia- 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study 1 hour. This course will introduce junior- tion as they apply to growth and develop- of plant function from the molecular to the and senior-level students to fundamental ment of animals, with some emphasis on organismic level. Photosynthe-sis, respira- biological and chemical research techniques the mechanism involved. Includes historical tion, water relations, growth and develop- and will include topics of interest from topics, fertilization, embryonic organiza- ment, mineral nutrition and practical appli- both disciplines. Topics include records tion, cell induction, histogenesis, organo- cations will be covered. Two lectures and management, basic data analysis, experi- genesis, and developmental morphogenesis one three-hour laboratory period per week. mental design, laboratory maintenance and of echinoderms, frogs, chicks and pigs. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General safety, supply purchasing, chemical storage, Three lectures and one three-hour Biology. and research ethics. Same as CHE 384. laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO One lecture per week. 101, 102 General Biology. BIO 350 Genetics 4 hours. A study of the basic principles of BIO 390 Systematic Botany BIO 312 Plant Morphology inheritance and their molecular basis. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Collection, 4 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A survey Suggested as a valuable elective for students identification and classification, with of vascular and nonvascular plants empha- in psychology, sociology, public health, emphasis on the Angiosperms. Topics in sizing form, reproduction and classification. counseling or education. Laboratory deals experimental taxonomy, literature Three lectures and one three-hour laborato- with the theory and practice of recombinant of taxonomy, systems and history of classifi- ry period per DNA technology. Three lectures and one cation, and evolution of the Angiosperms week. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General three-hour laboratory per week. are considered. Two Biology. Prerequisites: lectures and one three-hour laboratory per BIO 101, 102 General Biology. week, and a required field trip. BIO 322 Comparative Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General Vertebrate Anatomy BIO 360 Ecology Biology. 4 hours. Offered 1999-2000. The com-par- 4 hours. An analysis of population, com- ative study of the structure and functional munity and ecosystem dynamics. BIO 410 Molecular Biology morphology of organisms Laboratory will emphasize field measure- 4 hours. Offered 1998-99. A course in the phylum Chordata. Laboratory will ments, computer modeling and behavior. in contemporary molecular genetics which emphasize dissection of representative verte- Three lectures and one three-hour laborato- will include the organization, storage, brate animals. Three one-hour lectures and ry per week, and one required field trip to retrieval and transfer of genetic information one three-hour the Malheur Field Station. Prerequisites: at the molecular level. Viral, prokaryotic laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General Biology. and eukaryotic BIO 101, 102 General Biology. systems will be examined. Laboratory will BIO 370 Microbiology include practical experience with many BIO 330 Animal Physiology 3 hours. A course in the structure, metabo- methodologies important to this sub-disci- 4 hours. Investigation of physiological prin- lism, classification and health aspects of pline of biology. Three lectures and one ciples in vertebrate animals, with emphasis microorganisms. Methods four-hour laboratory per week. on mechanisms of integration and home- of microbiological investigation are empha- Prerequisites: BIO 350 Genetics and CHE ostasis at cellular, organ and system levels. sized. Two lectures and one three-hour lab- 325 Organic Chemistry. Topics include muscular, neural, vascular, oratory period per excretory and endocrine interactions. Three week. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General BIO 420 Cell Biology lectures and one three-hour laboratory per Biology, or permission of course instructor. 3 hours. A course that unifies structure and week. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General function at the molecular level. Topics Biology. BIO 380 Ornithology include cell ultrastructure and organization, 3 hours. A study of avian biology including respiration, physiology of muscular contrac- phylogeny, evolution, tion, photosynthesis, molecular biology, anatomy, physiology, behavior and ecology. research methods, recombinant DNA and Laboratory will emphasize identification, molecular aspects of development. Two lec- bird banding and basic anatomy. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per tures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General week, and one required field trip to the Biology and CHE 325 Organic Chemistry. Malheur Field Station. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General Biology.

63 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES BUSINESS

BIO 430 Histology BUSINESS BUS 320 Human Resources 4 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A course Management in the microstructure and ultrastructure of Additional courses are listed under 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Examin-ation vertebrate tissues and cells. Laboratory tech- Accounting and Economics. of major personnel issues including the pro- niques will include curement, development, compensation and microtechnique, histochemistry, immuno- BUS 110 Introduction to Business maintenance of histochemistry, and transmission electron 3 hours. This introductory survey will an effective work force. Also covered will be microscopy. Two lectures and two three- examine the major functional areas of busi- topics related to labor legislation and labor- hour laboratories per week. Prerequisites: ness and afford the student an opportunity management relations. Prerequisites: BUS BIO 101, 102 General Biology. to consider this major as a path to a career. 110 Introduction to Business, and BUS Emphasis is given to contemporary business 300 Management. BIO 460 Invertebrate Zoology concepts, in particular an examination of 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Comparative business as a field for stewardship. BUS 330 Small Business Management phylogeny, morphology, ecology and life and Entrepreneurship histories of several invertebrate groups and BUS 240 Statistical Procedures 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study protozoa. in Business and Economics of the process of establishing and managing Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory 3 hours. Statistical procedures with applica- a small business. The course involves field per week. Some weekend field trips tions in management and work, original thinking and research. required. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 economics. Emphasis on the development Students will design management informa- General Biology. of a basic knowledge of the tion systems, marketing strategies and other statistical tools available for analysis aspects of owning a small business. BIO 485 Selected Topics of problems and decision making. Prerequisites: ACC 271 Principles 1 or more hours. Within the limits of avail- Prerequisite: High school algebra of Accounting, and consent of the instruc- ability and enrollment demands, topics or equivalent. tor. reflecting special interests of faculty, visiting professors, or recent developments in biolo- BUS 250 Computer Applications BUS 340 Marketing gy may be offered. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 3 hours. This course is designed to give stu- 3 hours. Study of the marketing concept, 102 General Biology. dents “hands-on” experience in business consumer demand and behavior, and mar- decision making. Students will have the keting functions of the firm. Objective is to BIO 491, 492 Senior Seminar opportunity to work with computer simula- understand the development of marketing 1 hour each semester. The methodology of tions of company start up and operation. channels, products, prices and promotion science, history of scientific research and Special emphasis is given to software appli- strategies. Prerequisite: BUS 110 current topics. Guidance in the selection of cation and the processes of decision mak- Introduction a thesis research topic by each major leading, teamwork, goal setting and strategies. to Business. ing to acceptable design, experimentation, Prerequisite: BUS 110 Introduction to presentation, peer review and publication of Business. BUS 350 International Marketing results. For biology majors and minors with 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. The conduct of senior standing only. BUS 275 Field Experience marketing functions in an international 1-3 hours. An on-the-job experience or environment. Consideration BIO 495 Biological Research observation designed to acquaint the stu- of importing and exporting, product devel- 1-4 hours. Specific instructional programs, dent with the business world. opment for overseas markets, and the func- laboratory or field research, or independent tioning of the multinational firm. Prerequisite: BUS 340 Marketing. study as planned under an advisor. A total BUS 300 Management of not more than four hours may be 3 hours. A study of the theory and practice applied toward of management. The course involves discus- the major. For upper-division biology sion and application majors only. By permission. Prerequi-site: of areas such as social responsibility, strate- BIO 384 Research Methods. gy, problem solving, communi-cation, change, job performance and financial/operational controls. Prerequisite: BUS 110 Introduction to Business.

64 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES CHEMISTRY

BUS 360 Business Law BUS 475 Field Experience CHE 110 Chemistry and 3 hours. Covers the legal aspects 3-6 hours. Supervised experiences in busi- Our Environment of common business transactions. Includes nesses, nonprofit organizations and public 3 hours. This course will cover the law of contracts, agency, negotiable agencies. introductory concepts of chemistry. Special instruments and other phases of private law. attention is given to topics of current inter- Prerequisite: BUS 110 Introduction to BUS 485 Selected Topics est, such as environmental chemistry, poly- Business. 1-3 hours. Occasional special courses cho- mer chemistry and household chemistry. sen to fit the interests and needs This course meets general education BUS 370 Organizational Behavior of students and faculty. requirements and is designed for non-sci- 3 hours. Consideration of how and why ence majors. It is recommended for stu- people behave the way they do dents who need an introduction to chem- BUS 490 Business Policy istry prior to taking CHE 111 General in organizations. Through the use of read- and Strategy ings, cases and exercises, the Chemistry. Two lectures 3 hours. This senior seminar for and one laboratory per week. student is exposed to major components of business and economics majors provides organizational behavior theory. Areas such opportunity to synthesize class work and to as perception/attribution, motivation, consider some of the major issues and chal- CHE 151, 152 General, Organic, and groups, dynamics, power, conflict, leader- lenges that Biological Chemistry ship, culture and organizational develop- will be confronted in the work place. 4 hours each semester. This course covers ment will be explored. Prerequisite: BUS Prerequisite: Senior standing and comple- introductory and intermediate principles of 110 Introduction to Business, or permis- tion of all common core courses. chemistry. Special emphasis is placed on sion of instructor. those aspects of general and organic chemistry that are pertinent to biochemistry. This BUS 495 Special Study BUS 410 Financial Management course provides a background for students 1-3 hours. Independent study of with interests in pre-nursing, nutrition, and 3 hours. An introduction to the finance subjects outside regular offerings of particu- function of a business entity. Specific topics related allied health areas. (This course does lar interest to business and not meet the requirements for science to be studied include capital budgeting, economics majors. Regular reading reports cost of capital determination, sources of majors.) Three lectures and one two-hour and conferences are scheduled. For upper- laboratory per week. financing, leverage and its effect on the division business and economics majors profits and risk of business, and managing only, by permission. the asset mix and capital structure CHE 211, 212 General Chemistry of a business. Prerequisite: ACC 272 4 hours each semester. This course covers Principles of Accounting. fundamental chemical principles, reactions and modern theories. Special emphasis is BUS 420 Advertising and Promotion CHEMISTRY given to the role 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Consider- of chemistry in everyday life. Three lectures ation of promotional strategies, with partic- CHE 100 Chemistry of Life and one laboratory period ular emphasis on evaluation and selection 3 hours. This course will cover concepts of per week. Prerequisite: High school chem- of advertising media, public relations, sell- organic and biochemistry at an elementary istry, CHE 110 Chemistry and ing and management level. Emphasis will Our Environment, or math place- of the promotion mix. Prerequisite: be placed on medical and biological appli- ment score. BUS 340 Marketing. cations of chemical principles. Topics will include acids and bases, alcohols, carbohy- CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry BUS 450 Marketing Research drates, proteins, lipids and metabolism. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An introduction 3 hours. Research methods for marketing This course meets general education to the principles and techniques of quantita- decisions. Topics include defining research requirements and is designed for non-sci- tive chemical analysis. Material includes needs, the formulation of research ques- ence majors. Two lectures and one lab- gravimetric, volumetric and complexometric tions, consideration of alternative method- oratory period per week. analysis; neutralization, precipitation and ologies, sources of data and information, oxidation-reduction titrations; solubility; sta- sampling, and interpretation and reporting tistical methods of data analysis; and an of findings. Prerequisites: BUS 240 introduction to instrumental methods. Two Statistical Procedures and BUS 340 lectures and one three-hour laboratory per Marketing. week. Prerequisite: CHE 111, 112 General Chemistry.

65 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES

CHE 320 Advanced Inorganic CHE 401, 402 Physical Chemistry CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES Chemistry 4 hours each semester. An introduc-tion to 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Atomic struc- modern theoretical chemistry emphasizing CHM 130 Christian Discipling ture, chemical bonding, periodic trends of classical and statistical thermodynamics, 4 hours. A study of biblical principles of structure, physical properties and reactivi- quantum mechanics, evangelism, nurturing and teaching. This ties of the elements, group theory as molecular structure, spectroscopy and study encompasses the Christian education- applied to molecular structure and non- kinetics. Three lectures and one three-hour al responsibilities of the local church and metal and transition-metal chemistry. Three laboratory per week. Prerequi-sites: CHE parachurch agencies. lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 111, 111, 112 General Chemistry, MTH 301 112 General Chemistry. Calculus III, and either PHY 202 General Physics or PHY 212 CHM 230 The Christian and the Outdoors CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry General Physics with Calculus. 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An explo- 4 hours each semester. A study of princi- ration of the biblical foundations for ples, structure, bonding, reactions and ener- CHE 410 Advanced Chemical a variety of outdoor activities available to gy as related to carbon chemistry. The labo- Measurements individuals, families, church groups and ratory stresses materials, equipment and 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Principles and Christian camps. Of significant importance skills in techniques of modern instrumental physic- is a consideration of the potential that out- synthesis, purification and identification of ochemical and analytical measurements. door experiences have for teaching and representative groups of organic com- Literature search methods, scientific writing learning. pounds. Three lectures and techniques and seminar presentation tech- one three-hour laboratory per week. niques are covered. Two lectures and one Prerequisite: CHE 111, 112 General three- CHM 310 Theological Foundations of Chemistry. hour laboratory per week. Christian Ministry 3 hours. A study of the relationships of theology to Christian ministry. CHE 340 Biochemistry CHE 420 Advanced Organic Chemistry This course explores the ways in which par- 3 hours. An introduction to the 2 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of ticular theologies affect chemistry of substances involved in life organic reactions not normally covered in the practice of ministry in the church. processes. The structures, reactions and introductory courses. Synthesis and reaction energy transformations of these compounds mechanisms are emphasized. Prerequisite: are considered. Three lectures per week. CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry. CHM 320 Relational Bible Teaching Prerequisite: CHE 325, 326 Organic 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. An analysis of the concept of Bible teaching in a small Chemistry. CHE 475 Field Experience group setting. Classroom prac- 1-3 hours. Supervised experience tice in using the various methods CHE 384 Research Methods with an off-campus industry or agency as they relate to home Bible studies, camp 1 hour. This course will introduce junior- using applied chemistry. Prerequisite: settings or the Sunday school. and senior-level students to fundamental Consent of advisor. biological and chemical research techniques CHM 330 Youth Leadership and will include topics of interest from CHE 485 Selected Topics 4 hours. A study of motivation, guidance both disciplines. Topics include records 1-4 hours. Scheduled as a regular class with and method in reference to youth and management, basic data analysis, experi- topics chosen to meet the special needs and youth ministries, aimed at developing lead- mental design, laboratory maintenance and interests of students, faculty or visiting pro- ership skills. safety, supply purchasing, chemical storage, fessors. Prerequisite: Upper-division stand- and research ethics. Same as BIO 384. One ing. lecture per week.

CHE 495 Chemical Research CHE 390 Organic Synthesis 1-3 hours per semester (not to exceed a and Analysis total of 6 hours). Experimental and/or the- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. This course oretical research in a topic of the student’s will emphasize advanced choosing, supervised by the chemistry fac- laboratory techniques for the synthesis, ulty. For upper-division chemistry majors isolation and identification of organic com- only. pounds. Spectroscopy will be emphasized for By permission of individual faculty the analysis of compounds. Advanced separa- member. Prerequisite: CHE 384 Research tion techniques such as gas chromatography Methods. and vacuum distillation will be studied. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry.

66 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCIENCE

CHM 350 Audiovisual Technology CHM 392 Shared Praxis II: CHM 492 Shared Praxis IV: Supervised 2 hours. A practical course that trains stu- The Christian Story and Vision Field Experience dents to select, produce and use instruc- 4 hours. A study of the faith life of 4 hours. Active involvement in an tional media to implement learning and the Christian community, expressed area of Christian ministry through super- effective communication. Attention given through Scripture, traditions, liturgies, the- vised experience, and reflection on ministry to such media as overhead transparencies, ology and church history, as it relates to experiences through class film, filmstrips, slides and multi-images, Christian educational support and discussion. This is the fourth and computers. Students attend a two-hour ministry. This is the second of four semes- of four semesters. Prerequisite: CHM 491 class session each week, as well as lab ses- ters. Prerequisite: CHM 391 Shared Praxis Shared Praxis III: Methods and Skills in sions. Each student presents a major project I: Introduction to Educational Ministry. Ministry. at the end of the semester. (Identical to COM 350.) CHM 420 Christian Preaching CHM 495 Special Study 2 hours. Building an understanding of the 1-3 hours. Individual research. Open to CHM 360 Perspectives in purposes, content and structures of qualified students upon application. Christian Education Christian preaching. To increase awareness 3 hours. A study of the historical back- and appreciation of this form of communi- ground and philosophical development in cation, the course includes the writing and Christian education, with an examination delivery of of the influence of these antecedents upon an original sermon by each student. COMPUTER AND theory and practice. Contemporary trends INFORMATION SCIENCE in current and emerging ministries will be CHM 440 Camp Administration assessed against such perspectives. 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. Designed CIS 130 Programming the to develop a basic understanding of pro- Personal Computer CHM 370 Camp Programming gramming, business and leadership at an 3 hours. An introduction to Internet ser- and Counseling administrative level. A weekend camping vices including e-mail, FTP, telnet, list- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A camping trip is required. (Identical serves, newsgroups, world wide overview: its historical development and to HHP 440.) Prerequisite: CHM 370 web, and HTML and Javascript pro- philosophy. Types of camps, program activi- Camp Programming and Counseling, or gramming. The emphasis of the course is ties, teaching-learning models, leadership permission of the instructor. placed on using all aspects of the Internet recruitment and training—with special for productive means. The course is emphasis on methods of camp counsel- CHM 475 Field Experience designed for students who want to prepare ing—are 1-5 hours. Supervised internship themselves for an informational-age work- covered. Overnight campout is required. in areas of Christian ministry, with empha- place. (Identical to HHP 370.) sis on application of methods learned. Open to upper-division CIS 201, 202 Introduction to Computer CHM 381 Counseling students only, by application. Science 3 hours. A study of theory and technique of 3 hours each semester. A foundational person-centered counseling. The course is CHM 485 Selected Topics course for the study of computer and infor- designed to teach basic theoretical postu- 2 hours. A seminar on a topic chosen by mation science. The course covers an lates and to focus on effective intervention the professor. Open to upper-division overview of programming methodology and skills for those anticipating future work in majors and others by permission. gives the student an ability Christian ministries, teaching, or mental to write computer programs using good health settings. Open to sophomores and and current style and structure. C++ is the CHM 491 Shared Praxis III: Methods above. (Identical to PSY 381 and programming language used. Prerequisite: and Skills in Ministry SWK 381.) Prerequisite: PSY 150 General High school 4 hours. A study of ministry methods and Psychology. algebra or equivalent. skills that will enable students to appropriate the Christian story and CHM 391 Shared Praxis I: Introduction vision to their own ministry contexts. This to Educational Ministry is the third of four semesters. Prerequisite: 4 hours. An exploration of an indivi-dual’s CHM 392 Shared Praxis II: The Christian call to ministry and a study of present praxis Story and Vision. in Christian educational ministry, with emphasis on storytelling and community building. This is the first of four semesters. Department interview required. Prerequisite: Sophomore or junior standing.

67 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCIENCE

CIS 300 Numerical Methods CIS 333 Digital Logic Design CIS 420 Structures of 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of 4 hours. Offered 1998-99. Introduc-tion to Programming Languages numerical solutions of mathematical prob- digital systems and binary codes, Boolean 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study lems, including nonlinear equations, sys- algebra and digital logic devices, combina- of the basic design of computer program- tems of linear equations, polynomial tional logic circuits and design methods, ming languages, with the greater emphasis approximations, root finding, integration ROM and RAM memory elements, and placed on semantics (over syntax). A com- and differential equations. Computer pro- sequential logic circuits and design meth- parative analysis is made among several of grams are written to solve these problems. ods. Laboratory experience includes TTL the common languages. Prerequisites: CIS Prerequisites: MTH 202 Calculus II, and logic circuits and CAD tools. Three lectures 201, 202 Introduction to Computer either CIS 201 Introduction to Computer and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Science. Science or EGR 200 Introduction to MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics, or Computer Programming for Engineers. equivalent. CIS 430 Analysis of Algorithms (Identical to MTH 300.) 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An CIS 340 Database Systems introduction to the design and analysis of CIS 320 Data Structures and File 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of the algorithms. The course covers the funda- Processing organization of database systems for infor- mentals of analyzing algorithms for correct- 3 hours. An introduction to the concepts of mation storage, retrieval and security. ness and time and space bounds. Topics information organization, methods of rep- Examples of hierarchic, network and rela- include advanced resenting information both internally and tional-based systems sorting and searching methods, graph algo- externally. The course begins with basic are presented. Prerequisite: CIS 201 rithms, geometric algorithms, matrix structures (stacks, queues, linked lists and Introduction to Computer Science. manipulations, string and trees) and moves through more complex pattern matching, set algorithms data structures into the processing CIS 350 Data Communications and polynomial computations. Pre-requi- of files (sequential, relative, indexed sequen- and Networks site: CIS 320 Data Structures tial and others). Programming projects are 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An introduction and File Processing. completed in one or more high-level lan- to the field of communications among guages. Prerequisites: CIS 201, 202 computers and computer systems, with an CIS 440 Artificial Intelligence Introduction to emphasis placed on LANS (Local Area 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. This course Computer Science. Network Systems). Students will experience introduces the student to the basic concepts the installation of one or more network sys- and techniques of artificial intelligence, CIS 321 Software Engineering tems. knowledge representation, problem solving, 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An introduc- and AI search techniques. AI solutions will tion to the strategies used in producing CIS 360 Computer Architecture and be developed in an appropriate AI lan- quality software. The life cycle of software Assembly Language guage. Prerequisite: CIS 202 Introduction development is presented and utilized. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An intro- to Computer Science. Larger projects are undertaken by teams of duction to programming in assembly lan- students in the initial phases. Prerequisite: guage on the IBM-PC. By writing several CIS 450 Network Administration CIS 201 Introduction to Computer programs at a level closer to 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. This course intro- Science. the actual machine language of the comput- duces the student to system administration er, the student will gain insights into its of a LAN. Topics covered include adding CIS 322 Systems Development Seminar architecture and structure. Prerequisites: and removing users, monitor and controlling 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Projects initi- CIS 201, 202 Introduc-tion to Computer processes, add remove and manage groups, ated in CIS 321 Software Engineer-ing are Science. mount and unmount filesystems, monitor completed. Students will work in teams in and troubleshoot a TCP/IP network, man- these large-systems development projects. CIS 370 Object-Oriented Programming age and control network and system security Prerequisite: CIS 321 Software 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. This and administration of network filesystems. Engineering. course covers the fundamental concepts of Prerequisite: None. (CIS 350 Data object-oriented programming languages, Communications and Networks preferred.) CIS 330 Computer Graphics including data abstraction and typing, class 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An introduction inheritance and generic types, prototypes CIS 460 Operating Systems to the concepts of computer graphics, partic- and delegation, concurrency control and 3 hours. A study of the organization and ularly those used with microcomputers. distribution, object-oriented databases, and architecture of computer systems. The Basic programming and mathematical tools implementation. Object-oriented solutions major principles of operating used in producing graphics are explored and will be developed in both Java and C++. systems are presented, along with applied in several projects. Prerequisites: CIS Prerequisite: CIS 202 Introduction to case studies involving actual operat-ing sys- 201 Introduction to Computer Science and Computer Science. tems. Prerequisite: CIS 202 Introduction to MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics. Computer Science.

68 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES COMMUNICATION MEDIA AND BROADCAST

CIS 470 Operations Research CIS 490 Applied Software Development CMB 260 Scriptwriting for Media 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An introduc- 1-3 hours. Special software development 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An intro-duction to the mathematical tools useful in the projects designed and completed by the stu- tion to the styles, techniques, study of optimization, with dent in an area that applies computers. This content and forms of media writing. particular emphasis on linear programming. is an independent study course and is Nondramatic forms of writing—including Additional topics include queuing theory, supervised by broadcast news, commercial, television fea- integer programming and simulation. staff in both the computer area as well as in ture and informational—are covered. The (Identical to MTH 470.) Prerequisites: the selected area of study. For upper-divi- writing of several short scripts is required in MTH 190 Pre- sion computer information science majors the course. (Identical to WRI 260.) Calculus Mathematics, and CIS 130 only, by permission. Prerequisite: WRI 110 Freshman Programming the Personal Computer, or Composition. equivalent. CIS 495 Special Study 1-3 hours. Individual study in areas CMB 295 Broadcast News CIS 475 Field Experience of special interest. For upper-division com- 3 hours. Striking a balance between analysis 1-3 hours. Supervised experience puter information science majors only, by and production, Broadcast News looks at with an off-campus industry, busi- permission. the historical roots ness or institution, using computer science and current trends of television news. or data processing. For upper-division com- Students put this analytical knowledge to puter information the test in producing their own news stories science majors only. to air on cable TV. COMMUNICATION CIS 480 Principles of MEDIA AND BROADCAST CMB 320 Dramatic Scriptwriting Compiler Design 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An introduc- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. This course CMB 230 Introduction to tion to the art of dramatic writing for tele- introduces the student to the basics of Television Production vision and film. Dramatic structure, plot building a compiler using 3 hours. An introduction to the language scenarios, dialogue, characterization and a multi-phase translation process. It covers and the technical, creative and aesthetic ele- moralization are among several topics lexical analysis, parsing, and translation to ments of the television production process. examined and exercised. The writing expe- abstract syntax using modern parser genera- Course includes basic lighting, sound, cam- rience is complemented through an exami- tor technology. era operation, composition and design of nation of It discusses binding of identifiers and sym- visual elements, producing, and directing the business aspects of writing, including bol table organization, and a variety of through both classroom and supervised lab- spec-scripts, agents and intermediate representations that are suit- oratory experiences. the Hollywood system. able for backend analysis. Other topics include type checking, attribute grammar CMB 250 Digital Multimedia CMB 340 Audio Production representations, and printing from abstract Production and Broadcasting syntax. Prerequisite: CIS 202 Introduction 3 hours. The focus of the course is 3 hours. Concentrating on recording, edit- to Computer Science. (CIS 420 Structures on effective communication strategies of ing, and mixing multi-track audio on a dig- of Programming Languages preferred.) interactive media as traditional media con- ital platform. The course will look at special verges on the digital platform. Special recording techniques used for (a) human CIS 485 Selected Topics attention will focus on designing non-linear voices in speaking, singing, and dramatic 1-10 hours. A scheduled class with topics programs that allow flexible paths accessing performance, (b) musical instruments, and chosen to meet the special needs and inter- information. Students will have the oppor- (c) dramatic sound effects. Students will ests of students, faculty or visiting profes- tunity to experiment with creating media complete projects in editing and mixing of sors. For upper-division computer informa- elements (audio, video, graphics, photogra- multi-track sound programs. tion science majors only. phy, and text) and organizing them into interactive CDs and CMB 350 Editing Video Internet Web pages. 3 hours. Theory and practice in editing the moving image. Analysis of Hollywood and avant-garde styles of editing is followed by practice exercises illustrating each concept.

69 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES COMMUNICATION ARTS

CMB 355 Event Video Production COMMUNICATION ARTS COM 230 Mass Media and 3 hours. This course concentrates Popular Culture on live multicamera production of sporting, 3 hours. Survey of the historical COM 100 Introduction to theatrical, and entertainment events. The development of newspapers, magazines, Communication course concentrates on producing and direct- broadcast media and cinema. Analysis of 3 hours. An introduction to the study of ing components, but also features setting up the role(s) of mass media in shaping and human communication. Applica-tion of multicamera remote systems for video broad- altering opinion and values in contempo- communication principles to interpersonal, cast. rary culture. group and public contexts. Particular emphasis on the practice of public speak- CMB 430 Producing and ing. Students will prepare and deliver sever- COM 275/475 Field Experience Directing Television al oral 1-10 hours. Experience in supervised field 3 hours. An advanced course in presentations. situations, generally off campus, involving television directing and producing, from extensive communication activity. program conceptualization to evaluation of Admission to course and amount of credit COM 200 Persuasive Communication the finished program. Concentration on the determined by the faculty supervisor. 3 hours. A presentation of key principles of principles and aptitudes of planning and (Pass/no pass only.) persuasion as they are reflected in typical picturization of script material, culminating organizational communication contexts. in the production and editing of Focus on developing a planning sequence COM 285/485 Selected Topics television programs. Prerequisite: that will function as a practical guide for 3 hours. A variety of topics may be offered Permission of the instructor. designing, that reflect the interests of faculty, visiting executing and evaluating communication professors and students. CMB 475 Field Experience events. Students will be expected to develop 3-10 hours. An internship experience a “real world” communication event, e.g., COM 300 Theoretical Approaches designed to give students an opportunity to publicity campaign, speech, newsletter, etc. to Communication practice television techniques and Prerequisite: COM 100 Introduction to 3 hours. A study of the major sources of principles in an off-campus, profes-sional Communi-cation, or equivalent. communication theory (e.g., meaning theo- setting. Students choose from ry, humanistic psychology, symbolic interac- a variety of options—cable, broadcast, cor- COM 210 Interpersonal tionism, relational theory, information pro- porate, medical, or commercial production Communication cessing) together with specific, contemporary facilities—based on the student’s goals and 3 hours. Theoretical and reflective study exemplifications of each approach. Special interests. Up to three hours may apply to the and guided experience in dyadic and small focus on the nature and progress of scientific communication media and broadcast major. group communication, with attention given inquiry in communication theory. Prerequi-site: Permission of the instructor. to interpersonal communication, listening Prerequisite: Six hours of communication behavior, nonverbal communication and arts or communication/video production CMB 485 Selected Topics conflict resolution. Prerequisite: COM 100 courses, including COM 100 Introduction 3 hours. A variety of topics that Introduction to Communication, to Communication. reflect the interests of faculty, students and or equivalent. area professionals. May include broadcast COM 305 Professional Communication news. Activities 1-3 hours. Offered each term. Struc-tured CMB 495 Independent Study to give students experience in “real world” 1-3 hours. Individual study in an communication events, generally on cam- area of special interest to the student. pus. May be repeated for a maximum of six Offered to exceptional students at the dis- hours total. Prerequisite: Permission of the cretion of a faculty member. instructor. (Pass/no pass only.)

COM 310 Conflict Resolution 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of communication principles found useful in managing conflict productively. Focus given to conflict occurring in institutional and organizational settings between individuals and groups, but attention also given to conflict in interpersonal, national and international settings. (Identical to PSC 310.)

70 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ECONOMICS

COM 320 Introduction to COM 360 Nonverbal Communication ECONOMICS Public Relations 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study of the 3 hours. A course designed to introduce and nonverbal dimensions of interpersonal com- Additional courses are listed under develop a clear concept of public relations as munication. Includes a consideration of Accounting and Business. a communication profession. Topics to be physical behavior, facial expression, eye covered include the function of public rela- behavior, personal appearance, personal ECO 201 Principles of Microeconomics tions in both public and private enterprises; space, clothing, touch, voice, and use of 3 hours. An introduction to the micro the process of planning and implementing a objects as means of communication and in aspects of the social science concerned with public relations communi-cation campaign; relation to verbal communication. the allocation of resources. Consideration is techniques for communicating with various Involves participation in nonverbal given to the fundamental principles govern- publics; and the laws and ethics governing simulations and exercises. Prerequisite: One ing production, distribution, consumption, the communication arts course. and exchange of wealth. The course studies practice of public relations. Prerequi-site: the behavior of microeconomic units such as One course in business or COM 380 Leadership Communication individuals, households, firms and industries. communication arts. 3 hours. An introduction to the ECO 201 and ECO 202 are complementary study and practice of leadership courses; however, either course may be taken COM 324 Argumentation and Critical from a communication perspective. first. Thinking Particular focus on the relationship between 3 hours. A course in practical reason. communicating and leading. Examination ECO 202 Principles of Macroeconomics Includes a survey of theories of of leadership concepts and theories in orga- 3 hours. An introduction to the argumentation, analysis of public argu- nizational, group and public contexts. macro aspects of the social science con- ments, and several speeches, including a Students will analyze their personal leader- cerned with the allocation of resources. debate. Prerequisite: COM 100 ship styles and develop leadership commu- Consideration is given to the fundamental Introduction to Communication, or per- nication skills through team projects and principles of the economy as a whole, deal- mission of the instructor. classroom exercises. Prerequisite: ing with economic data, behavior, and the- Sophomore standing or above. ory COM 330 Reviewing Film at the aggregate level of the economy. The and Television COM 400 Critical Approaches course studies topics such as government 3 hours. The critical analysis of the moving to Communication spending, taxation and monetary policies, image, including television programming 3 hours. Methods of rhetorical as well as events and issues in the global and film. Employs textual, contextual and criticism as applied to public com-munica- economy. ECO 202 and ECO 201 are ethical methods tion of the past and present, including— complementary courses; however, either for illuminating the relationship of these but not limited to—speeches, broadcasts, course media artifacts to modern culture, both sec- films and campaigns. Analysis of current may be taken first. ular and religious. Prerequisite: One com- trends in rhetorical criticism. Prerequisite: munication COM 300 Theoretical Approaches to ECO 330 Managerial Economics arts or communication/video Communi-cation, or permission of the 3 hours. The application of economic theory production course. instructor. and quantitative methods to business and administrative decision COM 340 General and COM 495 Individual Research making. Topics include the analysis of Cultural Linguistics 1-3 hours. Individualized study related to consumer demand and market structure, 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study the student’s needs and interests. Open to forecasting, production and cost analysis, of the nature of verbal symbols as they exceptional students at the discretion of a pricing practices, and decision making under function in communication. The course faculty member. uncertainty. Prerequi-sites: BUS 240 will include phonetic transcription, seman- Statistical Procedures tics, modern grammatical theories, history in Business and Economics, ECO 201 of the English language and modern Principles of Microeconomics, and English dialects. ECO 202 Principles of Macroeconomics.

71 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES EDUCATION

ECO 340 Public Economics EDUCATION EDU 331 Psychological Foundations: 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An overview of Inclusion and Assessment the economic role and impact of govern- 2 hours. A survey of current knowledge EDU 240 Perspectives in Education ment, including topics in public finance, about the diverse abilities of learners in the 2 hours. An overview of history and social fiscal policy, monetary policy and the bank- regular classroom, with an emphasis on issues in education and an exploration of ing system, and the economics of regula- methods for including students and assist- teaching as a career. Introduction to the tion. Prerequisites: ECO 201 Principles of ing their learning processes. Survey of cur- teacher education program at George Fox Microeconomics and ECO 202 Principles rent assessment procedures. University. Includes 30 class hours of field of Macroeconomics. experience. Sophomore or junior standing required. Required for elementary and sec- EDU 332 Psychological Foundations: ECO 350 International Trade ondary teaching majors. Learning Theory and Classroom and Finance Management 3 hours. The theory and practice 3 hours. Learning theories and the patterns EDU 275 Field Experience of international trade, economic coopera- of classroom application. Patterns of class- 1-2 hours. An elective field placement tion, foreign exchange, and international room management and organization. individually designed with approval of the finance and financial institutions. (Identical instructor. Does not substitute for required to INS 350.) Prerequisites: ECO 201 field assignments; 40 hours field work per EDU 333 Development Health and Principles of Microeconomics and ECO 202 credit is required. Physical Education Principles of Macro- 2 hours. Emphasis on teaching health con- economics. cepts and development of movement EDU 311, 312 Mathematics for mechanics, games of low organization, fun- Elementary Teachers ECO 360 Global Political Economy damental sport skills, stunts, tumbling, and 4 hours each. These courses include 3 hours. An integrated view of self-testing activities at the preschool and ele- a study of the arithmetic structures the world economy, with particular mentary level. Includes lab. (Identical to of mathematics, informal geometry, and attention to such topics as economic HHP 333). applications of elementary mathematics. growth, debt crises, the distribution The development and use of materials for of wealth and income, the relationships the classroom, alternative teaching strategies EDU 340 Integrated Methods: Reading between economic and political systems, for working with diversified students, and a and Writing Across the economics of peace study of mathematics curricula found in the Curriculum and war, and environmental issues. preschool grades also are explained. Field 2 hours. A study of the nature and process- Prerequisite: ECO 201 Principles work may be required in both courses. es of reading and writing, and of how skills of Microeconomics or ECO 202 Principles (Identical to MTH 211 developed in the elementary grades are proof Macroeconomics. and 212.) moted in middle, junior high and senior high schools. Course deals with readiness ECO 475 Field Experience assessment, diagnosis and prescription, EDU 321 Early Childhood Education 3-6 hours. Supervised experiences in busi- study skills, writing skills, reading 3 hours. Early childhood distinctives ness, financial and research firms, and gov- rate and comprehension. Required regarding growth, development and learn- ernment agencies. For upper-division stu- for secondary education; does not apply ing, with attention to implications for class- dents only, by permission. toward the elementary education major. room management and organization, parent EDU 475 Student Teaching II must be involvement taken concurrently. ECO 485 Selected Topics and program operation. 2-3 hours. Occasional special courses chosen to fit the interests and needs EDU 351 Middle Level Education EDU 322 Early Childhood Methods of students and faculty. 3 credit hours. Middle level distinctives 4 hours. Develop-mentally appropriate regarding growth, development, and learn- methods and materials for facilitating litera- ing, with attention to implications for class- ECO 495 Special Study cy, language, math and science learning for room management and organization. 2-3 hours. Subject matter and credit young children. arranged for the needs of the individual stu- Course offered dent. For upper-division students only, by as an elective. permission.

72 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES EDUCATION

EDU 352 Middle Level Methods EDU 401 Integrated Methods: EDU 422 Secondary School 3 credit hours. Developmentally appropri- Literature and Language Music Methods: Vocal and Instrumental ate methods and materials 4 hours. Survey of children’s literature genre 2 hours. This course features a for facilitating instruction and integration and uses. Methods and materials of lan- study of vocal and instrumental of subject matter fields for middle level stu- guage arts teaching in the areas of listening music from grades 9-12. Included are tech- dents in both departmentalized and self- and speaking and of spelling and handwrit- niques for teaching general music as well as contained classroom organizational pat- ing instruction. choral music. Rehearsal techniques, class- terns. Issues of parent involvement and room management, methods, texts, and teacher collaboration. EDU 402 Integrated Methods: music are considered. This course also deals Literature and Literacy with the boy’s changing voice. Practice EDU 370 Integrated Methods: 4 hours. Methods and materials for lan- lessons are taught, and public school class- Music and Art guage arts teaching in the areas of reading room observation trips are made. 3 hours. Generic methods of teaching, and writing, with an emphasis on the use of Field work may be required. including objectives, lesson plans, units of children’s literature. instruction, assessment of pupil learning as EDU 424 Middle School Music Methods: used in teaching. Specific applications in art EDU 410 Teaching Physical Education Vocal and Instrumental and music for elementary teachers. Students Secondary/Middle Level 2 hours. This course features a study of write and assess a short work sample; 30 3 hours. Competence development vocal and instrumental music from grades 5 class hours of field experience. in teaching physical education for the physi- through 10. Included are techniques for cal education major. Emphasis is given to teaching general music as well as choral EDU 375 Student Teaching I analysis of objectives, unit and lesson plan- music. Rehearsal techniques, classroom 1 hour. A laboratory experience consisting ning, instruction methods, means of evalua- control, methods, texts, and music are con- of general and specific assigned tasks man- tion, and class procedures and control. Field sidered. Practice lessons are taught, and aging and instructing pupils and assisting work may be required. Prerequisite: Junior public school observation trips are made. teachers in classroom. standing. Field work may be required. Prerequisite: Junior standing.

EDU 380 Integrated Methods: Science EDU 421 Elementary and Preschool and Social Studies Music Methods EDU 450 Diagnosis and Remediation of 4 hours. Advanced methods including 2 hours. The introduction of musical com- Reading Difficulties development and teaching of a work sam- prehension for young children begins with 3 hours. A study of methods and materials ple. Focus on reading, with additional the use of traditional folk songs from chil- used to assess and teach, in developmental- attention to the specialized methods for sci- dren’s music literature common to the ly appropriate ways, reluctant readers and ence, social studies and math. American home. Investigation of children’s readers with reading difficulties including Measurement, use of media and curriculum songs of other countries supplies the dyslexia. A 40-hour field placement in a development. EDU 375 Student Teaching I teacher with world cultures commonly seen remedial reading situation. Elective. must be taken concurrently. on television, specifically Asia, Africa, and Europe. The emphasis of this module of the EDU 460 Organization, Management, EDU 390 Integrated Methods class is on precognitive learning through and Curriculum for Secondary Teachers music. Instrumental music participation of the Reading Program 5 hours. (2 hours for family and will consist of teaching basic rhythms and 2 hours. A variety of organizational pat- consumer sciences, health, music and physi- simple melodies with percussion and mallet terns, media resources and techniques for cal education teaching majors.) Methods instruments. In the upper elementary managing materials, human resources and Secondary is a course which acquaints the grades, instructional materials and tech- record keeping. Discussion of innovative student with generic methods of teaching, niques are demonstrated, practice lessons reading programs, such as Reading including objectives, lesson plans, units of are taught, public school classroom observa- Recovery and Project Read. Students instruction and assessment of pupil learning tion trips are made, and an on-campus Orff explore current technology available for as applied in teaching; discipline-specific Schulwerk workshop is held. reading programs. Elective. methods. Students will also be introduced to the method teaching of a Work Sample. EDU 470 Teaching of Family Field experience will be a major component and Consumer Sciences of this course. EDU 375 Student Teaching 3 hours. Taught as needed. Strategies for I must be taken concurrently. teaching all areas of family and consumer sciences in grades 5-12. Emphasis on teaching techniques, behavioral objectives, curriculum development, scope and sequence, preparing teaching materials, resources, audiovisual aids, textbooks, professional periodicals and evaluation procedures. Field work may be required. Prerequisite: Junior standing. 73 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ENGINEERING

EDU 475 Student Teaching II ENGINEERING EGR 262 Circuit Analysis II 12 hours, elementary. 10 hours, 4 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Steady- secondary. A full-time laboratory state AC circuits, both single and EGR 102 Engineering Graphics experience in which principles and methods polyphase. Resonance, mutual inductance, 2 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Presen-tation of teaching are applied operational amplifier and applications. of the basic principles of under supervision of a classroom teacher Two-port networks, Fourier engineering graphics. Topics include descrip- and college supervisor. Stu-dents produce, and Laplace transform techniques. Three tive geometry, geometric construction, teach and evaluate a unit of instruction. lectures and one laboratory dimensioning, isometric and orthographic Course includes seminars dealing with job per week. Prerequisite: EGR 261 Circuit projections, and introductory CAD (com- transition and related issues. Analysis I. puter-aided design). EDU 285/485 Selected Topics EGR 311 Thermodynamics 1-3 hours. A seminar dealing with EGR 200 Introduction to Computer 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Classical various topics as announced that Programming for Engineers treatment emphasizing the first and second represent current faculty interests 3 hours. An introduction to the laws of thermodynamics and their applica- and competencies. concepts, methods and application tion to closed and open (control volume) of computer programming and problem systems undergoing steady and unsteady solving in the engineering discipline. Proper EDU 490 Senior Seminar processes. Tabular and graphical thermody- programming style and techniques are pre- 3 hours. Seminar discussion of current namic property data are used in analytical sented. The FORTRAN programming lan- trends and issues in education. work. Prerequisite: MTH 202 Calculus II, guage is used. Engineering problems are and PHY 212 General Physics II with investigated using structured programming EDU 493 Student Teaching Seminar Calculus. 2 hours. Issues in Secondary Educa-tion. and commercially available mathematics Professional roles and job software. Prerequisite: MTH 190 Pre- EGR 322 Strength of Materials transitioning. Calculus Mathematics, or equivalent. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Behavior of deformable body systems under EDU 495 Special Study EGR 211 Engineering Mechanics – various external loadings is presented. 1-3 hours. Directed independent Statics Analysis of stress, deformation, strain, fail- study open to upper-division students only. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Quantita-tive ure, fatigue and creep are included. May not be used to substitute for required description of forces, moments and couples Mathematical, graphical and energy methods courses. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. acting upon engineering structures. The are utilized. Prerequisite: EGR 211 free-body diagram is used to understand the Engineering Mechanics—Statics. equilibrium of a whole physical system through isolation of each component particle or body. EGR 333 Digital Logic Design Prerequisites: MTH 201 Calculus I, and 4 hours. Offered 1998-99. Introduc-tion to PHY 211 General Physics with Calculus. digital systems and binary codes. Boolean algebra and digital logic devices. Combinational logic EGR 212 Engineering Mechanics – circuits and design methods. ROM and Dynamics RAM memory elements. Sequential logic 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Dynamics math- circuits and design methods. Laboratory ematically describes the motions of bodies experience includes TTL logic circuits and under the action of forces. The first part CAD tools. Three introduces kinematics, lectures and one laboratory per week. which deals with the geometry of motion Prerequisite: MTH 190 Pre-Calculus without considering applied forces. The Mathematics, or equivalent. second part, kinetics, relates the forces on bodies to the resulting motions. Prerequisites: EGR 352 Instrumentation MTH 202 Calculus II, and EGR 211 4 hours. Offered 1998-99. Major Engineering Mechanics – Statics. elements of measurement systems are covered, with an emphasis on dynamic measurements. These systems include transduc- EGR 261 Circuit Analysis I ers, signal conditioning, computer interfac- 4 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Basic con- ing and output devices. Applications cepts of DC and AC electrical circuits. include displacement, motion, force, Voltage-current relationships for circuit ele- torque, pressure, flow and temperature. ments, Kirchhoff’s laws, Thevenin and Prerequisites: MTH 202 Calculus II and Norton theorems; basic transient and sinu- either PHY 202 General Physics or PHY soidal steady-state analysis, frequency 212 General Physics with Calculus. response, and measurement concepts. Three lectures and one laboratory per week. 74 Prerequisite: MTH 202 Calculus II. UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE

EGR 275/475 Field Experience ESL 075 Speaking and Listening ESL 185 Introduction to Christianity 1-4 hours. Supervised experience with an off- 4 hours. A course designed to introduce and 2 hours. Offered spring semester. Through campus industry, business or institution where develop basic academic speaking and listen- video, readings and class discussion, stu- the student is working in some engineering- ing skills, with emphasis on conversation, dents are introduced to the life of Christ related discipline. discussion and short speeches. Vocabulary, and the foundations of Christianity. This pronunciation, grammar and cultural issues course also provides a context for practice of are addressed within the context of a variety English listening, reading, speaking and of discussion topics. Listening laboratory is writing skills. required. ENGLISH AS A ♦ SECOND LANGUAGE LEVEL C (ADVANCED) ♦ LEVEL B (INTERMEDIATE) ESL 225 Adjunct Reading ESL 005 Conversation Tutorial ESL 125 Academic Reading 3 hours. An intensive course to improve aca- 1 hour. Each student is paired with 4 hours. This course concentrates demic reading skills, including vocabulary, an American student for conversation, ori- on improving students’ reading fluency reading speed, reading strategies and test entation to life in a new culture, and through extensive reading of fiction and taking. Assignments are based on class texts optional academic tutoring. nonfiction books and systematic develop- from HST 102 (fall semester) and ment of vocabulary, reading speed, and SOC 150 (spring semester), in which stu- study skills. Reading lab and vocabulary lab dents are concurrently enrolled. Reading lab ♦ LEVEL A (BEGINNING AND are required. and vocabulary lab are required. LOW INTERMEDIATE) ESL 135 Speech, Listening ESL 235 Speech ESL 055 Reading and Notetaking 3 hours. A practical course to help 4 hours. A course designed to teach basic 4 hours. This course provides training and students improve their academic speaking reading skills and vocabulary. practice in academic speaking and listening. skills, with emphasis on formal speeches, Students give various types of formal group presentations, small group interaction ESL 060 Writing and Grammar speeches and learn strategies for taking accu- and pronunciation. 4 hours. An introduction to the fundamen- rate and comprehensive notes from academ- tal structure and vocabulary of the English ic lectures. ESL 245 Academic Writing language, focusing on 5 hours. This course provides instruction and the development of writing skills. ESL 145 Writing and Grammar practice in the types of writing commonly 4 hours. In this course, students found in college courses, including the ESL 065 English by Video develop fluency and clarity in expressive and research paper, essays and essay exams, and 2 hours. Offered spring semester. narrative writing and in academic writing reaction papers. Process, organization and A practical course in which students develop assignments, including a research paper. mechanics are emphasized. Principles of English skills through reading, writing, Students develop composing, revising, and advanced English grammar and usage are speaking and listening based on various editing skills in a workshop atmosphere. applied in writing assignments. types of videos. Grammar and usage, punctuation, spelling, and format are addressed during the editing ESL 255 Adjunct Listening process. Another goal is to improve key- ESL 070 ESL Freshman Experience 3 hours. This course cultivates skills of lis- boarding and word processing skills. 2 hours. Offered fall semester. An introduc- tening and notetaking in academic lectures, tion to life at George Fox University. including identifying main ideas and distin- Through various group activities, begin- ESL 170 ESL Freshman Experience guishing supporting information, under- ning/low intermediate-level students learn 2 hours. Offered fall semester. An introduc- standing relationships among ideas, and tak- about life on campus, Christianity and tion to life at George Fox University. ing notes that reflect this understanding. chapel, study skills, and use of library Through various group activities, intermedi- Assign-ments are based on lectures from resources. Students explore aspects of ate-level students learn about life on campus, HST 102 (fall semester) and SOC 150 American culture and Oregon geography Christianity and chapel, study skills, and use (spring semester), in which students are and history in food labs, field trips, and of library resources. Students explore aspects concurrently enrolled. Video lab and group group projects. This course provides of American culture and Oregon geography tutorial are required. many opportunities for students to and history in food labs, field trips and use English in communication and group projects. This course provides many to practice language skills consistent with opportunities for students to use English in their level. communication and to practice skills consistent with their level.

75 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

♦ TRANSITION FCS 230 Textiles Science FCS 300 Nutrition 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Surveys the 3 hours. A study of nutrients present in ESL 295 Writing Tutorial sources and properties of natural and man- food and their relation to the 1 hour. Students in their first semester after made polymers; yarn and nutritive needs of the human body. completing the ELI and new students who fabric construction; colorations and finish- Emphasis on the young adult, along with score between 500 and 550 on the TOEFL es. Emphasis on fabric selection, use and discussion of contemporary meet individually with a faculty member to care; labeling legislation and economics; nutrition-related topics of national improve their ability to write in English and and the consumer’s role in influencing tex- and global concern. Computer-assisted to develop more effective study strategies. tile and clothing legislation. Laboratory dietary analysis included. (Identical experience included. to HEA 300.) ♦ REGULAR COURSE FCS 250 Residential Technology FCS 310 Food, Culture and Society ESL 285/485 Selected Topics 2 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Survey of 3 hours. The social, economic and religious 3 hours. Occasional special courses chosen technological systems and residential appli- influences of global food to fit the needs and interests of students ances within a home. Includes drafting pro- patterns are examined from regional per- interested in teaching English as a Second cedures for the planning spectives. Two lectures and one laboratory Language. of bathrooms and kitchens with emphasis per week. on space allocation. FCS 311 Human Development: Infancy FCS 275 Field Experience to Adolescence 3 hours. A study of physical, intellectual, FAMILY AND CONSUMER 1-4 hours. Supervised experience with an off-campus industry, business or institution personality, social and moral development SCIENCES where the student is observing and working from the prenatal period to adolescence. with a professional. Permission of instructor (Identical to PSY 311 and SWK 311.) Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. FCS 120 Apparel Construction required. 3 hours. Applies basic construction and fitting techniques to produce high-quality FCS 280 Marriage and the Family FCS 320 Fashion Merchandising garments, properly fitted and aesthetically 3 hours. A focus on relationships and issues 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An pleasing. The principles of fabric selection, in marriage and family development cover- introduction to the merchandising of the use and altering of commercial patterns, ing in Christian perspective such topics as ready-to-wear fashion. Organization and and the use of the sewing machine, serger families in cultural context, American fami- marketing activities of the textile and and other sewing equipment are empha- ly development, the married pair, parent- apparel industries. Analysis of sized. Laboratory class. ing, the empty nest, widowhood and single- the marketing channel and the product/ser- Open to all students. ness. (Identical to SOC 280 and HEA vice mix of textile and apparel manufactur- 280.) ers. Course includes an emphasis in visual merchandising. FCS 211, 212 Foods I, II 3 hours each semester. Examines the com- FCS 285/485 Special Topics ponents of foods, including their selection, 1-4 hours. Topics reflecting the special FCS 330 Residential Architecture classification and interactions in food interest of students and faculty. 2 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study preparation. Laboratory experience includ- of housing trends and the psychological, social and economic needs of ed. FCS 290 Meal Management various family types. Site selection, plan- 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. The planning, ning, and construction of hous- purchase, preparation and service of foods. FCS 220 Fashion and Society ing emphasized. Computer-assisted design Emphasis on time, energy and money man- 2 hours. A survey of the nature, included. agement, along with the nutritional needs symbolism and process of fashion. Course of individuals and families. Laboratory will emphasize the cultural, sociological, included. Prerequisite: FCS 211, 212 Foods FCS 340 Current Trends in Food psychological, economic and aesthetic influ- I, II, or instructor’s permission. 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study ences of fashion. of current American food patterns affecting consumers and industry. Course will inves- tigate the history of American food, along with influences molding contemporary trends and individual perceptions. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.

76 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES FRENCH

FCS 350 Resource Management FCS 378 Apparel CAD FCS 460 Apparel Market Analysis 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Students will be 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. The merchandis- of resource allocation (time, money, energy) instructed in computer-aided design and ing activities of the apparel industry will be and its relationship to attainment of desired draping techniques. Each student will presented from a global perspective. The values, goals and standards. Emphasis is design a prototype and garment by using organization and operations within the retail placed on the application of management the techniques industry will be presented. Analysis of the principles individually and within the fami- presented in this course. Research related to product mix and various marketing channels ly. designers will be included. Prerequisite: will be discussed. FCS 120 Apparel Construction. FCS 351 Interior Design I FCS 475 Field Experience 3 hours. Application of the elements of art FCS 380 Evolution of World Dress 1-4 hours. Supervised experience with an and principles of design in planning and 3 hours. Important events in history, com- off-campus industry, business or institution selecting materials and furnishings for the bined with values, technology and conflict, where the student is observing and working living environment. Emphasis on develop- have influenced dress from 3000 B.C. to with a professional. Permission of instructor ing plans using available resources to fulfill the 1900s. The origins required. the goals of the family while providing a of dress are analyzed from the ancient functional and aesthetically pleasing interior world to the Middle Ages to the periods FCS 490 Senior Seminar design. Includes a section on identified as Renaissance, Baroque and 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A capstone historical furniture. Rococo and terminating with clothing course for those anticipating entrance into styles from the 19th century. A section will family and consumer sciences-related FCS 352 Interior Design II be devoted to Eastern world dress, includ- careers. The emphasis will be on careers in 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. Emphasis on the ing Japanese, Chinese, Indian and Korean. family and consumer knowledge and skills needed for a career in sciences; planning and giving demonstra- interior design merchandising, both private FCS 410 Leadership of Student tions and an audiovisual presentation; writ- and professional. Requirements will include Organizations ing behavioral objectives developing a portfolio for a client and com- 1 hour. Practical experience in lead- that are measurable; and building resource puter-assisted design and drafting (CADD). ing a Future Family and Community files. Prerequisites: Junior Prerequisites: FCS 351 Interior Design I, or Leaders (formerly FHA/HERO) chapter or senior standing or permission instructor’s permission. within a public school in the area will be of the instructor. the main emphasis. Required for family and FCS 353 Interior CAD consumer sciences teaching majors. 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. The resources, Prerequisite: Permission codes, and specifications critical in the inte- of the instructor. rior design profession. Focus on adaption of FRENCH residential and commercial spaces with use FCS 430 Nutrition and the of computer-aided design. Life Cycle FRE 101, 102 First-Year French 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Applica- 3 hours each semester. An integrated intro- FCS 360 Consumer Buying tion of human nutrition to different stages ductory study of the French 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Analysis of the life cycle, from conception to the language designed to develop basic speak- of the consumer in the marketplace. Course senior years. Emphasis on dietary needs ing, listening, reading and defines contemporary consumption pat- connected with contemporary health issues. writing skills. Students will also terns and uses the decision-making process Lecture and individualized research. be introduced to the cultures of to familiarize the consumer with appropri- Prerequisite: the francophone world. ate resource allocation to attain desired FCS 300 Nutrition, or permission goals. of the instructor.

FCS 370 Pattern Drafting and Apparel FCS 440 Early Childhood Education Design Practicum 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Studies flat- 2 hours. A study of principles and pattern variations as they relate techniques applicable to planning to garment design. Each student will pro- curriculum and teaching preschool duce a sloper and an original pattern children. Observation and participation in a through flat-pattern techniques, construct preschool center included. Prereq-uisite: FCS an original design in half scale, and design 311 Human Development: Infancy to and construct in Adolescence, and permis-sion of the instruc- full scale. Advanced fitting principles will tor. be covered. Prerequisite: FCS 120 Apparel Construction.

77 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES GENERAL EDUCATION

FRE 201, 202 Second-Year French GENERAL EDUCATION GED 130 Freshman Seminar 3 hours each semester. A systematic 1 hour. Members of the entire entering approach to the study of French with exten- The following list includes both required gen- freshman class select a small seminar-style sive practice in speaking and writing. eral education courses topical course for the first five weeks of fall Prerequisite: FRE 102, First-Year French or and cross-disciplinary elective courses that semester, meeting weekly with a faculty equivalent, or instructor’s consent. serve particular purposes. advisor and a returning student peer advisor. Selected FRE 275/475 Field Experience GED 100 Effective College Learner topics and issues introduce students com- 1-10 hours. Supervised experience in a situ- 1 hour. A course related to the Academic fortably to the academic and social life of ation demanding extensive use of French. Success Program through which personal the University community. Required of all Admission and credit hours determined by confidence is enhanced by instruction in first-time freshmen. instructor. study skills, methods and tools used by successful college students. It may be taken dur- GED 271, 272 Sophomore ing the spring semester by students not in FRE 285/485 Selected Topics Honors Colloquium the Academic Success Program. 2-4 hours. Occasional special courses cho- GED 371, 372 Junior Honors sen to fit the needs and interests Colloquium of students and faculty. GED 101, 102 Literature of the 1 hour each semester. This is one combined Old and New Testaments course, with students 3 hours each semester. Using selected books registering at their current class level. FRE 301, 302 Third-Year French and portions, the Old and New Testaments Discussion of literary, philosophical, theo- 3 hours each semester. Offered 1999-2000. will be studied with attention given to his- logical, and/or public themes from selected A thorough review of French toric contexts and to the tools useful in bib- books, together with appropriate retreats, to develop advanced proficiency in lical study. The major religious themes of activities or excursions, occasionally the language. Prerequisite: FRE 202 the Bible and their literary forms also will enriched by visiting resource people. Second-Year French or instructor’s consent, constitute an important part of the year’s Prerequisite: Consent of instructors and the or by testing. work. Freshmen are required to take this Intensified Studies Committee. course, or a three-hour lower- FRE 310 Introduction to division Bible elective given a GED 210A Career Alternatives French Literature superior placement examination. 1 hour, 1/2 semester. This course is 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A one-semes- designed to provide a basis for lifelong ter introduction to French literature. This GED 110 The World of Music career decision making. Completing self- course will introduce stu- 2 hours. This course acquaints the awareness instruments, researching and ana- dents to selected masters and periods of liberal arts student with a broad range of lyzing career options, and exploring the French literature. Taught in French. musical styles reflecting diverse meaning of work and trends in the work- Prerequisite: FRE 202 Second-Year French, cultures, including classical, jazz and popu- place will enable the student to set career or instructor’s consent. lar music. Various composers, performers, goals and more confidently select a major and their music are field of study. FRE 350 French Culture listened to and studied. and Civilization GED 210B Employment Strategies 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An introduction 1 hour, 1/2 semester. This course is designed to the culture and civilization of France. to solidify the basis for lifelong career deci- Areas of study may include history, art, sion making. A career identity, including music, intellectual schools, current events, talents, values and interests, will be reaf- etc. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRE firmed, and a specific career direction estab- 202 Second-Year French, or instructor’s lished. Job placement strategies, such as consent. résumé writing, interviewing, job search, and making a transition, are addressed. FRE 495 Individual Research or Field Work GED 220 Survey of Art 1-4 hours. Individual study under 2 hours. A survey of the elements the guidance of a faculty member, as deter- and concepts of art theory and practice as mined by student needs and faculty avail- reflected in culturally and ability. Students must have permission of historically significant painting, the faculty member sculpture, architecture, and other to enroll. art forms. Recommended for the sophomore year or above.

78 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES GEOGRAPHY – HEALTH EDUCATION

GED 375 Cultural Experience GREEK HEALTH EDUCATION Maximum 12 hours. Supervised experience in a cultural setting that con- Additional courses are listed under Human GRE 201, 202 Hellenistic Greek I tributes to the educational goals Performance. 4 hours each semester. Offered of the student. This may include, but is not 1999-2000. A beginning course in the limited to, Juniors Abroad study tours. Greek of the New Testament, including HEA 200 Lifestyle Management Prerequisite: Consent of advisor and school vocabulary, grammar, declensions, conjuga- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. The basic dean. tions and special constructions. The First principles of healthful living, with emphasis Epistle of John and various other selections on the prevention of health problems, from the New Testament are read. The sec- effects of lifestyle on health, and the indi- ond semester may be applied as biblical vidual’s responsibility studies major credit. in determining his or her own GEOGRAPHY health status.

GEO 200 Cultural Geography HEA 210 Drug Education and Global Relationships 2 hours. Problems concerned with 3 hours. A study of the world’s GENERAL SCIENCE the use, misuse and abuse of selected phar- cultural regions developed through macological agents. Social, psychological, the themes of location, human environ- GSC 120 Foundations of physical and moral implications are consid- mental relationships, movement and Earth Science ered. Particular consideration is given to regions, with emphasis on the interrelated- 3 hours. An introduction to modern con- ergogenic aids in athletics. ness of culture, physical, economic, histori- cepts of geology, meteorology and astrono- cal and political geography in creating the my. Topics include plate tectonics, earth- dynamic cultural landscapes existing today. HEA 230 First Aid and Safety quakes, volcanoes, mountain building, (Identical to INS 200.) 2 hours. Instruction in first aid and safety landslides, dinosaurs, hurricanes, tornadoes, using the Basic First Response curriculum floods, oceans and coastlines, planets and of American Red Cross, and leading to stars. Two lectures and one laboratory per American Red Cross certification in first week. aid and CPR. GERMAN GSC 130 Fundamentals of Geology HEA 240 Stress Management 3 hours. A systematic study of planet earth. 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study GER 101, 102 First-Year German The nature and origin of common miner- of causes, symptoms and results of stress. 3 hours each semester. Offered on als, rocks and geologic structures. Topics Introduces practical techniques to alleviate sufficient demand. A study of the structures will include geology of the earth’s crust, stress, promote relaxation, and encourage a of the German language, with practice in plate tectonics, the geology of Oregon, healthy lifestyle. listening, speaking, reading and writing. ground water contamination, and geologic The cultures of Germany and German- hazards such as volcanoes, earthquakes, speaking countries are presented as integral HEA 280 Marriage and the Family erosion, landslides and flooding. 3 hours. A focus on relationships and issues aspects of learning the language. Language This course meets general education lab listening and interaction are required. in marriage and family development, cover- requirements and requires no previous ing in Christian perspective such topics as knowledge of geology. Two lectures, one families in cultural context, American fami- GER 201, 202 Second-Year German two-hour laboratory per week, and two ly development, the married pair, parent- 3 hours each semester. Offered on daylong field trips. ing, the empty nest, widowhood and sufficient demand. A thorough review of singleness. (Identical to SOC 280 German language structures, with extensive GSC 285/485 Selected Topics and FCS 280.) practice in reading and speaking. Students 3 hours. A variety of topics may be offered read short stories and articles and present to meet the special needs oral and and interests of students, faculty written reports. Language lab listen-ing and or visiting professors. interaction are required. Prerequisite: GER 102 First-Year German, or two years of high school German, or by testing.

79 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES HEBREW – HUMAN PERFORMANCE

HEA 300 Nutrition HEBREW HHP 223 Tumbling/Gymnastics 3 hours. A study of nutrients present in 1 hour. Offered 1999-2000. Intermedi- foods and their relation to the ate to advanced instruction in skills, teach- HBW 201, 202 Introduction to Biblical nutritive needs of the human body. ing techniques, spotting and safety factors Hebrew Emphasis on the young adult, along with involved in tumbling and gymnastics. 4 hours each semester. Offered 1999-2000. discussion of contemporary nutrition-relat- The language of ancient Israel ed topics of national and global concern. as preserved in the Hebrew Bible is encoun- HHP 226 Tennis/Volleyball Computer-assisted dietary analysis will be tered inductively through the study of the 1 hour. Offered 1999-2000. Intermedi- included. (Identical to FCS 300.) text of Esther. Mastery of basic vocabulary, ate to advanced skills and techniques, with grammar and syntax of narrative Hebrew emphasis on learning how to teach basic HEA 310 School Health Program prose is the goal of this two-semester skills and drills. Tourna-ment organization 3 hours. Purposes and procedures sequence. The second semester may be and game administration are included. of health services and instruction in the applied as biblical studies major credit. schools. Special emphasis on construction HHP 227A Aquatics: Lifeguarding of health teaching units and selection of 1 hour. Advanced skills in water safety, res- methods and materials. cue and stroke technique. Red Cross Lifeguarding Certification is offered. HEA 320 Contemporary HUMAN PERFORMANCE Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Health Issues Additional courses are listed under Health 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study of our Education. HHP 227B Aquatics: Water nation’s current health problems and con- Safety Instruction cerns. Emphasis on health consumerism 2 hours. Advanced skills in water safety and and current trends, diseases, the sanctity of HHP 200 History and Principles of Physical Education stroke instruction techniques. Red Cross life, and fitness. Goal is to develop an edu- Certification is offered. Prerequisites: cated view on current health issues. 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. A survey of the history and development of physical Current CPR, First Aid, Basic Water Safety, education and athletics Emergency Water Safety, and instructor’s HEA 285/485 Selected Topics in America. The course will also emphasize approval. 1-3 hours. A seminar dealing with fundamental principles various topics as announced that of physical education and sport. HHP 228 Conditioning/Body represent current faculty interests Mechanics and Aerobics and competencies. HHP 221 Basketball/Golf 1 hour. Offered 1999-2000. Instruction 1 hour. Offered 1998-99. Intermedi- in concepts related to developing ate to advanced instruction in skills, teach- and maintaining physical fitness ing techniques, rules and strategy for bas- and movement skills. ketball and golf. HHP 229 Folk and Western Dance HHP 222 Field Sports 1 hour. Instruction in basic to inter-medi- 1 hour. Offered 1998-99. Intermedi- ate steps in international folk dances, in ate to advanced instruction in skills, teach- Western dance, and in ing techniques, rules and ballroom dance. strategy. Flag football, soccer, speedball and korfball are emphasized.

80 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES HUMAN PERFORMANCE

HHP 232 Recreational Games, HHP 340 Coaching Track HHP 375 Athletic Training Practicum Individual and Team 2 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study 1 hour. Supervised experience in 1 hour. Offered 1998-99. Intermedi- of the techniques and principles of coach- an athletic training environment. ate to advanced instruction in skills, teaching each event. The organization of practice Additional study required, with an empha- ing techniques, rules and sessions and the strategy for—and adminis- sis on athletic training techniques and ath- strategy for archery, badminton tration of—track meets are discussed. letic injury management. Course to be and recreational games. Prerequisites: HHP 224 Softball/Track, var- repeated each semester. Prerequisite: HHP sity experience, and consent of the instruc- 390 Care and Prevention of Athletic HHP 295 Special Study tor. Injuries, consent of the instructor. 1-3 hours. Individual research (3 hours required.) under the guidance of the faculty. HHP 350 Coaching Volleyball Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. An analysis of HHP 380 Recreational Leadership systems of play, principles of offense and 2 hours. A study of leadership styles, tech- HHP 300 Coaching Theory defense, and strategies of the game. niques and methods in the field of recre- and Practice Organization of practice sessions, adminis- ation. The course also will include practical 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. The develop- tration of games, and techniques of scout- information on the construction and opera- ment of a philosophy of coaching. ing are stressed. Prerequisite: Consent of tion of intramural programs in a variety of Emphasizes the psychological, sociological the instructor. settings. and technical aspects of athletic participation. HHP 360 Organization and HHP 390 Care and Prevention Administration of Health and Physical of Athletic Injuries HHP 310 Coaching Basketball Education 2 hours. An introductory survey of athletic 2 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An analysis of 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. Instruction in training. Emphasis will be on legalities, ter- systems of play, principles of offense and the planning and implementation of health, minology, injury evaluation, rehabilitation, defense, and strategies of the game. The physical education and athletic programs. and emergency care procedures. Common organization of practice Course content will include curriculum taping sessions, administration of games, and tech- design, budget formation, facility design techniques also will be presented. niques of scouting are stressed. Prerequisite: and coordination. Professional conduct and Consent of the instructor. ethics will be stressed. HHP 400 Recognition of Athletic Injuries HHP 320 Coaching Baseball/Softball HHP 365 Current Issues in 3 hours. Course will examine “normal” 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study of sys- Athletic Training human anatomy, mechanisms of athletic tems of play, principles of offense and 1 hour. A seminar designed for athletic train- injury, and deviation from “normal” anato- defense, and strategies of the game. The ing majors. Topics to be discussed include my in an athletic injury. Practice time will organization of practice sessions, adminis- case studies, new technology, and topics of be given on techniques of evaluation. tration of games, and techniques of scout- interest. Emphasis will be on current esearch. Prerequisites: BIO 221, 222 Human ing are stressed. Prerequisite: Consent of Course is taken twice. Prerequisite: HHP Anatomy and Physiology, HHP 390 Care the instructor. 390 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries. and Prevention of Athletic Injuries.

HHP 330 Coaching Soccer HHP 370 Camp Programming HHP 410 Therapeutic Exercise 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. An analysis of and Counseling and Modalities systems of play, principles of offense and 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A camping 3 hours. Course will examine exercise pro- defense, and strategies of the game. The overview: its historical development and cedures and modality uses as they apply to organization of practice sessions, adminis- philosophy. Types of camps, program activ- the rehabilitation of the injured athlete. tration of games, and techniques of scout- ities, teaching-learning models, leadership Course will incorporate practice time as ing are stressed. Prerequisite: Consent of recruitment and training—with special well as participation in the rehabilitation of the instructor. emphasis on methods of camp counsel- athletes in the training room. Prerequisite: ing—are covered. Overnight campout is HHP 390 Care and Prevention of Athletic required. (Identical to CHM 370.) Injuries. HHP 333 Development Health and Physical Education 2 hours. Emphasis on teaching HHP 430 Exercise Physiology health concepts and development 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Appli- of movement mechanics, games of cation of principles of physiology low organization, fundamental sports skills, to physical activity. Special attention stunts, tumbling, and self-testing activities is given to the effect of exercise on at the preschool and elementary level. the various body systems and the Laboratory included. Identical to EDU construction of training programs. 333. Prerequisite: BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy and Physiology.

81 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES HISTORY

HHP 440 Camp Administration HHP 480 Tests and Measurements in HISTORY 2 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Designed Physical Education to develop a basic understanding of pro- 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. Emphasis is HST 110 Western Civilization gramming, business and leadership given to methods of evaluation in programs to 1648 at an administrative level. A weekend of physical education. Testing procedures, 3 hours. A survey of Western civilization camping trip is required. (Identical standard tests, physical examinations and from the ancient world through the to CHM 440.) evaluation activities are discussed. Reformation and religious wars, including attention to the origins and development of HHP 450 Kinesiology HHP 485 Selected Topics religious, political and economic life and 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Applica- 2-3 hours. A seminar dealing with ideas. tion of human anatomy and physical laws various topics, as announced, that represent to the explanation of movement activities. current faculty interests HST 120 Western Civilization Special emphasis is given and competencies. from 1648 to detailed analysis of various sports activi- 3 hours. A survey of European civilization ties. Prerequisite: BIO 221, 222 Human HHP 490 Senior Seminar from early modern Europe Anatomy and Physiology. 1 hour. Discussion of current issues to the present day. Special attention is given in health, physical education and to the political, economic, and religious HHP 460 Physical Education for the athletics. Senior thesis is required. developments which con-tinue to influence Exceptional Student European society and its role in world 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. This course con- HHP 495 Special Study events. siders the nature and etiology of handicap- 1-3 hours. Individual research under the ping conditions, as well as the implications guidance of the faculty. Prerequi-site: HST 150 America and the World for and development of appropriate physi- Consent of the instructor. 3 hours. A study of the United States since cal education programs. 1756. Emphasis is on the development of HPA 100-139/300-339 Human democracy, the capitalist economic system, HHP 470 Motor Development Performance Activities and the rise of the U.S. as a world power. and Motor Skill Learning 1 hour. Three hours of credit required for 3 hours. A study of the development of graduation. (One hour of health education HST 220/420 War and Conscience in motor skills. Psychological principles of may be applied to the required three the United States learning are applied to motor skill learning. hours.) Instruction in fundamental skills, 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An A review of research and an inquiry into rules and strategy. Personal selection may be exploration of American thought the effect of various conditions on the made from a variety of sports, recreational on the subject of war, both today and in learning and performance of motor skills and leisure-time activities as they are sched- past crises such as the American from early childhood through the adult uled each semester. Revolution, Civil War, wars with the years. Indians, the world wars, Vietnam, and the HPA 125 Adapted Activities Gulf War; a study of the official position HHP 475 Fitness Management 1 hour. Three hours of credit required for major church bodies have taken in regard Field Experience graduation. Offered to those students who to war; and the experiences of individuals 9 hours. Supervised field experience for are unable to participate who refused to fight. (Identical to PSC senior human performance majors in the in regular physical education activities 220/420.) fitness management major track. Field because of physical limitations. experience takes place in A statement from the student’s a variety of settings, including health clubs, physician is required. YMCAs, cardiac rehabilitation programs, nutritional centers, senior citizen centers, and community recreation programs. By HPA 145/345 Intercollegiate permission only, with application made one Athletics semester in advance of placement. 1 hour. Two credits toward the physical education general education requirement may be earned in athletics, but no more than one hour in any one sport may be counted toward the requirement.

82 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES HISTORY

HST 310 Herbert Hoover and HST 380 The African-American HST 422 Europe 1890-Present His Times Experience in the United States 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Europe 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A seminar 3 hours. A study of Africans in an America in the 20th century, with emphasis associated with the biennial Herbert dominated by those of European descent. on the upheavals of the two world wars and Hoover Symposia at George Fox University, the status of the European states today. offering opportunities HST 390 Peace Research for topical reading and research. 1-3 hours. Directed research on peace sub- HST 430 The Vietnam Experience jects, both current and historical. Students 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study of the HST 320 History of the Middle East will normally write a major research paper. culture and counterculture of the 1960s 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Explores (Identical to PSC 390.) and early 1970s, particularly as impacted by the political, economic, social and religious the war in Vietnam; a study of patriotism developments in the Middle East from the HST 401 Christianity in History and protest. ancient to the modern era, with emphasis 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. The on the latter period. development of Christianity from its HST 440 History of Africa appearance within the Greco-Roman world 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of the HST 330 The American West through the medieval period, and its influ- history and culture of Africa from the 15th 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Examines the ence as a base for culture in the West. century to the present, with emphasis on relationship of the American West to the (Identical to REL 401.) the last 200 years. Native cultures are exam- rest of the nation through its exploration, ined, as is the role of European and Middle settlement and development. Special atten- HST 402 Christianity in History Eastern imperialism in the shaping of mod- tion is given to the Pacific Northwest and 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Christianity’s ern Africa. to the Native American experience. development from the dawn of the Protestant Reforma-tion HST 458 The Making of the American HST 331 England to 1688 through its global spread during the mod- Republic, 1754-1825 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. The growth of ern era, observing its historical context and 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Studies the English nation from Roman times to the relationship to the the world of the Founders. Emphasis is Glorious Revolution, with special attention surrounding cultures. (Identical to placed on the ideological, social given to constitutional and religious develop- REL 402.) and political milieu which gave birth to the ment. American Revolution and Constitution. HST 410 Classical Greece The course also considers the radical HST 332 England Since 1688 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A survey changes in American society the revolution 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. England of Classical Greece from 1600 B.C. set in motion. in the modern age, emphasizing the through the collapse of the Roman Empire response of its institutions to its rapidly in the West in the fifth century A.D. HST 459 The Era of the Civil changing role in the European and world Political, economic, and social develop- War, 1825-1898 communities. ments are stressed, including the rise of 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Examines the Christianity and the causes of the Civil War. In addition, slavery, HST 350 Latin America early Church. Christianity, the westward movement, the 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Latin American struggle for power in Congress, Abraham countries from colonial times to the pre- HST 420 Medieval Europe Lincoln, the rise of northern industrialism, sent, with an emphasis on the conditions 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A survey of and southern society are all studied that have led to the crises of recent years. Medieval Europe from the collapse of the in their own right and in relation to the Roman Empire in 500 to the rise of conflict some historians call “the crossroads of our being.” HST 360 Modern Russia Modern Europe in 1500. Special attention 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study is given to the important political, econom- of 20th-century Russia and other former ic, and religious developments of this peri- HST 468 America in the Time of the Soviet republics, with emphasis on their od. Two World Wars, 1898-1945 current significance in the world and the 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Considers factors in their history that brought the HST 421 Europe from the Age of how economic growth and then depression Revolution of 1917 and the collapse of the Enlightenment to 1890 challenged the American government and Soviet Union. 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. European people to redefine the American Dream political, economic, cultural, and intellectu- and to discover new avenues for achieving it. At the same time, Europe confronted HST 370 Far East al developments from the late seventeenth century through 1890. America with two world wars which also 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Political changed the nature of American society and and cultural developments of China and the role of the U.S. in the world. Japan.

83 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

HST 469 Recent America, 1945 HST 495 Special Study INS 340 International Relations to the Present 1-3 hours. Independent study of subjects 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Introduction to 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Studies outside regular offerings. Guiding bibli- the principles and study of interstate rela- America as the leader of the western world ographies are provided, and regular reading tions in the contemporary world. Special during the Cold War and how that role reports and conferences are scheduled. For attention is given to impacted the social, economic, intellectual upper-division the problem of sovereignty, the and political currents history majors only, by permission. United Nations, and international in American life. This course also examines law. (Identical to PSC 340.) the rise of interest groups, the increased political prominence INS 350 International Trade of ethnic and women’s groups, and the INTERNATIONAL and Finance impact of these groups on American cul- 3 hours. The theory and practice of interna- ture. STUDIES tional trade, economic cooperation, foreign exchange, and international finance and HST 470 Renaissance and Reformation INS 200 Cultural Geography and financial institutions. (Identical to ECO 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. The political, Global Relationships 350.) Prerequisite: ECO 201 Principles of social and religious life of Europe from the 3 hours. A study of the world’s Economics, or consent of the instructor. beginning of the Renaissance to the Peace of cultural regions developed through Westphalia, with emphasis on the various the themes of location, human environ- INS 440 World Religions reform movements and their impact on the mental relationships, movement, and 3 hours. A comparative study between modern world. regions, with emphasis on the interrelated- Christianity and other prominent religions ness of culture, physical, economic, histori- of the world, such as Buddhism, Islam, HST 475 Field Experience cal and political geography in creating the Hinduism and contemporary kinds of alter- 2-10 hours. Supervised experiences in dynamic cultural landscapes existing today. native religion. (Identical to REL 440.) museums, historical societies and govern- (Identical to GEO 200.) ment agencies. For upper-division history INS 475 Culture-Oriented majors only, by permission. INS 310 Cultural Anthropology Field Work 3 hours. A comparative study of 3-12 hours. Supervised experiences HST 485 Selected Topics world societies and their ways of in a non-American culture. For upper-divi- 3 hours. Occasional special courses sched- life. (Identical to SOC 310.) sion international studies majors or minors uled to fit the interests of students and fac- only, by permission. ulty and the needs of a shifting society. A INS 330 Introduction to the course in presidential elections is offered in World Christian Movement INS 490 International Studies Senior presidential-election years. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. The biblical Seminar basis and history of missions are considered, 3 hours. Required of senior international HST 490 History Seminar with a special focus upon the modern mis- studies majors, the course emphasizes the 3 hours. Required of history and sionary movement of the last 200 years. investigation of social studies teaching majors. The course (Identical to REL 330.) theoretical and current applications examines the methods professional histori- of interdisciplinary research in international ans use in writing history and the main cur- studies. Students with a significant interest rents in American historiography through in international issues the reading are welcome, with the consent of the of America’s most influential historians. instructor. A research paper based upon pri- Working closely with the instructor, stu- mary source materials is dents are required to write a research paper the main assignment of the course. based on primary sources. The paper will be permanently retained by the history faculty.

84 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES JAPANESE – LITERATURE

JAPANESE experience proposals subject to the approval LIT 240 Understanding Drama of the leadership studies program directors. 3 hours. A study of significant plays from Possible placements might include leading a the classical period to the present, both as JPN 101, 102 First-Year Japanese church youth group, directing a social con- literary works and staged productions, the 3 hours each semester. A study of the struc- cern project, managing the campus radio goal being a deeper understanding and tures of the Japanese language, with prac- station, or serving as a member of student appreciation of drama as a symbolic form. tice in listening, speaking, reading and writ- government. (Pass/no pass only.) Primary focus is on literary values, with ing. The culture of Japan is presented as an attention also given to the constraints and integral interpretations embodied in the staging, component of language study. LDR 490 Leadership Seminar 1 hour per semester/4 semesters total. acting and directing of a play. (Identical to Integrative seminar linking leadership THE 240.) JPN 201, 202 Second-Year Japanese practicum, course work and readings. Topics 3 hours each semester. A thorough review include servant leadership, transformational LIT 285/485 Selected of Japanese language structures, with inten- leadership, and Literary Topics sive practice in reading, speaking and writ- leadership development. Occasional retreats 3 hours. A course offered occasionally ing. Language lab listening and interaction and other off-campus activities. Prerequisites: whereby professors and students may inves- are required. Prerequisite: JPN 102 First- Application, instructor approval, 2.5 GPA. tigate interesting literary byways. Past selec- Year Japanese, or two years of high school (Pass/no pass only.) tions have included studies in science fic- Japanese, or by testing. tion, the literature of human rights, the short story and the works of particular authors. LITERATURE LEADERSHIP STUDIES LIT 331 American Literature to 1900 LIT 100 Introduction to Literature LDR 475 Leadership Experience 3 hours. A selective look at the 3 hours. An introductory course familiariz- 1-2 hours. Designed to provide students literature of the United States, from pre- ing students with the major genres, themes with an opportunity to develop their lead- Colonial to 1875. A study of the themes, and elements of literature. ership skills through work movements, genres and writers (including or volunteer experience. All leadership minorities) that influenced and were influ- LIT 231 Masterpieces of enced by the growth of the new nation. World Literature, Western Prerequisite: LIT 100 Introduction to 3 hours. An introduction to selected works Literature, or consent of the instructor. in Western literature from the classical to modern periods, stressing those themes and LIT 332 American Literature, forms that exemplify the ideals and con- 1900 to Present cerns of our shared human condition. 3 hours. A selective look at the literature of the United States, from 1875 to modern LIT 232 Masterpieces of times. A study of the themes, movements, World Literature, Non-Western genres and writers (including minorities) 3 hours. An introduction to selected works that influenced and were influenced by the in non-Western literature, stressing those growth of the new nation. Prerequisite: LIT themes and forms that exemplify the ideals 100 Introduction to Literature, or consent and concerns of our shared human condi- of the instructor. tion. LIT 340 Poetry 3 hours. A study of poetry as a distinct literary form, including the major genres of poetry and the strategies for reading and analyzing poems, including the use of figurative language, scansion and symbolism. The course will explore the interaction of form and content and the relationship of text to context. Prerequisite: LIT 100 Introduction to Literature, or consent of the instructor.

85 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MANAGEMENT

LIT 350 Literary Criticism LIT 440 A Study of the MBS 413 Information Systems Theory 3 hours. A course that provides Modern Novel and Practice students with background information 3 hours. An examination of the 3 hours. Provides an understanding of orga- about schools of literary criticism. Students modern novel as a distinct literary form. nizational systems, planning, decision will practice using different critical Discussions of such issues as the relation- process, and how information is used for approaches to writing about literature. ship between novelistic structure and ideol- decision support in organizations. Course Recommended for sophomores and juniors. ogy, of social conventions, and conventions covers quality and decision theory, informa- Prerequisite: Six hours of literature courses of fiction combined with the analysis of tion theory, and practice essential for provid- or permission of the instructor. important world writers. Prerequisite: LIT ing viable information to the organization. 100 Introduction to Literature, or Course outlines the concepts of information LIT 360 Values Through Story consent of the instructor. systems (IS) for competitive advantage, data and Myth as resource, IS and IT planning and imple- 3 hours. A consideration of selected writers LIT 495 Individual Research mentation, total quality management and works that attempt to understand, 1-3 hours. Individualized study related to (TQM) and re-engineering, project manage- explore and transmit values through narra- the student’s needs and interests. Open to ment and development of systems and end- tive. Works considered will range from fic- exceptional students at the discretion of a user computing. tion to nonfiction, including essays, short faculty member. stories, film, poems and novels. The focus is MBS 414 Hardware, Networks and on issues related to gender, the environ- Telecommunications ment, and the social/political community as 3 hours. Provides the hardware/software tech- they reveal and define our contemporary nology background to enable management world and its cultural values structures. MANAGEMENT AND BUSI- personnel to understand tradeoffs in comput- NESS INFORMATION SYS- er architecture for effective use in a business LIT 385 Major Authors TEMS environment. System architecture for single 3 hours. A course that focuses on a major user, central, and networked computing systems; single and multi-user operating systems author or authors, changing from year to MBS 411 Fundamentals of Information year according to the professor’s expertise. will be explored. Management of telecommu- Systems nications networks, cost-benefit analysis, and The course considers the different phases of 3 hours. An introduction to systems and the career evaluation of connectivity options are also development concepts, information tech- covered. and development of the author’s art, as well nology (IT), and application software. as the appropriate contexts in which she or Explanation of how information is used in he wrote, and his or her legacy for later organizations and how IT enables improve- writers. May be repeated for different ment in quality, timeliness, and competitive authors. Prerequisite: LIT 100 Introduction advantage. MANAGEMENT OF to Literature, or consent of the instructor. HUMAN RESOURCES MBS 412 Personal Productivity with IS Technology MHR 404 Organizational LIT 431 English Literature to 1785 3 hours. This course enables students to Communication 3 hours. A selective look at the literature of improve their skills as knowledge workers 3 hours. This course investigates the role the British Isles from Anglo-Saxon times to through effective and efficient use of pack- communication plays in creating 1785. Themes, move- aged software. It covers both individual and a productive work environment through ments and genres will be discussed. group work. The emphasis is on productivity the human resources department. Course Prerequisite: LIT 100 Introduction to concepts and how to achieve them through content focuses on verbal and nonverbal Literature, or consent of the instructor. functions and features in computer software. communication, Students will design and develop database effective listening, constructive feed- LIT 432 English Literature, and system solutions with back, and assertiveness in communication. 1785 to Present an emphasis on small systems. Negotiation strategies are 3 hours. A selective look at the covered through readings and in- literature of the British Isles from 1785 class simulations. through the present. Themes, movements and genres will be discussed. Prerequisite: LIT 100 Introduction to Literature, or consent of the instructor.

86 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MANAGEMENT

MHR 406 Principles of Management MOL 402 Effective Writing students in a managerial position through- and Supervision 3 hours. This course is designed out the course. Students are expected to 3 hours. This course provides an overview to develop one’s writing skills. Clear, con- apply management theory as they make of management and leadership theory and cise, well-edited writing is emphasized. decisions to solve organizational problems examines the roles Course content includes persuasive, narra- during this simulation. Students examine of first-line managers in fulfilling the mis- tive and descriptive writing techniques. their own management and leadership skills sion and goals of an organization. A master Three life-learning essays will be written as through reflective exercises. The course simulation exercise places students in a part of the course requirements. examines the important role managers play managerial position throughout the course. in fulfilling the human resource function in Students are expected to apply management MOL 403 Organizational Theory and an organization. theory as they make decisions to solve orga- Analysis nizational problems during this simulation. 3 hours. The student examines the formal MOL 407 Christian Faith Students examine their own management and informal functions of organizations and and Thought and leadership skills through reflective exer- diagnoses an agency or organization based on 3 hours. The roots and origins of cises. The course also examines fiscal proce- a systems model. Organizational problems the Christian faith are investigated, with dures and tools that are used by the human will be analyzed and solved using a step-by- specific focus on how it relates resource manager. step method. This analysis may be applied to to one’s personal values system. the student’s senior research project. The course also focuses on the his-tory of MHR 408 Human Resources Christianity, the influence of Christianity Administration MOL 404 Organizational upon society, and how 3 hours. Values and perceptions of selected Communication the Christian faith relates to manag-ing groups affecting social and economic life 3 hours. This course investigates the role people. are explored. Students examine policies and communication plays in creating a productive work environment. Emphasis practices regarding recruitment, selection, MOL 409 Values and Ethics in is placed on effective interviewing strate- training and development, and compensa- the Workplace gies. The course content also focuses on tion of employees. Attention is given to 3 hours. Ethical theory and personal values verbal and nonverbal communication, current regulatory employment issues. are used to examine case studies from a vari- effective listening, constructive feedback, ety of organizational settings. Accountability and assertiveness in communication. MHR 495 Senior Research Project in government, human rights, and business Negotiation strategies are covered through 3 hours. Throughout the Manage- are covered in readings and classroom discus- readings and in-class simulations. ment of Human Resources program, stu- sions. dents plan, implement and report on a sur- MOL 405A Introduction to Survey vey research project. The Research Methods MOL 410 Fiscal and Operational project examines a human resources issue in 1 hour. Students explore purposes Management the student’s occupation or environment. for and types of research. Attention 3 hours. This course examines Results are published and presented at the is given to planning survey research, includ- fiscal information for managerial conclusion of ing identifying and stating a research prob- purposes. The focus is on the relationship the program. lem. between fiscal and operational functions and their interrelationship within an orga- MOL 405B Survey Research Methods nization. Course content includes control 3 hours. Methods for defining, researching, tools and techniques, as well as discussion MANAGEMENT AND analyzing and evaluating problems are and application of the manager’s role in set- emphasized. Course content includes identi- ting standards and controlling ORGANIZATIONAL LEAD- fying and measuring objectives, question- organizational outcomes. ERSHIP naire construction, and applying descriptive statistical procedures associated with data MOL 485 Saturday Seminars (6) MOL 401 Dynamics of Group collection and analysis. 3 hours. Contemporary trends and themes and Organizational Behavior of special interest in management or the 3 hours. Course content focuses on group MOL 406 Principles of Management liberal arts are discussed. Leadership comes behavior and how group functioning affects and Supervision from the George Fox University faculty, organizational effectiveness. Emphasis is 3 hours. This course provides an overview business and industry, and public leaders. placed on effective decision making and of management and leadership theory and Themes include personal growth and fulfill- managing and resolving group conflict. examines the roles ment, advances in science and technology, Students learn strategies for developing of first-line managers in fulfilling the mis- conflict resolution in a competitive world, high-quality and effective groups. sion and goals of an organization. A master community service simulation exercise places by persons and corporations, and Christian responses to current issues.

87 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MATHEMATICS

MOL 495 Senior Research Project MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics MTH 260 Discrete Mathematics 3 hours. Throughout the Management and 4 hours. A course for students who are 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An introduction Organizational Leadership program, stu- preparing to take calculus or to discrete mathematics. Topics covered dents plan, implement and report on a sur- other courses requiring a similar include sets, functions, math induction, vey research project. The project examines background. In addition to studying the combinatorics, recurrence, graph theory, an organizational problem in the student’s topics found in a college algebra course, trees and networks. Prerequisite: MTH 190 occupation or environment. Results are this course will focus on trigonometry and Pre-Calculus Mathematics. published and presented at the conclusion an introduction to exponential and loga- of the program. rithmic functions. Prerequisite: MTH 120 MTH 290 Mathematical Logic Intermediate Algebra, or its equivalent. 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. This course is intended to facilitate a smooth transition MTH 195 Calculus for Teachers from lower-level, computation-oriented MATHEMATICS 3 hours. A nontheoretical course designed math courses to upper-level, more theoreti- to give an overview of the nature and power cal courses. Topics include symbolic logic, of the calculus. An introduction to differen- methods of proof, set theory, etc. MTH 100 The World of Mathematics tial and integral calculus, with particular Prerequisite: MTH 201 Calculus I. 3 hours. An introduction to various topics reference to the relationship between sec- of modern mathematics from ondary math and its use in the calculus. MTH 300 Numerical Methods an elementary point of view so as to be This course fulfills part of the requirements 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study understandable to non-mathematics and leading to a basic endorsement in mathe- of numerical solutions of mathematical non-science majors and to matics for teaching mathematics through problems, including nonlinear equations, foster an appreciation for the art, history, Algebra I. systems of linear equations, polynomial beauty and applications of mathematics. approximations, root finding, integration Topics will be covered that allow students MTH 201, 202, 301 Calculus I, II, III and differential equa-tions. Computer pro- to do the mathematics involved without 4 hours each semester for MTH 201, 202; grams are written to solve these problems. needing a strong mathematical background. 3 hours for MTH 301. A study Prerequisites: MTH 202 Calculus II, and of differential and integral calculus, includ- either CIS 201 Introduction to Computer MTH 120 Intermediate Algebra ing functions of more than one variable. Science or EGR 200 Introduction to 3 hours. A course for students who have had Additional topics include vector geometry, Computer Programming for Engineers. an introductory course in algebra or who infinite series and applications. Prerequisite: (Identical to CIS 300.) require further review before taking addi- MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics, or tional courses in math or science. Topics equivalent. include the solving of linear equations and MTH 310 Differential Equations systems of equations, factoring of polynomi- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study als, and an introduction to functions. MTH 211 Innovations in Teaching Basic of the theory, methods of solution, Mathematics and applications of ordinary differential 3 hours. A study of arithmetic structures of equations. Methods include series solutions mathematics, statistics, probability, infor- and LaPlace transforms. Prerequisite: MTH mal geometry and applications of elemen- 301 Calculus III. tary mathematics, with particular focus on how these topics are taught. This course is MTH 320 Linear Algebra designed only for the mathematics educa- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study tion student and does not apply for the of matrices and their properties and appli- mathematics major. (Identical to cation, linear transformations, and vector EDU 311.) spaces. Prerequisite: MTH 301 Calculus III. MTH 240 Statistical Procedures 3 hours. Statistical procedures for MTH 330 Probability the social sciences. Emphasis on the devel- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of opment of a basic knowledge of the statisti- sample spaces, combinatory methods, dis- cal tools available for the analysis of prob- crete and continuous distributions, lems and issues in the social sciences. moment-generating functions, and the cen- (Identical to PSY 340 and SOC 340.) tral limit theorem. Prerequisite: MTH 301 Prerequisite: High school algebra or equiva- Calculus III. lent.

88 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MUSIC

MTH 340 Elementary MUSIC MUA 105/305 Applied Brass Number Theory 1 or 2 hours. Instruction on trumpet, 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An introduction French horn, trombone, baritone and tuba. to the basic properties of whole numbers, ♦ APPLIED MUSIC Technical studies include tone production, including such topics as prime numbers, scales, and arpeggios with various articula- Euclid’s algorithm, Fermat’s Theorem, con- MUA 105/305 Applied Voice tion. Works from the standard solo and gruences and Diophantine equations. The 1 or 2 hours. Study of proper voice produc- orchestral repertoire are studied. course will emphasize historical develop- tion, with emphasis on posture, breathing and resonance. Studies from the standard ment of the relevant topics. Prerequisite: MUA 105/305 Applied Percussion repertoires, including English songs, Italian MTH 202 Calculus II. 1 or 2 hours. Instruction on snare drum, classics, German lieder, French art songs, tympani, the mallet instruments and drum oratorio and operatic arias, and selected MTH 350 Modern Geometry set. An in-depth study of all the percussion contem-porary works. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A rigorous study instruments used in of Euclidean geometry and an introduction the concert band and orchestra. to non-Euclidean geometries. Prerequisite: MUA 105/305 Applied Piano MTH 202 Calculus II. 1 or 2 hours. Technical exercises, scales and MUA 105/305 Applied Guitar arpeggios in various rhythms; etudes of vary- 1 or 2 hours. Study of playing techniques, MTH 410 Algebraic Structures ing difficulty, such as those by Duvernoy, with emphasis on chordal knowledge and 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of Burgmuller, Heller, Czerny and Clementi. basic strums. Solos and ensemble pieces will groups, rings, integral domains, fields, poly- Repertoire from the historical periods are be included for each student at his or her nomial rings and algebraic number systems. studied, including selected contemporary performance level. Prerequisite: MTH 202 Calculus II. composers. A select group of concerti are also studied. MTH 470 Operations Research ♦ ENSEMBLES 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An introduc- MUA 105/305 Applied Organ tion to the mathematical tools useful in the 1 or 2 hours. Basic study of pedal and man- MUA 115/315 Festival Chorus study of optimization, with particular ual techniques. Standard works from the 1/2 hour. The chorus is composed emphasis on linear programming. Additional Baroque, Classic, Romantic and Modern of members of the University touring choirs. topics include queuing theory, integer pro- periods. It also is open to all University students, gramming and simulation. (Identical to CIS University faculty and staff, alumni, and 470.) Prerequisites: MTH 190 Pre-Calculus MUA 105/305 Applied Strings community singers. The chorus, typically Mathematics and CIS 130 Program-ming 1 or 2 hours. Instruction on violin, viola, accompanied by orchestra, performs a signif- the Personal Computer, or cello and string bass. Basic icant sacred choral work from the choral equivalent. fundamentals, posture, bow and repertoire each spring. Handel’s Messiah is arm techniques, shifting, and vibrato. performed every third year. MTH 485 Special Topics Included are scale and arpeggio studies and 1-3 hours. A class with topics in works from the standard solo and orchestral MUA 125/325 Concert Choir mathematics chosen to fit special needs or repertoire. 1 or 1/2 hour. The Concert Choir is commit- interests of students, faculty or visiting pro- ted to excellent choral singing in a wide fessors. Prerequisite: MTH 301 Calculus variety of styles, including standard colle- III. MUA 105/305 Applied Woodwinds 1 or 2 hours. Instruction on flute, clarinet, giate repertoire from the Renaissance through the 20th century, as MTH 490 Senior Seminar oboe, saxophone and bassoon. Tone pro- well as contemporary sacred and gospel 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. A seminar for duction, scales, and arpeggios in various arrangements, spirituals, and hymn settings. junior and senior math majors to explore articulations. Includes technical studies and The choir’s combined commitment to excel- current topics selected by the instructor. works from the standard solo and orchestral lence and ministry finds expression in con- Emphasis will be placed on significant stu- repertoire. certs given on campus and in churches dent involvement in the classroom. throughout the Northwest. The Concert Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. Choir also annually presents “Ye Olde Royal Feaste,” a festive Christmas madrigal dinner MTH 495 Special Study with singers in Elizabethan costumes. 1-3 hours. Independent study of Rehearsals are held four days mathematical topics outside the regular a week. Membership is by audition. offerings. Topics include advanced calculus, mathematical statistics, topology, real and complex analysis, and others. For upper- division mathematics majors only, by permission.

89 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MUSIC

MUA 125T/325T Music Theatre MUA 145/345 Concert Band ♦ THEORY AND LITERATURE 1/ 1/ 1 or 2 hour. Chorus members and leading 1 or 2 hour. The Concert Band is a tour- The World of Music is offered under GED roles are selected by audition. Membership ing ensemble that plays concerts through- 110. also is open to all students interested in the out the Northwest. A fall pops concert fea- production aspects of theatre. This organi- tures music from the classical pops to cur- zation offers one major presentation each rent movie themes. MUS 100 Music Fundamentals spring. Works performed include Broadway The spring tour repertoire is played in 2 hours. This course provides a fun-damen- musicals, light opera, schools, churches and for chapel. This tal understanding of music by considering music reviews, and an occasional opera. ensemble serves to train students for careers the basics of musical construction, with Orchestra accompaniment in instrumental conducting and perform- examples drawn from the history of music. generally is used, and productions ing. Admission is by A study of musical notation, interval recog- are completely staged, choreographed, cos- consent of the instructor. nition, elements of pitch and rhythm, scale tumed and lighted. and chord construction, essential concepts in harmony, and basic musical forms. The MUA 145J/345J Jazz Ensemble student will be able to experience these fun- 1/2 hour. An ensemble organized MUA 135/335 George Fox Singers damental concepts at the piano. No musical 1/ to train instrumentalists in the jazz reper- 2 hour. This ensemble, composed or keyboard toire. Performances are usually for school of talented and versatile singers drawn from experience is necessary. the Concert Choir, sings a flexible repertoire events and some off-campus concerts. ranging from Renaissance madrigals through Members who are music majors must also contemporary vocal jazz settings and be enrolled in the Concert Band. MUS 110 Understanding Jazz Christian contemporary gospel. Members 2 hours. A study of various aspects and types of jazz, from blues to jazz rock. participate in MUA 155/355 Chehalem Symphony Students will discover the great jazz artists “Ye Olde Royal Feaste,” Concert Choir tour, Orchestra and learn how to listen and various campus concerts. Membership is 1 or 1/2 hour. (Strings 1 hour; winds and to a variety of jazz idioms. by audition. percussion 1/2 hour.) The sym-phony orchestra performs music by the master MUA 135D/335D Dayspring composers of the Baroque, Classical, MUS 111, 112 Introduction to Music Literature 1/2 hour. This ensemble, composed Romantic and Modern eras. Concertos fea- of talented and versatile singers turing student soloists are often part of the 2 hours each semester. A course to develop and instrumentalists, represents the annual repertoire. Community faculty music appreciation through extensive listen- University in churches, high schools, ban- musicians combine with University stu- ing to standard works. Study of vocal and quets, service clubs and University func- dents to form this ensemble. Performances instrumental forms and styles of the various tions. Their repertoire includes Christian include fall and spring concerts, as well as periods. contemporary settings, arrangements of tra- accompaniment of the Festival ditional hymns Chorus. Admission is by consent MUS 121, 122 Theory I and spirituals, and vocal jazz. Mem-bership of the instructor. 3 hours each semester. A course designed to is selected through interviews and auditions help the student systematically acquire basic with representatives MUA 165/365 Instrumental Ensemble information and interrelated skills that will of the music, development and 1/2 hour. An ensemble organized be of value in future musical endeavors as admissions departments. to meet the needs of the instrumental performer, teacher or composer. Includes music student who desires to explore litera- work in part writing, keyboard har-mony, MUA 135C/335C Crosslight ture for the small ensemble, such as String analysis and creative writing. Corequisite: MUS 131, 132 Sight Singing and Ear 1/2 hour. Basic techniques of choral singing Quartet, Brass Quartet or Woodwind are learned. Sacred repertoire reflecting Quintet. Training both contemporary and traditional styles is sung for chapel, MUS 125 Voice Class Christmas Vespers, and occasional church 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. and community functions. Secular selec- A course designed for beginning singers tions also are sung in who wish to understand, improve and the Spring Concert. Membership is enhance their individual voices. Classroom by audition. participation will include instruction in basic vocal technique and care of the voice. MUA 135H/335H George Fox Students will learn a variety of song litera- University Handbell Ringers ture and vocal exercises. 1/2 hour. This musical ensemble shares its music with community agencies, churches and University audiences. Open to all by audition. Limited to 12 ringers.

90 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MUSIC

MUS 131, 132 Sight Singing MUS 200 Basic Conducting MUS 260 Band Techniques and Ear Training 11/2 hours. Introduction to the basic funda- 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. Elementary class 1 hour each semester (two class hours a mentals of conducting for the music major, instruction in the technique of playing week). A lab experience designed to develop the music education major, and the future woodwind, brass and percussion instru- proficiency in singing prepared melodies, church musician. Emphasis is placed upon ments to provide adequate teaching knowl- melodies at sight, rhythmic patterns, and in the mastery of simple conducting patterns, edge. taking basic melodic dictation. Music majors cues and expressive gestures, and common should register for this lab as a required com- problems in leading group singing and in MUS 285 Selected Topics ponent of MUS 121, 122 Theory I, which directing musical ensembles. 1-2 hours. Subjects are offered reflecting should be taken concurrently. music faculty expertise on topics of interest MUS 210 Keyboard Literature to students. MUS 135 Class Piano 2 hours. Through a variety of keyboard 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. music (harpsichord, piano, organ and syn- MUS 310 Counterpoint Elementary- to intermediate-level class thesizer), students 2 hours. Offered on demand. Principles of instruction in piano. This class is open to will acquire an understanding of diverse 18th-century polyphony. Detailed study of any student regardless of previous experi- keyboard approaches from the Baroque the works of J. S. Bach and ence and does not require an instruction fee through contemporary styles. his contemporaries. Original composition in addition to the normal tuition cost. It is Recommended for those especially interest- required. Prerequisites: MUS 221, 222 required of all music majors who have not ed in keyboard music. Theory II. yet met the piano proficiency skill level. Students working toward achieving the MUS 220 Vocal Techniques MUS 311, 312 Music History required piano proficiency may choose to 1 hour. Offered 1997-98. Fundamen- study private applied piano with the 3 hours each semester. A study of the devel- tal instruction in understanding the basic opment of music from antiquity through the instructor’s consent rather than enroll for techniques of singing. Required for music class piano. 20th century. Comparisons are made to the education majors and recommended for development of the other arts. Concentrated those who seek to gain a basic understand- study of music literature emphasizing the MUS 140 Organ for Pianists ing of fundamental singing concepts. change in musical styles during the different 1 hour. Offered 1996-97. Group instruc- historical periods. Prerequisites: MUS 121, tion in organ, its design, MUS 221, 222 Theory II 122 Theory I. literature and performance techniques. 4 hours each semester. A continuation of Designed for pianists of at least intermedi- Theory I. Includes chromatic MUS 320 Form and Analysis ate keyboard competency with harmonies and remote modulations. no previous experience in organ. 2 hours. Offered 1997-98. Detailed study Introduction to 20th-century harmonic of the structural components of music, usage. Creative work is required. including the motive, phrase and period. MUS 150 Keyboard Accompaniment Prerequisite: MUS 121, 122 Theory I. Application to principal contrapuntal and 1 hour. This course provides “on-the-job homophonic forms of the Classic, training” and special insights and skills in MUS 230 String Techniques Romantic and Modern periods. the art of accompanying. 1 hour. Offered 1997-98. Elementary class Prerequisites: MUS 221, 222 Theory II. A wide range of repertoire is studied, from instruction in the techniques of playing accompanying classical solo artists to stringed instruments. Required of music MUS 340 Church Music accompanying choirs (both classical and education majors. gospel), small ensembles, and congregation- (History and Administration) al singing. 3 hours. Offered 1997-98. A study MUS 250 Folk Guitar Techniques of music within the church, viewed histori- 1 hour. This course offers elementary class cally from the early centuries through the MUS 180 MIDI (Musical Instrument instruction in the techniques of playing folk needs of the contemporary church. Digital Interface) Applications guitar. Proper hand position, fingering, and 2 hours. This course offers experience with strumming styles, and a reasonably broad the various music printing and sequencing MUS 380 Keyboard Improvisation and range of chords are presented. Emphasis is Service Playing software programs in current use and fos- upon building a solid accompaniment to ters the development of solid techniques in 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. A practical songs likely to be used in preschool through course for pianists and organists seeking to digital composition and arranging. May be secondary school grades. repeated for credit. discover creative approaches in programming and leading the congregation in inspi- rational worship and celebration.

91 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES PHILOSOPHY – PHYSICS

MUS 420 Composition PHILOSOPHY PHL 485 Selected Topics 2 hours. Offered 1998-99. Detailed study 2 hours. A seminar on a topic chosen by of representative works in the contempo- the professor. Open to upper-division PHL 210 Introduction to Philosophy rary musical idiom and creative writing majors and others by permission. 3 hours. This introduction to philosophical within the smaller forms. Prerequisites: issues encompasses study of the human MUS 221, 222 Theory II. quest to understand the meaning of knowl- PHL 495 Special Study edge, art, nature, God, values and other 1-3 hours. Individual research. Open to MUS 430 Instrumentation vital interests. Lectures and reading will qualified students upon application. and Orchestration introduce the student to the major systems 2 hours. Offered 1997-98. A study of the of philosophy developed by thoughtful per- instruments of the orchestra and band, sons over the centuries. including their ranges, characteristics and capabilities. Practical application of the PHYSICS PHL 230 Ethics principles of 3 hours. Ethics consists of an analysis of the arranging and scoring for orchestral/ PHY 150 Physics of Everyday Life ethical theories and systems by which per- band instrumental combinations. 3 hours. A relevant and practical sons make judgments and choices, with Prerequisites: MUS 221, 222 Theory II. introduction to everyday physical special attention to phenomena through a conceptual survey of contemporary moral issues and the modern various physics topics, including motion, MUS 460 Advanced Conducting revival of virtue theory. 2 hours. Offered 1997-98. A course energy, sound, light, electricity and relativi- designed to acquaint the student with ty. No mathematical background is PHL 260 Sociological Theory advanced choral and instrumental litera- required. This course meets the general 3 hours. A critical study of some major ture. Basic conducting patterns are reviewed education requirement and is designed for social philosophers from Comte to the pre- and adapted to all aspects of conducting: non-science majors. Two lectures and one sent. (Identical to SOC 260.) Prerequisites: syncopation, cuing and expressive gestures. labora-tory period per week. SOC 150 Principles of Sociology, and PHL Prerequisite: 210 Introduction MUS 200 Basic Conducting. PHY 201, 202 General Physics to Philosophy, or permission of the instruc- 4 hours each semester. Mechanics, thermo- tor. MUS 475 Field Experience dynamics, electricity and 1-5 hours. Supervised experience in music magnetism, wave motion and optics, and PHL 330 Philosophy of Religion apprenticeship as conductor, performer or modern physics, using algebraic 3 hours. This course examines composer. Prerequisite: Consent of music methods for analysis. Prerequisite: MTH classic topics in the area of how faculty. 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics. people approach religion, including theistic arguments, the problem of evil, miracles, PHY 211, 212 General Physics MUS 485 Selected Topics religious language, with Calculus 1-3 hours. A seminar lecture class and divine attributes. concerned with current faculty interests and 4 hours each semester. Mechanics, thermo- areas of research. Topics available are key- dynamics, electricity and PHL 340 Logic board pedagogy, piano technician, language magnetism, wave motion and optics, and 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Logic involves orienta-tion for the singer, contemporary modern physics, using calculus methods for a study of Aristotelian forms of deductive literature, MIDI lab, vocal pedagogy, con- analysis. Prerequisite: MTH 201 Calculus I. reasoning, including ducting practicum, history of black music, the syllogism, inductive reasoning, and chamber, symphonic fallacies, and some aspect of symbolic logic, and choral literature. including Venn diagrams and truth tables. Its goal is to facilitate sound thinking that MUS 491, 492 Senior Seminar, is both creative and critical. Recital/Lecture 1 hour each semester. Students prepare a PHL 380 History of Philosophy project in cooperation with a faculty advi- 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. As a one- semes- sor. The project or recital ter survey of the history of western philoso- is presented before an audience and filed phy, this course encompasses the ongoing permanently in the music dialogue between religious and secular pur- department. suits of truth and the connections and con- trasts between historical periods. MUS 495 Special Study 1-3 hours. Individual research under the guidance of the faculty. Prerequisite: Consent of music faculty.

92 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES POLITICAL SCIENCE – PSYCHOLOGY

POLITICAL SCIENCE PSC 240 State and PSC 340 International Relations Local Government 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Introduction to 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. The origins, the principles and study of interstate rela- PSC 210 American Government evolution, structure and present functions tions in the contemporary world. Special 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. The theory and of state, county and city government, with attention is given to practice of the federal government and the particular reference to Oregon. Special the problem of sovereignty, the study of key issues in government in gener- attention is given to the rising problems of United Nations, and international al. urban government and regional planning. law. (Identical to INS 340.)

PSC 220/420 War and Conscience in PSC 250 International Conflict PSC 390 Peace Research the United States and Peace 1-3 hours. Directed research on peace sub- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An explo- 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An introduction jects, both current and historical. Students ration of American thought on the subject to peace studies. Useful both as will normally write a major research paper. of war, both today and in a foundation for other peace studies courses (Identical to HST 390.) past crises such as the American and as a single course to fit Revolution, Civil War, wars with the in with other majors. Includes exploration Indians, and the world wars; a study of the PSC 410 Community Mediation of the history of warfare and peacemaking, official position major church bodies have 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study and of nonviolent alternatives to war. taken in regard to war; and the experiences of mediation skills and their uses in com- (Identical to SOC 250.) of individuals who refused to fight. munity disputes, including neighborhood (Identical to conflicts, public policy issues, and as court- HST 220/420.) PSC 260 Introduction to Law annexed alternatives to litigation. Students 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A general also will examine study of the role of law and the legal pro- the impact of mediation on democratic fession in American life, and a survey of the political theory, on the theory underlying major topics addressed by the law. our adversarial legal system, and on Attention also is given to the values pro- Christian views of conflict in the public moted by our legal system and the arena. Christian’s interaction with it. PSC 475 Field Experience PSC 285/485 Selected Topics 2-12 hours. Supervised experiences in varied 1-3 hours. A seminar dealing with government agencies. For upper-division stu- various topics as announced that dents only, by permission. represent current faculty interests and competencies.

PSC 310 Conflict Resolution PSYCHOLOGY 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of communication principles found useful in managing conflict productively. Focus is PSY 150 General Psychology given to conflict occurring in institutional 3 hours. An introduction to the scientific and organizational settings between individ- study of human behavior. Major topics uals and groups. Attention also is given to include the biological bases of behavior, sen- conflict in social, national and international sation, perception, thinking, learning, mem- settings. (Identical to COM 310.) ory, emotion, motivation, personality, social interaction, and abnormal behavior. One section of the course will be available for students who know they want to major in psychology. The section for majors will cover the same major topics but will prepare students to engage these topics on a professional level. Prerequisite to all other psychology courses.

93 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES PSYCHOLOGY

PSY 275 Exploratory PSY 330 Personality Theories PSY 370 Cognition Field Experience 3 hours. A survey of the major 4 hours. Offered 1998-99. Traditional areas 2-3 hours. An opportunity to observe profes- theorists of personality and their of study in cognitive psychology will be dis- sionals in the helping environment. theories. Included are psychoanalytic, discussed. These areas include perception, positional, phenomenological and behav- attention, memory, reasoning, problem ioral theories. An integrative approach will solving and language. Traditional views as PSY 300 Group Dynamics involve synthesis of important elements of well as current trends will be discussed. 3 hours. A study and application of princi- theory and Scripture. Prerequisite: PSY 150 Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory ples and techniques involved in interaction General Psychology. per week. Prerequisite: PSY 150 General of individuals within various groups. Psychology. Recommended: PSY 340 (Identical to SOC 300.) Prerequisite: PSY Statistical Procedures, 150 General Psychology. PSY 340 Statistical Procedures 3 hours. Applied statistics for PSY 390 Research Methods. the social and behavioral sciences. Emphasis PSY 310 Lifespan Human Development is placed on statistical logic and decision PSY 381 Counseling 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study making. (Identical to MTH 240 and SOC 3 hours. A study of theory and technique of of physical, intellectual, personality, social 340.) Prerequisites: PSY 150 General person-centered counseling. The course is and moral development from infancy to old Psychology, and designed to teach basic theoretical postu- age. (Identical to high school algebra or equivalent. lates and to focus on effective intervention SWK 310.) Prerequisite: PSY 150 General skills for those anticipating future work in Psychology. PSY 350 Social Psychology Christian ministries, teaching or mental 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study of the health settings. Open to sophomores and PSY 311 Human Development: Infancy social and psychological processes of human above. (Identical to CHM 381 and SWK to Adolescence interaction. Major topics 381.) Recommended as a prerequisite for 3 hours. A study of physical, intellectual, to be covered include conformity, field experience work (PSY 475). personality, social and moral development aggression, self-justification, persuasion, Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. from the prenatal period to adolescence. prejudice, attraction and interpersonal com- Recommended: PSY 330 Personality (Identical to FCS 311, SWK 311.) munication. (Not identical to SOC 350.) Theories. Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. PSY 382 Advanced Counseling 1 hour. In this course, students will practice PSY 312 Human Development: Young PSY 360 Learning basic listening and therapeutic skills (includ- Adulthood to Old Age 4 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A survey ing empathy, confrontation, connecting, 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study of learning theories and the basic research etc.) from a person-centered theoretical of physical, intellectual, personality, social questions being asked in this important stance. Prerequi-site: PSY 381 Counseling. and moral development from young adult- field. Special emphasis will be placed on Recommend-ed: PSY 330 Personality hood to old age. This course continues the translating experimen- Theories. discussion begun in PSY 311 Human tal theory into practical methods. Students Development: Infancy to Adolescence. will replicate classic experiments that high- Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. light the differences between Operant and PSY 390 Research Methods Classical conditioning, and explore shaping, 3 hours. An introduction to methods of blocking, higher-order conditioning and psychological research. Students will be PSY 320 Introduction to Neuroscience transfer of learning. Current approaches to involved in designing and 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. This course pro- learning, and the impact of conducting experimental research. This vides an overview of the neuro-psychologi- computer models on learning theory, also course is fundamental preparation for stu- cal basis for mental functions including will be explored. Three lectures and one dents planning graduate work in psycholo- motor control, object recognition, spatial two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: gy or related fields. Prerequisites: PSY 150 reasoning, attention, language, memory, PSY 150 General Psychology. General Psychology, PSY 340 Statistical and emotion. Methods of neuropsychologi- Recommended: PSY 340 Statistical Procedures. Recommended: PSY cal research are explored. Philosophical, Procedures, PSY 390 Research Methods. 400 Tests and Measurements. mathematical, and computer-related issues relevant to neuroscience and cognitive science are also presented.

94 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES RELIGION

PSY 400 Psychometrics PSY 450 Systems of Psychology RELIGION 3 hours. Students will develop skills 3 hours. The history of the various schools in understanding and critically evaluating of psychology, their origins, distinguishing REL 250 Great Moments, educational and psychological tests (measures characteristics, major contributions, theo- Key Persons in Christianity of ability, achievement, personality and voca- retical positions and contemporary issues 2 hours. An introduction to the major tional interest). Also, modern principles of are investigated. Required for psychology events and personalities, Western and non- “psychometrics”—data-based analysis of test majors and minors. Prerequisite: PSY 150 Western, that have shaped the development items, scores and interpretations—will be General Psychology. of Christianity from emphasized, particularly the reliability and the time of Jesus to the present. The validity of items and scales. Students will PSY 460 Physiological Psychology thought and contributions of individual have hands-on experience with 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. This course will men and women will be explored in histori- various tests and will computer-analyze sam- introduce students to the fundamental prin- cal context. Significant doctrines will be ple data from test development ciples of neuroanatomy, examined in relation projects. Prerequisites: PSY 340 Statistical psychobiochemistry, and the physio- to persons and events. Procedures and PSY 390 Research Methods. logical basis of behavior. A biobehavioral approach to the understanding of behavior REL 260 History and Doctrine PSY 410 Sensation and Perception will be explored. Prerequisite: PSY 150 of Friends 4 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Using General Psychology. 2 hours. This course explores the psychophysical techniques, students will rich heritage of the Quaker movement in study sensory systems, including vision, PSY 475 Field Experience its historical, social and religious audition, olfaction, taste, touch and kines- 2-10 hours. Supervised experiences settings. The distinguishing beliefs of thesis. Students will measure sensory in helping activities in mental health agen- Friends and contemporary trends also will thresholds, as well as study perceptual phe- cies and institutions. A maximum of three be studied, with particular interest in how nomena such as illusions and the impact of hours may be applied toward a psychology to apply timeless truths experience and values on perception. major. For upper-division majors only, by in timely ways. Classic permission. Recom-mended: PSY 381 and current theories of perception and sen- Counseling. sation will be discussed. Three REL 270 History and Doctrine of lectures and one two-hour laboratory per ______(Selected Churches) week. Prerequisite: PSY 150 General PSY 485 Selected Topics 2 hours. Offered upon sufficient demand Psychology. Recommended: PSY 340 1-3 hours. A course dealing with by denominational leaders, who supply the Statistical Procedures, various topics, as announced, that represent appropriate course descriptions. PSY 390 Research Methods. current faculty interests and competencies and student interest. REL 330 Introduction to the Previous offerings have included advanced World Christian Movement PSY 420 Abnormal Psychology counseling, biological psychology, psycholo- 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. The biblical 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study of the gy of religion, and psychology of gender. basis and history of missions are considered, nature, causation and treatment of the Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. major psychiatric and behavioral disorders. with a special focus upon the modern mis- Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. sionary movement of the last 200 years. PSY 490 Senior Seminar (Identical to INS 330.) 1 hour. Integration of Christianity PSY 440 Psychology of Religion and psychology is emphasized. In addition, \REL 360 Cross-Cultural 3 hours. This course will cover topics such students make preparations for careers in Christian Outreach as the human experience of psychology. Required 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Cross- the Divine, the psychology of reli-gious for all psychology majors. Prerequisite: cultural communication in Christian min- development, the psychology Senior standing. of dogmatic beliefs, ritual religious psy- istry, focusing on the concepts of identifica- chopathology, the psychology of conver- tion, mutuality, the process of cultural sion, and the psychology of faith. The PSY 495 Special Study/Research change from a biblical perspective, and course will also discuss 1-3 hours. Independent study of subjects strategies for cross-cultural outreach. and critique the body of research outside regular offerings and/or supervised on religious behaviors. Prerequisite: PSY research under the direction of faculty. 150 General Psychology. Guiding bibliographies are provided, and regular reading reports and conferences are scheduled. For upper-division psychology majors only, by permission.

95 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SOCIOLOGY

REL 380 Christian Beliefs REL 480 Spiritual Formation SOC 250 International Conflict 3 hours. As an introduction to Christian the- 2 hours. An exploration of how and Peace ology, this course considers the basic doctrines people grow and change spiritually. The 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An intro- of the Christian faith and their application to study integrates biblical insights, classic duction to peace studies. Useful both as a contemporary living. Christian spirituality, developmental theory, foundation for other peace studies courses and contemporary individual and corporate and as a single course to fit in with other REL 401 Christianity in History practice in spiritual formation. It will criti- majors. Includes exploration of the history of 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. The cally explore how spirituality relates to warfare and peacemaking, and of nonviolent development of Christianity from its vocation, relationships, and the demands of alternatives to war. (Identical to PSC 250.) appearance within the Greco-Roman world daily living. through the medieval period, and its influ- SOC 260 Social Theory ence as a base for culture in the West. REL 485 Selected Topics 3 hours. A critical study of some major (Identical to HST 401.) 2 hours. A seminar on a topic chosen by social philosophers from Comte to the pre- the professor. Open to upper-division sent. (Identical to PHL 260.) Prereq-uisite: SOC 150 Principles of Sociology. REL 402 Christianity in History majors and others by permission. Prerequisite for PHL 260: SOC 150 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Christiani-ty’s Principles of Sociology or PHL 210 development from the dawn of REL 490 Contemporary Introduction to Philosophy. Required for the Protestant Reformation through its global Religious Life sociology and social work majors. spread during the modern era, observing its 2 hours. The movements, trends, and lead- historical context and ers of contemporary Christianity are stud- relationships to the surrounding cultures. ied in their social setting. Lectures and SOC 275 Exploratory Agency (Identical to HST 402.) readings are chosen Experience to provide tools and methods for thought- 3 hours. An opportunity to participate in a variety of activities within a social service REL 440 World Religions ful and continuing interpre-tation of reli- agency for the purpose of testing interests 3 hours. A comparative study between gious life. and talents. By permission. Christianity and other prominent religions of the world, such as Buddhism, Islam, REL 495 Special Study SOC 280 Marriage and the Family Hinduism and contemporary kinds of alter- 1-3 hours. Individual research. Open to 3 hours. A study of marriage and the family native religion. (Identical to INS 440.) qualified students upon application. from a sociological perspective, including historical, cross-cultural and economic back- REL 460 Issues in grounds. A Christian faith perspective will Contemporary Missions emphasize the worth of persons, the impor- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Selected tance of the family as a place of nurture, and movements, trends and leaders of contem- SOCIOLOGY the gift of marriage. (Identical to FCS 280 porary Christian missions are studied. and HEA 280.) Lectures, readings and learning activities are SOC 150 Principles of Sociology chosen to provide tools and methods for 3 hours. An introduction to the study of SOC 285 Selected Topics continuing education in missiology. society, including the study of the shared 1-3 hours. A seminar dealing with relationships that create social organization topics of special interest to students and cur- REL 470 Christian Classics and social processes of society. Required for rent faculty. 2 hours. Certain Christian writings have sociology majors and for admission into the endured the test of time and have been social found to be a rich source of work major. SOC 300 Group Dynamics spiritual nourishment. A representative sam- 3 hours. A study and application of principles and techniques involved in interaction pling of these significant works representing SOC 200 Social Issues of individuals within various groups. the life and thought of Christians from the 3 hours. A study of current social problems (Identical to PSY 300.) Prerequisite: SOC second to the to understand their various structural, his- 150 Principles of Sociology. mid-20th century will be considered. torical and cultural roots, as well as possible societal and Christian responses. Required for soci- SOC 310 Cultural Anthropology ology and social work majors. 3 hours. A comparative study of world societies and their ways of life. (Identical to INS 310.)

96 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SPANISH

SOC 330 Urban Problems SOC 390 Research Seminar SOC 495 Special Study 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A survey study 3 hours. Emphasis is given to the develop- 1-3 hours. Independent study of subjects of the nature, scope, causes, effects and alle- ment of research skills outside regular offerings. Guiding bibli- viation of social, applied in the survey, community ographies are provided, and regular reading political and economic problems in the survey, and/or program evaluation research reports and conferences are scheduled. For urban setting. Prerequisite: SOC 150 design. Students will complete a research upper-division majors only, with permis- Principles of Sociology, or permission of the project. Prerequisites: SOC 150 Principles sion. instructor. of Sociology, SOC 260 Sociological Theory, SOC 340 SOC 340 Statistical Procedures Statistical Procedures. Required for sociology and social work majors. 3 hours. Applied statistics for the social and SPANISH behavioral sciences. Emphasis is placed on statistical logic and decision making. A SOC 410 Juvenile Delinquency required course for majors recommended for 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study SPN 101, 102 First-Year Spanish fall semester of the junior year. (Identical to of the causes and nature of juvenile delin- 3 hours each semester. An integrated intro- PSY 340 and MTH 240.) Prerequisites: quency, the development of the juvenile ductory study of Spanish. Listening, speak- SOC 150 Principles of Sociology, and high court, probation and other rehabilitative ing, reading and writing are all integral to school algebra. Required for sociology and programs. Prerequisite: SOC 150 Principles learning the language. Cultural aspects of social work majors. of Sociology, or permission of the instruc- Spain and Latin America also are presented as tor. essential components. Language lab is required. SOC 350 Social Psychology 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A study SOC 450 Gerontology of the theories and methods of social interac- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of the SPN 201, 202 Second-Year Spanish tions in the development of personal and aging process in its diverse social, psychologi- 3 hours each semester. A systematic group behavior. The major aim is to cal and physiological dimensions. An explo- approach to the study of Spanish, encourage an appreciation ration of the aging with extensive practice in speaking and of the relationship between personal and sit- network and its various services and pro- writing. Prerequisite: SPN 102 First-Year uational determinants of social behavior. grams will be a secondary focus of study. Spanish or equivalent, Prerequisite: SOC 150 Principles of Prerequisite: SOC 150 Principles of or instructor’s consent. Sociology, or permission of the instructor. Sociology, or permission of the instructor. SPN 275/475 Field Experience SOC 360 Prisons, Probation SOC 475 Field Experience 1-10 hours. Supervised experience in a situ- and Parole 6-12 hours. Supervised experiences ation demanding extensive use of Spanish. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. An intro-duc- in private and public social agencies for Admission and credit hours determined by tion to the study of criminology, including upper-division majors only. A minimum of instructor. theoretical paradigms and research. This is six semester hours of SOC 475 Field followed by a study of correctional institu- Experience is required of majors. By per- SPN 285/485 Selected Topics tions, including prisons, probation, parole mission. 2-4 hours. Occasional special courses cho- and community corrections. sen to fit the needs and interests SOC 485 Selected Topics of students and faculty. SOC 380 Race, Ethnicity, Gender, and 1-3 hours. A special-interest course that Class I addresses current topics in the field of soci- 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. An interdisci- ology. Course offerings depend on current plinary study of the history, problems and faculty competencies and student interest. present status, social attitudes, and generalist Limited practice issues involved in working with per- to upper-division majors. Previous offerings sons of differing racial, ethnic, gender and have included a Christian response to the class backgrounds in the United States. contemporary family, criminal justice, Prerequisites: SOC 150 Principles of cross-cultural education, death and dying, Sociology, or by permission. Native American cultures, sociology of religion, sociology of adolescence, and sociology of literature. Prerequisite: SOC 150 Principles of Sociology.

97 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SOCIAL WORK

SPN 301, 302 Third-Year Spanish SPN 495 Individual Research SWK 330 Human Behavior in 3 hours each semester. A thorough review of or Field Work the Social Environment Spanish to develop advanced proficiency. 1-4 hours. Individual study under 3 hours. Examines human behavior and Prerequisite: SPN 202 Second-Year Spanish the guidance of a faculty member, as deter- interpersonal relationships within social sys- or equivalent, mined by student needs and faculty avail- tems: families, organizations, communities, or instructor’s consent. ability. Students must have permission of voluntary and subcultural groups. Applies the faculty member to enroll. theoretical SPN 340 Spanish Culture information from biology, sociology, and Civilization anthropology, psychology and theology to 3 hours. A one-semester introduction to the situations encountered by social workers and other helping professionals. Includes culture and civilization of the Spanish SOCIAL WORK peninsula. Areas of study examples from culturally, racially and ethni- may include history, art, music, intellectual cally diverse populations. Prerequisites: PSY schools, current events, etc. Taught in SWK 180 Introduction to 150 General Psychology, SOC 150 Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 202 Second- Social Work Principles of Sociology, SWK 180 Year Spanish, or instructor’s consent. 3 hours. An introduction to the Introduction to Social Work, PSY 310 historical development and current prac- Lifespan Human Development. Required tices of generalist social workers. for majors. SPN 350 Latin American Culture and Examination of the knowledge base, values, Civilization skills, practices, ethics, settings, educational 3 hours. An introduction to the SWK 361 Social Policy I and career oppor-tunities of the profession. 3 hours. The policies of contemporary cultures and civilizations of Latin America. Emphasis upon developing awareness of the Areas of study may include history, art, social programs are considered from scope of the profession using a scientific, a national, state and local perspective. music, intellectual schools, current events, analytic approach to service delivery and etc. Taught Policy development and analysis are empha- evaluation; relating generalist social work sized. Prerequisites: SWK 180 Introduction in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 202 Second- and social welfare systems; economic and Year Spanish or equivalent. to Social Work, SOC 200 Social Issues, social justice; and work with diverse, PSC 210 American Government or PSC oppressed, and at-risk populations. Course 240 State and Local Government, SWK SPN 375 Field Experience: Spain includes community service opportunities 475 Field Experience/Practicum I. Required 2 hours. Live and study in Seville, Spain. A and/or social agency tours. Required for for majors. journal and a paper are required. Taken in admission into the social work major. conjunction with SPN 490 Study Abroad. SWK 362 Social Policy II By permission. SWK 285 Selected Topics 3 hours. This course provides an 1-3 hours. A special-interest class offered on in-depth analysis of how human needs and a one-time basis addressing a subject in the SPN 410 Introduction to values are translated into social policy on field that is of general interest to the Spanish Literature both the national and international levels. University community. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A one-semester Special attention is given to the ways in By permission. introduction to Spanish peninsular literature. which values and power interests influence This course will introduce students to select- the creation of social policy. Examination of ed masters and periods of Spanish literature. SWK 310 Lifespan Human selected policies and programs in the areas Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 302 Development of income, health, housing, human rights, Third-Year Spanish, or instructor’s consent. 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study employment, education, etc. Special atten- of physical, intellectual, personality, social tion is given to affirmative action, housing, SPN 420 Introduction to Latin and moral development from infancy to old homelessness, feminization of poverty, and American Literature age. (Identical to PSY 310.) Prerequisite: policy analysis and formulation both at the 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. This course will PSY 150 General Psychology. Required for state and federal levels. Implications for introduce students to selected majors. generalist social work services will masters and periods of Latin American liter- be explored. Prerequisites: SWK 361 Social ature. Taught in Spanish. Prerequi-site: SPN SWK 320 Child Abuse and Policy I and SWK 476 Field 302 Third-Year Spanish Family Violence Experience/Practicum II. Required or equivalent. 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A multi- for majors. disciplinary approach that considers SPN 490 Study Abroad causation, incidence and treatment 16 hours minimum. A one- or two-semester of families and children experiencing physi- overseas experience. Students take courses at cal and emotional violence in the family. Spanish or Latin American universities while Basic principles of child welfare, victim living abroad. Application and junior stand- assistance, protective ing or above required. All programs of study shelters and supporting services will be subject to the approval of the Spanish faculty explored. Prerequisites: PSY 150 General and the International Studies Director. Psychology and SOC 150 Principles of Sociology. 98 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SOCIAL WORK

SWK 391 Social Work Practice I SWK 475 Field Experience/ SWK 477 Field Experience/ 3 hours. A study of generalist social work Practicum I Practicum III practice with individuals. Micro-level theo- 3 hours (150 practicum hours in 3 hours (150 practicum hours in ry, skills, and interviewing techniques are the agency). Recommended either the agency). Ideally, SWK 476 and applied to generalist social work. The course fall or spring of the junior year. The first 477 will occur in a full-year practicum will cover theory and techniques of person- course of the field experience/ during the student’s senior year. centered counseling which are specifically practicum sequence will emphasize micro- The third course in the field applicable to work with individuals. practice concepts and address orientation to experience/practicum sequence will provide A prerequisite for Field Experience/ the agency environment; student roles and further depth and integration of theory, Practicum I (SWK 475). Prerequisites: PSY responsibilities; agency roles and responsi- classroom learning and experience within 150 General Psychology, SOC 150 bilities; confidentiality issues; nature and the student’s field experience/ Principles of Sociology, SWK 180 Intro- process of supervision; establishing goals practicum, building on concepts developed duction to Social Work, and formal admis- and objectives; models of integrating class- in SWK 476 and emphasizing macro-prac- sion into the social work program. Required room learning with the field practicum; tice concepts. Additional topics will include for majors. This class is open to declared person-in-environment; interviewing tech- work with agency social work niques; identification of research and policy boards, communities, governmental sys- majors only. issues; work with special populations and tems; implementation of a research project injustices; process recordings; research in the agency; community analysis; termi- SWK 392 Social Work Practice II methods in the agency; and ethical con- nation with clients 3 hours. A study of mezzo-level duct/NASW code of ethics. Prerequisite: and the agency; addressing social inequities generalist social work practice with families SWK 391 Social Work Practice I. Required in the student’s field experience/practicum; and groups. Attention is given to a systems for majors. This class is open to declared work with special populations and injus- framework of generalist social work prac- social work majors only. tices; policy issues; and ethical tice, with a particular focus upon assess- conduct/NASW code of ethics. ment and development of appropriate SWK 476 Field Experience/ Prerequisites: SWK 476 Field intervention strategies. A prerequisite for Practicum II Experience/Practicum II, SWK 3 hours (150 practicum hours in the SWK 393 Social Work Practice III, 476 Field Experience/Practicum II. agency). Ideally, SWK 476 and 477 will and SOC 390 Research Seminar. Required Prerequisites: SWK 391 Social Work occur in a full-year practicum for majors. This class is open to declared Practice I. Required for majors. This class is during the student’s senior year. social work majors only. open to declared social work majors only. The second course in the field experience/practicum sequence will build SWK 485 Selected Topics SWK 393 Social Work Practice III upon knowledge and experience acquired in 1-3 hours. A special-interest class 3 hours. An overview of generalist social SWK 475 and emphasize mezzo-practice that addresses a relevant subject in the field work methods practiced with organizations concepts. Course topics will include work of social work. Previous and projected sub- and communities. Atten-tion is given to with small groups, families; integrating jects include, but are assessment, planning, implementation, and research and evaluation methods in the not limited to, administration and commu- evaluation of macro-level systems. A prereq- field experience/practicum; agency evalua- nity planning; cognitive and behavioral the- uisite for SWK 477 Field tion and analysis; referral processes; work ories; crisis and trauma recovery; current Experience/Practicum with special populations/injustices; ethical issues in social work; medical and mental dilemmas; ethical conduct/NASW code of health services; systemic and ecologic theo- ethics; agency recording process; and devel- ries; social policy; and treating addictive III. Prerequisites: SWK 392 Social Work opment of a student portfolio of practicum behaviors. Prerequisites: SOC 200 Social Practice II. Required for majors. This class is projects and skills. Prerequisites: SWK 475 Issues and SWK 180 Introduction to Social open to declared social work majors only. Field Experience/Practicum I, SWK 392 Work. Social Work Practice II, and SOC 340 SWK 400 Child Welfare Services Statistical Procedures. Required for majors. 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. Basic princi- This class is open to declared social work ples of child welfare, with emphasis upon majors only. the services needed and available for families and children needing various types of support. Focus is on developing a knowledge and understanding of child welfare and supporting services. Prerequisites: SOC 200 Social Issues and SWK 180 Introduction to Social Work.

99 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES THEATRE

SWK 490 Senior Seminar THE 125/325A,B,C THE 255/455 Technical Theatre 3 hours. A required course for majors to be Theatre Laboratory 3 hours. Offered 1999-2000. A study of taken during the spring semester of the 1-2 hours. The practical application major areas of technical theatre, with senior year. The course will focus on consoli- of theatre techniques in connection with emphasis on set design and construction, dating substantive knowledge regarding 1) dramatic productions. Open to any student lighting design, and sound as applicable to social welfare policies and services, 2) human taking part in a production. “A” denotes educational, professional and church behavior in the social environment, 3) the acting, “B” directing, and “C” technical drama. structure and function of communities and options. May be repeated for a maximum human service organizations, 4) methods of of eight hours total. THE 275/475 Field Experience inducing change across the micro-, mezzo-, 1-10 hours. Offered summers only. and macro-levels, and 5) methods of scientif- THE 160/360 Improvisational Theatre Supervised experience with off-campus pro- ic inquiry necessary to assess human prob- Workshop fessional, community, church, or camp the- lems and the effectiveness of professional 2 hours. Focus on development of improvi- atre productions or drama programs. The interventions. Focus also will be upon the sational skills through structured and experience may include acting, directing, integration of social theories with faith and directed psychological, physical and social technical production, publicity, manage- learning. Prerequisite: SWK 392 Social exercises. May be repeated once for credit. ment, therapy, or any combination thereof. Work Practice II. Required for majors. Enrollment by permission of the professor. THE 165/365 George Fox University SWK 495 Special Study Players: Drama Touring Troupe THE 285/485 Special Topics 1-3 hours. Independent study of subjects 1 hour each semester. Participation in the- 3 hours. Special courses offered occasionally outside regular offerings. Guiding bibli- atre’s traveling ensemble. Entrance to the to meet the needs and interests of students, ographies are provided, and regular reading course by audition and invitation. Students professors, and visiting professors, specifi- reports and conferences are scheduled. For must remain with the troupe the entire cally including technical theatre. upper-division majors only, by permission. year. May be repeated to a maximum of Characteristically offered as part of May four hours credit. Term.

THE 220 Oral Interpretation THE 320 Advanced Approaches THEATRE of Literature to Acting 3 hours. Introduction to the aesthetic bases 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. Problems of speech communication through the of characterization, styles and characteristics THE 120 Introduction to Acting analysis and performance of various genres of acting in various dramatic media; 3 hours. Study of basic principles of literature. Attention given to perfor- emphasis on improvisations, instruction in of acting, including survey of acting mance of movement and timing, and presentation of theories, performance of scenes, and critical biblical literature, literature of diverse cul- scenes of various types. The course requires observation and analysis of productions. tures, and the art of storytelling. additional outside-of-class time for rehearsal and performance of selected plays. THE 240 Understanding Drama Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 3 hours. A study of significant plays from the classical period to the present, both as THE 340 Theatre as Ministry literary works and staged productions, the 3 hours. Offered 1998-99. A consideration goal being a deeper understanding and of theatre skills as tools for meeting human appreciation of drama as a symbolic form. needs in essentially non-theatrical environ- Primary focus is on literary values, with ments. Focus on drama as a service medium attention also given to the constraints and rather than as strictly an entertainment vehi- interpretations embodied in the staging, cle. acting and directing of a play. (Identical to LIT 240.) THE 495 Individual Research in the Theatre 1-3 hours. Open to exceptional students who want to explore a specific area in greater depth. Entrance at the discretion of a faculty member.

100 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES WRITING

WRITING WRI 210 Practical Grammar and Editing WRI 310 Professional Writing 3 hours. This course will help those who and Desktop Publishing want to understand and to be able to 3 hours. Course centers on the study and WRI 095 English Skills explain to others what can practice of writing utilized by communica- 1-3 hours. Offered fall semester as a regular be done to make writing correct, tion-writing professionals and others in class and other times as individualized clear, and precise. Focuses on constructing, organizational contexts. Particular emphasis study. Focuses on spelling, reading, compo- editing, and correcting sentences and para- is on desktop publishing and promotional sition and research skills necessary for effec- graphs. This is not a remedial course. types of writing, including design and pro- tive college learning. Recommended for humanities secondary duction of brochures, newsletters, news education majors. Students may need WRI releases, memos, position papers, and other WRI 110 Freshman Composition 095 English Skills as a prerequisite. promotional pieces. Prerequisite: 3 hours. A course concentrating on exposi- WRI 110 Freshman Composition, tory writing, with an intro- WRI 230 Introduction to Journalism or instructor’s permission. duction to basic research methods. 3 hours. A course designed to give funda- Technical and argumentative writing also mental knowledge and experience in report- WRI 330 Writing for Publication are introduced. ing, writing and editing news for the print 3 hours. A workshop approach to the writ- media. Prerequisite: WRI 110 Freshman ing of nonfiction articles and other shorter WRI 200 Interpreting Literature Composition, or equivalent, or SAT score nonfiction forms for periodical magazines. 3 hours. An approach to writing as of 600. Student-produced material will be submitted a tool for discovering aspects of meaning in to various magazines as part of course expec- fictional, nonfictional, dramatic and poetic WRI 250 Biography tations. Special attention will be given to texts. Emphasis will be on careful interpre- and Autobiography Christian periodical markets. Prerequisite: tation and develop-ment of an effective 3 hours. An approach to writing and litera- WRI 110 Freshman Composition, or writing style. Prerequisite: WRI 110 ture using personal experience instructor’s permission. Freshman Composition, or equivalent, or to explore events, places and people SAT score of 600. through recollections, interviews, diaries, WRI 360 Writing Fiction journals and the personal essay. Selected 3 hours. A workshop approach to the writ- writers, ancient to contemporary, will be ing of fiction. Students will write and pre- studied as representative models of the form pare for publication original works. within the genre. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: WRI 110 Fresh-man WRI 110 Freshman Composition, Composition, or instructor’s or equivalent, or SAT score of 600. permission.

WRI 285/485 Special Topics WRI 370 Writing Poetry 3 hours. Occasional special courses chosen to 3 hours. A workshop approach to the writ- fit the needs and interests ing of poetry. Students will write and pre- of faculty, visiting professors and pare for publication original works. students. Prerequisite: WRI 110 Fresh-man Composition, or instructor’s permission.

WRI 495 Individual Research 1-3 hours. Individualized study related to the student’s needs and interests. Open to exceptional students at the discretion of the faculty.

101 GRADUATE PROGRAMS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (M.B.A.) – DOCTOR OF PSYCHOLOGY (Psy.D.)

George Fox University offers nine graduate MASTER OF ARTS IN DOCTOR OF degrees, including five through Western Evangelical Seminary, a graduate school of TEACHING (M.A.T.) PSYCHOLOGY (Psy.D.) George Fox. Following The Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.) The Doctor of Psychology degree is a brief description of each. For degree offered by George in clinical psychology offered by George more information, contact either the Fox University is a fifth-year pro- Fox University caps a five- Graduate Admissions Office of George Fox gram designed in a cohort model year professional program consisting of four University, 414 N. Meridian St., Newberg, for individuals with a baccalaureate degree years of academic work and OR 97132, (503) 538-8383 who seek teacher licensure. The 11-month a one-year, full-time, clinical internship. or 1-800-631-0921 or the Admissions Office M.A.T. program, which begins in the sum- The program is designed to develop practi- of Western Evangelical Seminary, 12753 mer semester, prepares students to be tioners who have a strong Christian world- S.W. 68th Ave., Portland, OR 97223, 1- licensed in elementary education with an view and commitment. Through profes- 800-493-4937. endorsement in either early childhood or sional training in psychology, instruction in middle level. Those students receiving a sec- Bible and theology, and careful exploration ondary license may also obtain an endorse- of the interrelationships of these disciplines, ment in middle level. George Fox students are prepared to provide hurting MASTER OF BUSINESS University is committed to training profes- people with assessment, counseling, and sional educators by inte- psychotherapy in ADMINISTRATION grating liberal and professional edu-cation the context of Christian ministry (M.B.A.) through course work and and professional practice. classroom experience. George Fox University offers a management M.B.A. centered on human development and empowerment. The curriculum provides an integrated program that encourages students to pursue intellectual, moral, and creative growth. MASTER OF EDUCATION The university faculty designed the pro- (M.ED.) gram based on needs for management development and education expressed by The Master of Education program national and local leaders. An emphasis on at George Fox University empowers educa- communication and decision-making skills tors with the personal development and accompanies curriculum that provides basic professional teaching skills needed to guide knowledge in the functional areas of busi- students into the ness. next century. This 36-semester-hour gradu- The program is structured on a cohort ate program is designed to meet Oregon model in which a group of students follows requirements for the Standard Teaching an integrated sequence of courses from License and to provide program partici- beginning to end. Cohorts begin each fall. pants with the opportunity to earn a mas- Students attend classes one night each week ter’s degree. The creative, in-depth curricu- and occasionally on Saturday for two years. lum emphasizes leadership skills, human relations and new classroom technologies, and combines personal research with practical, on-site application.

104 GRADUATE PROGRAMS MASTER OF DIVINITY (M.Div.) – MASTER OF ARTS IN COUNSELING (M.A.)

MASTER OF DIVINITY MASTER OF ARTS IN MASTER OF ARTS, (M.Div.) CHRISTIAN EDUCATION THEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The Master of Divinity (M.Div.) (M.A.) (M.A.) degree offered by Western Evangelical The Master of Arts in Christian Education The Master of Arts, Theological Seminary is designed for men and women is a first professional degree offered by Studies program at Western Evangelical preparing to be Christian Western Evangelical Seminary that prepares Seminary is designed for men and women ministers, missionaries, chaplains, evange- the student for a vocation of nurture, for- who desire graduate study in the field of the- lists, or to enter some other form of mation and life-span discipleship in parish ological studies with an emphasis in either Christian service. The three-year M.Div. or other institutional settings. The program biblical studies or Christian history and program is a first professional degree is designed to foster in the student the abil- thought. The program is designed to help enabling the student to prepare for ordina- ity to give professional leadership to educa- students gain knowledge appropriate to the tion or recording. tional tasks in the local church and other field of specialization; grow in the ability The program is ministry-oriented, church- targeted areas so those ministries may effec- to analyze pertinent texts and materials; centered, and denominationally supported. tively seek to “present every person com- develop the capacity to think critically; learn Its curriculum combines theory and prac- plete in Jesus Christ.” Graduates normally research and communication skills; and pre- tice, allowing students to concentrate on a qualify for ecclesiastical certification and pare for future degree work. specific area of ministry and to tailor pro- endorsement. Students are equipped to grams to meet their goals and needs. administer and evaluate existing programs Through mentoring relationships, students and to initiate new programs; to recruit, are equipped for leadership. disciple and train laity for the work of the ministry; and to understand the gifts of MASTER OF ARTS personality and learning styles in order to IN COUNSELING (M.A.) provide educational support appropriate for each individual. Western Evangelical Seminary’s Master of Arts in Counseling program is designed for men and women who desire graduate study and preparation for a counseling ministry. The goal of the M.A. in Counseling degree is to prepare students to become Licensed Professional Counselors. Students are given the ability to understand persons as spiritual-physical-relational beings; to think biblically and theologically in a psychologically informed way, as well as to think psychologically in a biblical and theologically informed way; to acquire, refine and demonstrate appropriate master’s-level skills as a clinical generalist; and to develop a professional identity and to become equipped for their calling, ready to serve in a variety of settings—both church and community—with Christian integrity.

105 GRADUATE PROGRAMS MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THERAPY (M.A.) – SEMINARY CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

MASTER OF ARTS SEMINARY CERTIFICATE Certificate in Spiritual IN MARRIAGE AND PROGRAMS Formation and Discipleship FAMILY THERAPY (M.A.) The purpose of the Spiritual Formation and Discipleship program is to provide for the The Master of Arts in Marriage and Family Certificate in Marriage and intentional spiritual formation of students Therapy program of Western Evangelical Family Therapy in an academic setting and to train discern- Seminary provides the special training and Because the vast array of persons in the ing and gifted persons as spiritual guides in expertise required for working effectively helping professions are faced with the need the Christian with couples and families. Graduates are for expertise in their service to couples and tradition. The program will foster in the prepared to become Licensed Marriage and families, the WES Graduate Department of student: the maturation of God’s fullness Family Therapists, clinical members Counseling offers training in services to within the individual; the habits of authen- of the American Association for Marriage enhance marital and family life, as well as tic disciplines for and Family Therapy and of the American therapy to intervene with couples and fami- living in Christ’s presence; the life Counseling Association’s Specialization in lies in crisis. Helping professionals (licensed of power in the Spirit and in communion Marriage and Family Counseling, as well as professional counselors, clinical psycholo- with all God’s people; the biblical, theologi- Licensed Professional Counselors. gists, social workers, parole officers, pastors, cal, psychological and youth workers, nurses, physicians, school historical foundations of spirituality; and The program is designed to help counselors, attorneys, plus marriage and the development of skills for students understand persons as spiritual- family therapists) who want and need to be individual spiritual direction and group psychological-physical-relational beings; to more effective in their service to parents, spiritual formation. understand and articulate the core dynam- couples and families can take advantage of a ics of marital and family systems in concert variety of educational and training opportu- with sound nities at WES. Certificate for biblical and theological principles; Spouses/Partners to acquire, refine and demonstrate appro- They may either take an occasional contin- in Ministry priate master’s-level clinical skills used in uing education offering, or they may wish The purpose of the Certificate for working with couples, families, and other to enroll in the Certificate Spouses/Partners in Ministry program is to relationship systems; to become aware of in Marriage and Family Therapy program equip the spouse of a Western Evangelical and able that includes not only essential seminars Seminary student to be to use the various approaches to and course work, but also a supervised clin- an effective partner in ministry; to assist the marital and family systems therapy ical experience in marriage and family ther- spouse in his or her own self development; in a manner that is commensurate with apy in one or more community settings. and to acquaint master’s-level training, while at the same Licensed Professional Counselors and oth- the spouse with the expectations and stress- time to begin developing their own clinical ers who hold at least a master’s degree es of ministry. The spouse of home base and style; to begin the develop- in counseling or a closely related field may any degree-seeking student at Western ment of a professional identity as marriage qualify to pursue becoming a Evangelical Seminary may participate. A and family therapists; and to work knowl- full clinical member of the American bachelor’s degree is not required. Courses edgeably and with facility in a variety of Association for Marriage and Family are subject to a space-available basis, and clinical settings, such as private, institution- Therapy and an Oregon Licensed Marriage scholarships are available to participants, al, community, ecclesiastical, and cross-cul- and Family Therapist. In addition, courses but limited to the courses which make up tural. are available that lead to certification with the program. the Association for Couples in Marriage Enrichment and Interpersonal Communication Programs, Inc.

106 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ACADEMIC SESSIONS AND CREDITS – CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS

ACADEMIC SESSIONS The University reserves the right to with- CLASSIFICATION draw courses with insufficient enrollment, AND CREDITS add courses for which there is demand, OF STUDENTS The academic year at George Fox upgrade programs, revise teaching and time Classification is based upon the student’s University is divided into two semesters of assignments, regulate class size, adjust academic standing in terms of hours and 15 weeks, including a four-day examination adminis- grade points at the beginning of the semes- period, plus orientation and registration. In trative procedures, and determine ter. New students will be classified as regu- addition, George Fox sponsors a May Term, levels of competence of students lar or provisional students when entrance a limited summer program for undergradu- and prerequisites for admission to classes requirements have been met and official ates. Graduate courses in teacher education, and programs. transcripts have been received business administration, psychology and and evaluated. through the seminary are offered during summer semester. Occasional short courses and overseas study experiences also are CLASS ATTENDANCE offered. The responsibility rests with the The unit of credit is the semester hour, student to maintain good standards involv- which normally is granted for the satisfacto- ing satisfactory scholarship. Regular class ry completion of a course meeting one peri- attendance is expected of each student in all od (50 minutes) per week for one semester. courses. Class work missed because of Credit for all courses is indicated in semes- absence may be made up only in the case of ter hours. All student requirements, prolonged or confining illness, death of rel- advancements, and classifications are based atives, or similar emergencies. on these units. Such excuses are obtained from the Registrar’s Office or the Counseling and Health Service. Permission for absences from class for participation in cocurricular GUARANTEES AND University activities must be granted by the Academic Affairs Office. Other absence RESERVATIONS arrangements are between the student and George Fox University guarantees that the the instructor. student may graduate under the general The University calendar provides education requirements stated in the the contractual instructional dates Catalog at the time of matriculation, pro- for teachers and students. Students are vided attendance is continuous and full expected to attend classes through the last time. Likewise, a student may graduate day of each semester, unless illness or an under the major requirements in force at emergency situation exists. Advance permis- the time of admission to a major field, pro- sion for early departure must be requested vided attendance is continuous and full by the end of the 10th week of classes. time. Forms may be obtained from the Registrar, Two exceptions may be noted: (1) In the and the final decision will be made by event of a change in requirements in gener- the Academic Affairs Office. al education or in a major field, the student may elect to fulfill all requirements of a revised program, provided attendance has been continuous and full time; (2) The University may face a situation beyond control and foresight that may necessitate a revision in available courses. In such situations, the interests of the student will be protected.

108 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AUDITORS – ACADEMIC LOAD

Full-Time Students Undergraduate students admitted provision- course. Freshmen will select or be assigned ally may not enroll for more than 14 or 15 a faculty advisor in their area of interest Full-time students are enrolled for a mini- hours in the first semester and must include prior to preregistration for the following mum of 12 hours in a standard semester for at least one semester of WRI 095 English year. the undergraduate program. Only full-time Skills. At the completion of a term, the students may Academic Standing Review Committee con- Each returning, transfer and readmit full- represent the University in an official capac- siders each provisional student’s achievement time student is assigned a faculty advisor to ity, may hold a major office to determine that sufficient progress has provide guidance in planning an academic in an organization, or may live been made for continuance. program. This advisor may be changed by in University housing. request as a student develops an interest area and forms natural lines of helpfulness and acquaintance. Other teachers and Regular Students administrators may serve as resource per- Students who have satisfied entrance AUDITORS sons in guidance and counseling. requirements and are following a program leading to a degree are called regular stu- Subject to instructor approval, any regular It is the responsibility of the student to dents. They are classified or special student may audit courses from become familiar with policies and proce- as follows: which he or she wishes to derive benefit dures outlined in the Catalog. For example, without fulfilling credit requirements. many upper-level courses are offered in • Freshmen: Students who have completed Auditors may enroll on a space-available alternate years, but fewer than 31 semester hours basis. Enrollment for audit must be estab- this should be no problem if there is lished with the Registrar at time of registra- advance planning and if courses • Sophomores: Students who have com- tion. Class attendance standards are to be are taken in the proper sequences. Advisors pleted 31 semester hours met. Auditors pay a reduced tuition rate, will aid as requested, but students must be • Juniors: Students who have com-pleted generally one- responsible for 62 semester hours half regular tuition. Students’ cost may their own programs. exceed the block-rate tuition • Seniors: Students who have completed if the audit causes them to exceed 93 semester hours the 18-hour maximum. ACADEMIC LOAD Special Students The student’s load will be determined in This classification includes degree and non- conference with the student’s advisor. Sixteen degree students generally enrolled for less REGISTRATION hours per semester is a normal University than 12 semester hours. Any special student All students are expected to register on the load. Students who carry fewer hours are wishing to enter a degree program must ful- days designated on the University calendar adding considerably to the cost of education fill regular admissions requirements. and to begin by extending the time involved to earn their classes on the first day. The Registrar annu- degree. Ordinarily, the first-semester fresh- Probation and Provisional ally publishes a class schedule booklet with man will register for no more than 16 hours. Students specifics for registration. Provisional students will be limited to 14 or In addition, each student should be aware 15 hours. No student may enroll for more A student whose cumulative grade point of the regulations that appear under the than 20 hours, except by special permission average falls below the level established for title “Course Numbering System” on page of the academic progress 30. faculty advisor and the Registrar. (See “Academic Progress and Eligibili-ty,” page 107) will be classified as a probation The following is suggested as a satisfactory student. A student placed relationship between the student’s academic on probation status may continue to receive load and his or her on- or off-campus work: financial aid. An applicant who does not ACADEMIC ADVISING Academic Load Work meet expectations for admission may be New freshmen may have received admitted as a provisional student. All provi- 15-17 semester Not more than initial academic advisement by an admis- sional undergraduate students are required to hours 18 hours participate in the George Fox University sions counselor. However, all new freshmen Academic Success Program (see page 24). are assigned a freshman advisor as part of 12-14 semester Not more than the Freshman Seminar Program. This advi- hours 24 hours sor will serve as the academic advisor for the freshman year and will also teach a sec- 10-12 semester Not more than tion of the Freshman Seminar hours 30 hours

109 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS COURSE ADDITIONS – THE GRADING SYSTEM

FRESHMEN: All freshmen are expected to THE GRADING SYSTEM An “L” grade (long-term grade) designates register for WRI 110 Freshman satisfactory progress in a course whose Composition, in the first year. In addition, Semester grades are determined by objectives continue for more than one all freshmen are expected to register for the instructor’s evaluation of the student’s semester. The “L” will be replaced by either GED 101, 102 Literature of the Old and daily participation in class, performance on a “P” grade or a point-receiving grade. This New Testaments, physical education, and a periodic tests, work on research papers and is not general education sequence in the first year. class projects, and achievement on final an incomplete or “I” grade. examinations. Grade points are assigned for A common “rule of thumb” is to anticipate each hour of credit earned according to the An “X” grade indicates the instructor did two hours of study for each hour of class. following system: not report a grade to the Registrar’s Office. Classes that meet more frequently per week than the credit given will demand less out- Points Per A student may repeat a course in which the side study. Letter Semester grade of “D,” “F,” “W” or “I” is received, Grade Meaning Hour but the first grade also remains on the record. The cumulative grade point average A Superior 4 is computed on the last grade achieved. A- 3.7 COURSE ADDITIONS B+ 3.3 B Good 3 The Dean’s List B- 2.7 • After classes begin, a late admission to Those who achieve and maintain a 3.5 C+ 2.3 class must have the approval of the grade point average or above on 12 or more C Average 2 Registrar and consent of the instructor hours of graded work completed by the end C- 1.7 involved on a form available in the of the semester are eligible for the Dean’s D+ 1.3 Registrar’s Office. List. D Passing but inferior 1 • The last day to add courses or to exercise F Failing 0 a pass/no pass option is established in the I Incomplete 0 Pass/No Pass Policy calendar in this Catalog. See inside back W Official withdrawal 0 cover. X No grade reported 0 A student who has a cumulative by instructor GPA of 2.00 or better and who has com- P Pass (average or above) 0 pleted 62 semester hours may choose to NP Not passing 0 take one course per semester on a pass/no L Long-term 0 pass basis from elective courses outside his COURSE WITHDRAWALS or her major and the University’s general Plus ( + ) and minus ( – ) grades may be education requirements. An application • A student wanting to drop or designated by a professor form must be filed with the Registrar no withdraw from a class or from the and will be entered on the transcript. Points later than the published deadline for exer- University must secure the proper form will be calculated for the student’s grade cising the pass/no pass option. from the Registrar’s Office. Without the point average accordingly. form, an “F” is recorded for all courses The teacher submits a regular grade to the involved. There is a The grade “I” is allowed if a student incurs Registrar, who converts the regular grade of fee of $10 for a course withdrawal, though illness or unpreventable and unforeseeable “C” or above into “pass.” A grade below not for complete withdrawal from the circumstances that “C” becomes a “no pass,” and the course University. make it impossible to meet course require- must be repeated on a satisfactory level to ments on time. Request for receive credit. • Withdrawal from a course (with an “I” grade is initiated with—and approved a “W”) must be completed within by—the Registrar. A contract showing the the first nine weeks of the semester. Beyond work to be completed and the completion this date, a petition to the Vice President date is prepared in consultation with the for Academic Affairs instructor and filed with the Registrar. An is required, and cause (emergency condi- “I” not completed by the date indicated or tions) must be established. within one semester will be changed to the See calendar in this Catalog. grade assigned on the incomplete form.

110 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ACADEMIC PROGRESS AND ELIGIBILITY – GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

Courses offered only on a pass/no pass basis In addition to satisfactory grades, for finan- Academic Appeals are field experience (e.g., 275/475); WRI cial aid purposes the student also must show Academic actions can be appealed 095 English Skills; that a degree program will be completed in to appropriate University authorities and an THE 165/365 George Fox University six years or less given full-time attendance. Academic Appeals Board. Appeals are taken Players; EDU 375/475 Student Teach-ing I, This means that in addition to enrolling for to be good faith actions that request reex- II; and Juniors Abroad. (GED 130 at least 12 credits each semester, the student amination of academic decisions. All Freshman Seminar is pass/fail.) must also successfully complete a minimum appeals must be made within limited time of number of credits each semester. Honors Colloquium (GED 271, 272, 371, frames depending upon the action being 372) will be graded pass/no pass. All other A student not achieving reasonable appealed. Additional information courses in the University receive grades. progress, as determined by the Aca- is available in the Academic demic Standing Review Committee, may Affairs Office. be given academic suspension. After one or more semesters have elapsed, the student may apply for readmission, and if admitted, ACADEMIC PROGRESS reenter provisionally. The Academic GRADUATION AND ELIGIBILITY Standing Review Committee also may recommend academic dismissal. Students who REQUIREMENTS A student on regular, warning, or are dismissed may not apply for readmis- A student wishing to receive a Bachelor of provisional status is considered to be mak- sion to George Fox University. ing reasonable academic progress. A stu- Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree must dent’s semester grades, with a semester GPA The University may suspend or dismiss any meet the following requirements: and a new cumulative GPA, are posted on student who fails to earn a GPA of at least 1. Accumulate at least 126 semester hours the grade report given to the student within 1.00 during a semester, regardless of classifi- with a minimum grade point average of two weeks following the close of each cation or number of hours completed, or 2.00. The GPA is computed on work taken semester. The GPA is based on George Fox any students who become so indifferent at George Fox University only; University credits only. that they no longer benefit themselves or the University community. 2. Accumulate at least 42 upper- To be eligible for student government posi- division semester hours (courses tions, a student must maintain a GPA of numbered 300 or above); 2.25 or better. To be eligible to participate Academic Good Standing in intercollegiate athletics, a student must To remain in good academic standing, a 3. Complete the general education require- be in academic good standing and maintain student must not be on academic probation ments; satisfactory academic progress. and must have successfully completed at 4. Complete a major in a chosen least 24 semester credits during the two A student is on probation when his area with no grade below a “C” in upper- most recent semesters. Students must be in or her cumulative grade point average falls division courses; below the following standard: good standing to be eligible to participate 1-15 hours, 1.7; 16-31 hours, 1.8; 32-47 in intercol-legiate athletics sponsored by the 5. Complete at least 30 semester hours in hours, 1.9; and 2.0 thereafter. The student is University. See Academic Progress residency (20 hours must be in senior year; given one semester of proba-tion to achieve and Eligibility section for warning, suspen- 20 of the last 30 hours must be completed above the standard. Beginning freshmen not sion, and probation policies. at George Fox University); admitted 6. Complete at least 10 hours of one’s provisionally may be allowed two or three Satisfactory Academic major in residency; semesters of academic experience before suspension is administered. Progress 7. File a request for a Graduation Degree Satisfactory academic progress Audit two semesters or 30 hours before Whenever the GPA for a given semester is toward a degree as a full-time stu- anticipated graduation; below 2.00, but the cumulative GPA is at or dent is defined as completion at a above the required minimum, the student rate not to exceed 150 percent of 8. File an Application for Degree receives an academic warning. This warning the published length of the program while form not later than completion of is not a part of the student’s permanent maintaining a cumulative grade point aver- 100 semester hours toward graduation record, but it does alert the student of poten- age of 1.7 (1-15 hours), (normally the semester before expected tial difficulties. The student is encouraged 1.8 (16-31 hours), 1.9 (32-47 hours), and graduation); and to 2.0 thereafter. contact the academic advisor, who will assist 9. Pay in full all accounts at the Business in the development of improved study plans Office. and encourage better use of reading and library skills.

111 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FINAL EXAMINATIONS – ACADEMIC HONESTY

In order to participate in commencement Graduation Honors ACADEMIC HONESTY and baccalaureate ceremonies, Summa cum laude is awarded to students a student must have completed all degree It is assumed that students at George Fox with a cumulative grade point average of requirements. Exceptions include a student University will endeavor to be honest and 3.90, magna cum laude to those with a 3.70 registered for a post-commencement May of high integrity in all GPA, and cum laude to those with a 3.50 Term course that is part of the degree pro- matters pertaining to their college life. A GPA. Transfer students must have complet- gram, and a fourth-year engineering stu- lack of respect and integrity is evidenced by ed at least dent eligible for the B.S. degree in applied cheating, fabricating, plagiarizing, misuse of 60 hours at George Fox University to be science whose first year in a cooperating keys and facilities, removing books and eligible for honors at graduation. engineering school may not be completed other property not one’s own, defacing and at the time of the George Fox University Honors in the commencement program are altering, and the disruption of classes. commencement. computed on grades through the fall semes- Cheating is defined as “intentionally using ter for spring graduation, and through the or attempting to use unauthorized materi- previous spring semester for fall graduation. als, information or study aids in any acade- Second Degree Honors on the final record and transcript mic exercise.” It is assumed that whatever is A student wishing to receive a second or are based on all grades received at George submitted by a student is the work of that concurrent degree must meet the following Fox University. Rank in class is determined student and is new work for that course. requirements: on all grades earned at George Fox Fabrication is “intentional and unautho- University and on any accepted 1. Complete a minimum of 30 semester rized falsification or invention of any infor- in transfer. hours for the “second” degree above the mation or citation in an academic exercise minimum 126 hours required for the “first” or form.” Plagiarism is “intentionally or degree; knowingly representing the words or ideas of another as one’s own in any academic 2. Meet the major and general education FINAL EXAMINATIONS exercise.” One who facilitates any of the requirements for each degree; above is equally responsible with the Students are required to take final examina- primary violator. 3. Be in attendance the last two semesters tions as specified in course syllabi. The final or 30 hours preceding the awarding of the examination schedule covers the last four Penalties may include restitution, “second” degree; and days of each semester. The schedule is an “F” on an individual paper or exam, loss of campus position or employment, an “F” 4. Pay an additional $20 graduation fee if printed in the class schedule each year. on a course, participating in one ceremony; otherwise, Finals for evening classes take place during disciplinary probation, removal from pay an additional $50 graduation fee for the final class period of the semester. The extracurricular or athletic activities, and the “second” degree. entire last week of each semester will be kept free of institutionally sanctioned suspension. extracurricular activities, with the exception of prescheduled intercollegiate athletic events. Students wishing to apply for change of final exam time must apply by the end of the 10th week of classes.

112 ADMISSIONS BASIS OF UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION – ADMISSION PROCEDURES FOR FRESHMEN

BASIS OF ADMISSION PROCEDURES 6. By June 15, 1999, a tuition deposit of $150 should be submitted by each new UNDERGRADUATE FOR FRESHMEN full-time student. This deposit reserves ADMISSION In order to provide a solid foundation for housing and a place in the registration sequence, so the deposit should be submit- The University admits applicants college-level work, it is recommended that ted as soon as possible following notifica- who evidence academic interests and ability, the applicant present the equivalent of 16 tion of acceptance. Until May 1, $130 is moral character and social concern, and academic units from an approved high refundable who would most likely profit from the cur- school. The following units are suggested: by written request. The spring riculum and Christian philosophy of English, 4; social studies, 2; science, 2; semester tuition deposit deadline is George Fox University. These qualities are mathematics, 2; foreign language, 2; and December 15. Partial refund will be granted evaluated by consideration of each appli- health and physical education, 1. until December 1. cant’s academic record, test scores, recom- Approximately 90 percent of the mendations, interview reports, and partici- freshman class come with an “A” or “B” 7. A health history form is sent to each pation in extracurricular activities. high school grade average. The Admissions student who has paid a tuition deposit. This must be completed personally and Admission is possible for fall or Committee may offer provisional admission sent to the address on the form. spring semester. to students with low high school grades and low entrance examination scores. Registration will not be considered com- George Fox University reserves the right of plete without the questionnaire. admission or readmission Immunizations must be documented as of any student at its discretion. Procedures indicated on the Certificate of 1. Write to the Office of Undergradu-ate Immunization Status form. The University does not discriminate on Admissions, George Fox University, 414 N. the basis of age, sex, race, color, national 8. If applying for financial aid, it is recom- Meridian, Newberg, Oregon 97132, for origin, or handicap in its mended that a Free Application for Federal information and admis-sions forms. educational programs or activities. Student Aid (FAFSA) be submitted to the 2. Complete the Application for appropriate financial aid service as soon after Admission and return it to the Admissions January 1 as possible. Forms may be Office. Include a non-refundable applica- obtained from high school counseling offices tion fee of $30. or by writing to the Financial Aid Office at George Fox University. After students 3. Request a transcript of academic credit have been accepted for admission, they are from the secondary school considered for financial assistance. To permit last attended. maximum consideration for financial aid, it is recommended that the application process 4. Have the two recommendation forms in be completed by March 1. the application packet completed and sent to the Admissions Office.

5. Submit entrance examination scores. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American College Test (ACT) will be accepted. Tests should be taken in your junior year or early in your senior year. Contact your high school principal or counselor for information concerning these tests.

Soon after the admissions file is completed, the applicant is notified of the Admissions Committee’s decision.

114 ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS PROCEDURES AND POLICIES FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS – PHYSICALLY CHALLENGED STUDENTS

ADMISSION PROCEDURES 9. If applying for financial aid, it is recom- 4. A maximum of 40 semester hours of mended that a Free Application for Federal Bible and Christian ministries may be AND POLICIES FOR Student Aid (FAFSA) be submitted to the applied on a degree in a major other than TRANSFER STUDENTS appropriate financial aid service as soon Bible and Christian ministries. after January 1 as possible. Forms may be obtained from your college financial aid 5. A maximum of 15 semester hours of Procedures office or by writing to the Financial Aid approved correspondence work may be 1. Write to the Office of Undergraduate Office at George Fox University. After stu- applied toward a degree program. Admissions, George Fox University, 414 N. dents have been accepted for admission, Any evaluation of transfer credit is to be Meridian, Newberg, Oregon 97132, for they are considered for financial assistance. considered tentative until the student has information and admissions forms. To permit maximum consideration for completed one semester of no less than 12 financial aid, it is recommended that the hours. 2. Complete the Application for application process be completed by March Admission and return it to the Admissions 1. Each student must complete a minimum of Office. Include a non-refundable applica- 30 semester hours in residence for the bach- tion fee of $30. A student must be free from academic or elor’s degree. Twenty hours must be in the behavioral probation or suspension at all 3. Request an official transcript from each senior year. Additionally, transfer students colleges previously attended to be eligible must complete at least 60 hours at George college where previously registered. An for admission to George Fox University. applicant may also be asked to furnish a Fox University to be eligible for honors at high school transcript. graduation. Policies 4. Have the two recommendation forms in the application packet completed and sent to Students who have completed work the Admissions Office. at other educational institutions may be entitled to advanced standing by presenting SERVICES TO PHYSICALLY Soon after the admissions file is completed, the official transcripts. George Fox University CHALLENGED applicant is notified of the Admissions applies the accepted credits toward the gen- Committee’s decision. eral education requirements, electives, and STUDENTS the student’s chosen major. 5. Transfer students applying for admission A caring campus community— during the first year out of high school Certain criteria are involved in the evalua- students, staff and faculty—reaches out should submit entrance examination scores. tion: helpfully and appreciatively to the disad- The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or vantaged. Physically challenged students are American College Test (ACT) will be 1. Only course work with a “C” or better welcomed, respected, accepted. grade will be accepted. (The grade point and assisted to grow. average does not transfer. A student’s GPA 6. By June 15, 1999, a tuition deposit of is computed on work at George Fox Residence hall rooms on the first $150 must be submitted by each new full- University only.) floor of Pennington Residence Hall have time student. This deposit reserves housing been designated and equipped for physical- and a place in the registration sequence. 2. A maximum of 64 semester ly challenged student housing as needed. Until May 1, $130 is refundable by written hours may be transferred from community There is access request. The spring semester tuition deposit colleges. Each course from community col- for wheelchairs and accommodation for a deadline is December 15. Until December lege programs, except for courses completed guide dog. 1, $130 is refundable. for the Oregon Transfer Associate of Arts (OTAA) degree, is evaluated by the Instructional assistance for visually chal- 7. A health history form is sent to each Registrar for application to George Fox lenged students is available through the student who has paid a tuition deposit. University requirements. learning laboratory and assistance from This must be completed personally and readers. Where necessary, course require- sent to the address on the form. 3. The Oregon Transfer Associate of Arts ments are adjusted to extend but not exceed Registration will not be considered com- degree will satisfy all general education the capability of the student. plete without the questionnaire. requirements except Bible and religion pro- Physically challenged students Immunizations must be documented as vided students complete needing accommodations should indicated on the Certificate of 93 quarter hours (62 semester hours) of contact the Enrollment Services and Immunization Status form. transferable credit graded “C” or better. The OTAA degree may not necessarily Student Life offices well in advance 8. Have the financial aid office at each col- meet school, department or major require- of attendance so that specific attention can lege previously attended complete a Financial ments with regard to courses or GPA. be made to assist in providing Aid Transcript and return it to the Financial living arrangements and learning accommo- Aid Office at George Fox University. The dations. Financial Aid Transcript must be completed whether or not aid was received at these institutions.

115 ADMISSIONS INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS – OLDER ADULTS

INTERNATIONAL READMISSION OF HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS FORMER STUDENTS NONGRADUATES

George Fox University is authorized under To apply for readmission after an absence An adult whose high school preparation is federal law to enroll non-immigrant alien of one or more semesters, a student should incomplete may be admitted students. Prospective students who are not request an Application for Readmission on the basis of the General Education United States citizens are encouraged to from the Admissions Office. If two or more Development Test, provided the average apply early. years have elapsed, he or she must meet any standard score is at least 53 with no one To be considered for admission, an interna- new or revised graduation requirements and score below 48. A high school or two-year tional student must complete may be asked to go through college counseling center can supply details. all general admissions procedures required of regular admission procedures. American students and submit a Declaration of Finances form or demonstrate adequate By June 15, 1999, a $150 tuition deposit funds by a certified bank statement. must be submitted by each readmitted stu- Immunizations must be up-to-date and doc- dent. Until May 1, $130 is refundable. The AUDITORS umented. spring semester tuition deposit deadline is December 15. Until December 1, a partial Subject to the approval of instructor and the International students (F-1 visa students or refund will be granted. Registrar’s Office, it is possible to audit classes J-1 visa students) must show proficiency in on a space-available basis. Auditors pay a the English language by posting a score on Students who drop out to attend reduced tuition fee, generally one-half regular the Test of English as a Foreign Language another program risk acceptance of that tuition. Students do not complete course (TOEFL) of at least 500 and a score on the credit on return unless such has been requirements, and no college credit is earned. Test of Written English of at least 4. approved by the Registrar prior to leaving. Students with a score between 500 and 550 will be provided a one-hour tutorial during their first semester at George Fox University OLDER ADULTS to improve their ability PART-TIME STUDENTS to write in English and to develop more Any person 62 years of age or older may effective study strategies. Stu-dents not Individuals who would like to take less than enroll in traditional undergraduate courses showing proficiency at the above-described a full-time load (1-11 hours) may apply as a for credit or audit without a tuition charge. A levels may apply part-time student. Application forms and service fee of $20 per semester is required, for admission to the George Fox University counseling regarding courses are available in plus a fee for materials if such are essential to English Language Institute (see page 39). the Registrar’s Office. Applicants are the course. A small charge may be necessary required to pay the nonrefundable $30 for continuing education courses in which application fee, and tuition is based on the the primary enrollment is older adults. current per-credit-hour rate. Unless limited by space, equipment or essential background, all courses are open. Application is through the Registrar’s Office. Counseling in regard to courses is available in the Registrar’s Office. This privilege does not HOME SCHOOL apply to enrollment in the management and STUDENTS organizational leadership or management of human resources programs, nor in graduate Students who attended home school during courses. their high school years may be admitted to the University by following the admissions procedures for freshmen. A General Education Development (GED) Test will be required if a transcript is not available or is in question. Home school students are considered for performance grants and scholarships. Additionally, home school students must submit SAT or ACT scores.

116 ADMISSIONS EARLY ADMISSION OF HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS – SPOUSE ENROLLMENT PROGRAM

EARLY ADMISSION OF Cost and Credit ADVANCED PLACEMENT HIGH SCHOOL • Early-admission students may take a — HONORS PROGRAM STUDENTS maximum of 12 semester hours of work with a tuition charge of $35 Past learning and present ability may recom- An early admissions program is per credit hour. mend that course work begin at an advanced available to qualified high school students. level. This may involve granting of credit or • Credit during early admission This permits study at George Fox waiving certain prerequisites or University may be applied to degree programs University while a student completes a high requirements. See “Exemptions and at George Fox University without school program. Waivers,” page 30; “Course Challenge additional charge. Programs,” page 18; and “Intensified Studies Program,” page 24. • Credit earned during early admission Eligibility Requirements may be transferred to other colleges or uni- • An applicant must have completed the versities upon payment of regular tuition sophomore year of high school. and fees in effect at the time the course was taken. • An applicant who has completed the CAMPUS VISITATION senior year of high school is • After the completion of 60 semester Students interested in enrolling at George not eligible. hours (two years) at George Fox University, Fox University are encouraged to visit the a student may transfer the hours taken dur- • Early admission students must campus, preferably when classes are in ses- ing early admission without an additional receive grades of “C” or better to remain in sion. A visit provides an opportunity to payment. the program. observe classes, see the campus facilities, and talk with students and professors. It also will give University personnel an Admission Following Application Procedures for opportunity to get to know the student bet- Early Admission Participation in the ter. When possible, visits should be Early Admission Program arranged five days in advance through the 1. Contact the Admissions Office for the Admissions Office, which is open on week- admission form. A high school student taking courses in the Early Admission Program and wishing to be days, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. 2. Complete the Application for admitted to the University as a regular stu- Early Admission and return it to the dent must complete all application proce- Registrar’s Office with the $30 application dures for admission fee and indicate your choice to the University. See page 110. Since an SPOUSE ENROLLMENT of courses. Early Admission participant has already paid an application fee, an additional fee will not PROGRAM 3. Only one course of no more be required. than four hours may be taken Spouses of full-time undergraduate and during any regular semester. graduate George Fox University students may take courses, without credit, at a reduced rate. After completing a part-time application form and paying a $30 fee, the spouse may take up to two courses per semester for $15 a course.

If the spouse would like credit for the class at a later date, the prevailing tuition charge for the courses at the time they were taken would need to be paid.

117 FINANCES COSTS – TUITION, FEES AND EXPENSES

George Fox University maintains high educational standards at the TUITION, FEES AND EXPENSES (1998-99) lowest possible cost. The individual student pays about 74 percent of the actual cost of education. The remainder of the cost is underwritten by gifts from alumni, friends, churches, businesses and institutions. An Tuition — Undergraduate extensive financial aid 1 1 to 11 /2 credit hours per semester...... $495 per hour program assists students in meeting university costs. 12 to 18 credit hours per semester...... $7,975 The Board of Trustees reserves the right to adjust charges at any per semester time, after giving due notice. No changes will be made during a More than 18 credit hours per semester, nor, unless special circumstances make such action neces- semester, for each additional hour ...... $435 sary, will changes be made during a given academic year. May Term, per credit hour ...... $248 Early admission...... $35 per credit hour Older adults (62 and older)...... $20 service fee per semester ESL students (20-hr. maximum) ...... $5,675 per semester COSTS Audit...... $247.50 per credit hour

Estimated Cash Outlay for Typical Entering Undergraduate Student, 1998-99 (two semesters) Student Body Membership Fall Spring Students registered for 12 hours or more Semester Semester Total each semester ...... $90 per semester 1/ Tuition Students registered for 5-11 2 hours (12 to 18 hours) $7,975 $7,975 $15,950 each semester ...... $45 per semester Student Body Fee 90 90 180 The full membership covers student activities, class dues, social Activities Fee 10 10 20 events, the Student Union Building, and subscriptions to Associated Health Fee 40 40 80 Student Community publications. Continuing Deposit ______100 ______— ______100 Total $8,215 $8,115 $16,330 Activities Fee Board and Room All students registered for 5 hours (Complete food service and residence hall room, or more each semester (graduate double occupancy) ______$2,560 ______$2,560 ______$5,120 students – 4 hours or more)...... $10 per semester Total, resident students $10,775 $10,675 $21,450 Entitles students to attend basketball games and some drama/music These costs do not include travel, books, and personal expenses, theatre events free of charge. which will vary widely among students. Costs of books can be expected to average about $200 to $300 per semester, depending on courses taken. Deposits and Admission Fees for 1998-99 Application Fee (nonrefundable, submitted with application for admission)...... $30

Tuition Deposit (required of all new full-time students, this deposit insures housing priority and registration privileges based on date of receipt; used as credit on first-semester bill) ...... $150

Continuing Deposit (required of all full-time students; charged on first-semester bill and held on deposit until departure)...... $100

120 FINANCES TUITION, FEES AND EXPENSES

Registration, Records and Health/Counseling Fee Graduation Fees Per semester...... $40 Late Registration Fee (applicable if registration This fee provides access to the Health and Counseling Services. is not made prior to the first day of classes each semester) ...... $25 Evidence of acceptable medical insurance for accidents, sickness and prolonged illness is required of all full-time Change of Registration Fee, per change form students. Students are required to enroll in the University- after second week of semester...... $10 approved student medical insurance plan unless an insurance waiver Examination Fee, for credit by examination, form is submitted at the time of registration indicating comparable challenge, or exemption from specific coverage elsewhere. A new waiver form must be submitted each aca- requirement...... $40 per course demic year.

Graduation Fee...... $100 The premium is subject to change each year by the underwriter but is approximately $600 for 12 months coverage, payable on the first- Official Transcripts, per copy semester billing. (student account must be paid in full)...... $3 Unofficial Transcript...... $1 Rushed Official Transcript...... $10 Parking Fee Placement File Setup Fee...... $10 Student vehicles must be registered with the Security Office, and a Placement File, per set...... $7 non-refundable parking fee must be paid. Additional sets with same order...... $3 Per semester...... $30 Annual...... $50 Departmental Fees Chemistry Fee ...... $10-30 Communication/video production courses...... $10-50 Room and Board Off-campus physical education activity, Room and board is furnished to resident students as indicated in the per semester*...... $20-370 following. Residence hall rooms are double occupancy; two-room Private music lessons, per semester suites are occupied by four students; houses and apartments (for (includes one half-hour lesson per week upperclassmen) house from two to 12 persons. There are four single- and use of practice room)...... $215 occupancy residence hall rooms (two for men, two for women). An additional charge of $200 per semester will be charged for those Other: Several classes require an extra fee to cover special facilities, rooms. equipment, transportation, etc., ranging from $10 to $50 per class, although some specific courses may be higher. Class fees are printed All students living in residence halls, plus non-seniors in the course schedule book. living in other campus housing, are required to be on the meal plan (unlimited open dining in the Klages Dining Room from 7:15 a.m. *Students pay a fee of $20-$370 to cover costs of facilities, equipment, to 7:15 p.m. weekdays, 10 a.m. to and transportation for any physical education course conducted off cam- 2 p.m. and 4 to 6 p.m. weekends). pus, such as swimming, bowling, golf, skiing and canoeing. Personal rackets are required Breakdown of Costs: Room and Board for tennis. Semester Year Room: Business Office Fees Residence hall* $1,310 $2,620 Suites* 1,350 2,700 Account Service Charge: Open accounts (other than installment Apartments and houses plans) are subject to a one-percent-per-month service charge on the with phone 1,310 2,620 unpaid balance. without phone 1,285 2,570 Returned check fee, per check ...... $25 Board: Continuous dining 7:15 a.m. to 7:15 p.m. $1,250 $2,500 weekdays, 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. and 4 to 6 p.m. weekends

A limited amount of housing is available for married students. Information may be obtained from the Student Life Office.

*Telephone charge included

121 FINANCES SCHEDULE OF REQUIRED DEPOSITS – FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS

SCHEDULE OF FINANCIAL Refund Procedure REQUIRED DEPOSITS ARRANGEMENTS Students entitled to refunds for withdrawal from a class or withdrawal from the New full-time students are required to pay All charges made by the University University must complete the appropriate a $150 tuition deposit by June 15. This are due prior to the beginning of each form, available from the Registrar’s Office. deposit will be applied against the first- semester or may be made on an installment semester tuition. basis by either annual or semester plans. Upon completion of the form, it should be Students receiving scholarships, grants or taken to the Student Accounts Office, where All new full-time students are required to loans must complete all necessary arrange- the refund, if any, will be determined pay a continuing deposit of $100 at regis- ments well in advance of registration. according to the following refund policy. tration. This deposit is designed to cover Students who are securing a loan from finan- student-caused damage, fines, etc., and will cial institutions or agencies (e.g., a federally ♦ be held as long as the student is enrolled. REFUND POLICY insured bank loan) that may still Upon withdrawal, any remaining balance Withdraws prior to or on the first day of be pending at the time of registration must will be refunded to the student as explained the semester will be granted a 100 percent have a letter of commitment from the lender under “Refund Policy” on this page. refund, minus the lessor of 5 percent or acceptable to the University. Service charges $100 for processing. In the case of cancella- will be made on unpaid accounts even tion of preregistration, this fee will be though a loan is pending, so the loan appli- Housing Deposit for waived, and the $100 continuing deposit cation process should be started early. Returning Students will be refunded to the student’s account, if notice is made 1. All students, except graduating seniors, Earnings from work-study jobs are given by July 15 for fall semester and prior to Jan. who will live in University-owned housing directly to the student. These jobs are not 1 for spring semester. during the upcoming year will be required guaranteed, therefore the earnings cannot to pay a $100 housing deposit to secure be credited to a student account in advance. During a semester, there are two types of their housing assignment. Interest will be charged on accounts being withdraws: partial withdraws and complete paid from work-study earnings. withdraws. A partial withdraw is when stu- 2. This deposit will be payable to dents drop part of their class load after the the Student Accounts Office during Payment for May Term and summer tuition first day of the semester. A complete with- the first week in March. (Students is due in full when billed. draw is when students withdraw from their will be notified of the date by the Student entire course load after attending one or Life Office.) Students may be asked to leave at any time more classes. All refunds will be applied 3. The deposit is refundable if notice is during a semester if appropriate arrange- first to financial aid, according to the feder- made by July 15 for fall semester and prior ments have not been made at the beginning al refund policy, and second to the student’s to January 1 for spring semester. In the case of the semester or if the student becomes outstanding balance. The continuing that a student returns to George Fox in the delinquent on installment payments. deposit is held for 30 days pending out- fall and occupies University-owned hous- standing charges, at which time any refund ing, the deposit will be credited toward his due to the student will be issued. Refunds or her account for the fall semester. Restrictions on applicable charges will be made accord- In the case that a student does not return to ing to the following: The University will withhold transcript of George Fox and/or does not occupy records and diploma until all university 1. Partial withdraw. The last date the stu- University-owned hous-ing, the deposit will bills have been paid. Students will not be dent attended classes will be used be forfeited. permitted to attend for a new semester, to compute the percentage of refund. At the time the housing deposit is paid, stu- including May Term, Juniors Abroad and Partial withdraw refund schedule: dents must be current on their existing summer field experience, until all bills are First week of classes...... 100% accounts to be eligible to participate in paid for the previous session. Second week ...... 90% housing sign-ups for the following year. Third week...... 80% Please see the Student Accounts Office if Fourth week...... 60% you have questions about your account. Fifth week ...... 40% Sixth week...... 20% Seventh and following weeks...... 0% 2. Complete withdraw. The last date the student attended classes will be used to compute the percentage of refund. Complete withdraws are

122 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID calculated according to the Federal Refund FINANCIAL AID The total financial aid package—including Policy. A student who partially withdraws all grants, scholarships and loans—may not and later completely withdraws will be com- exceed the amount of need when federal puted as a com- Basis of Student Aid program funds are included. plete withdrawal. Each family should expect to make every Virtually every student in the University who Federal Refund Policy: reasonable financial adjustment to provide can demonstrate need is awarded funds On or before day one...... 100% as much support as possible for college (grants, loans and/or employment) to assist Day two through the first expenses. Financial in meeting the cost of attendance. 10% of the semester...... 90% aid to supplement the family’s efforts will After 10% through 25% be offered under three basic conditions: (1) of the semester ...... 50% in consideration of the student’s/family’s Awards Based on Academic After 25% through 50% financial need as demonstrated by a uni- Potential, Personal Interests of the semester ...... 25% form method of analysis; (2) in considera- and Qualities, and Promise After 50% of the semester...... 0% tion of a student’s academic potential, personal interests and abilities, and promise for of Future Leadership For first-time George Fox University stu- future leadership; and (3) availability of Many awards for potential academic and dents who receive financial aid and withdraw University funds. other performance abilities, and for person- before 60 percent of the semester has passed, al qualities and affiliations, may be given refunds will be calculated according to feder- With few exceptions, students must without considering the financial need of al statutory pro rata requirements. The per- be enrolled full time (at least 12 credits per recipients. Many scholarships and grants are centage used for calculation is equal to the semester) to receive financial aid. They available to students who have proven abili- percentage of remaining weeks in the semes- must also meet eligibility requirements of ty in college. Others, such as the honors ter. To determine this percentage, divide the the programs from which they receive assis- scholarships, are awarded to both new and weeks remaining by the total weeks in the tance. Such requirements include maintain- returning students. enrollment period. ing satisfactory academic progress toward a degree, maintaining a minimum grade For medical or hardship withdraws, restric- point average, having financial need, and Scholarships, Grants, Loans tions apply and special application is other specific conditions of federal, state or and Student Employment required. Students will need University regulations. to submit documentation that can be veri- ♦ FEDERAL AND STATE GRANT fied. For those granted a medical or hardship withdraw, the percentage to be used in Awards Based Upon Financial PROGRAMS the refund calculation will be determined Need The Federal Pell Grant and the based on documentation provided. Financial need is determined by a uniform Oregon State Need Grant programs award Housing costs and meals are prorated method of analysis of information the fami- funds to students on the basis of eligibility according to the number of weeks the stu- ly provides on the Free Application for standards set by federal and state regula- dent was on campus. Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The need tions. The Federal Supplemental analysis helps the University determine the Educational Opportunity Grant is funded For all withdraws, please note: contribution the family is expected to by the federal government and awarded to • Refunds of departmental fees will be make. The difference between this family students according to eligibility standards determined by the department. expectation and the cost of attendance at set by both the government and the All refunds will be applied to the the University is the “need” that financial University. Funds from these programs are student’s account. aid attempts to fill. available only to students who can demonstrate relatively high need. • Refunds for school insurance fees will be Financial assistance awarded by George Fox made only if the withdrawal takes place University takes the form of grants, loans prior to payment of the insurance premi- and employment. “Need-based” financial um. Thereafter, no refund will be given. assistance comes from the state or federal government and from the University. • Financial aid awarded will be adjusted Students awarded federal and state according to federal guidelines for students aid are subject to the laws regulating those who withdraw or reduce their course load programs. For instance, all federal and state to less than full time. assistance requires signed statements from • No refund of tuition, room and board the recipient attesting that the funds will be will be made to students who have been used only for educational purposes, that dismissed, except as may be required by the student is not in default on any govern- federal regulations. ment loan nor owing a refund on any government grant, and that the student has registered with the Selective Service or that he or she is not required to do so.

123 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

♦ UNIVERSITY GRANTS The George Fox University Science ♦ DRAMA, MUSIC, AND The University awards funds to needy stu- Scholarship is a $3,500 maximum renew- FORENSICS SCHOLARSHIPS able scholarship for science majors who dents to supplement funds provided by the A limited number of awards are have a predicted GPA federal and state programs. If eligible on made each year to talented students who of 3.5 out of high school. Candidates are the basis of financial need, a student with show promise of achievement in drama, recommended by the Admissions Office insufficient state or federal funds may music, and forensics. To be eligible, appli- and approved by the science department. receive a George Fox University grant. cants must have satisfactory academic Students apply by March 1. The applica- records and unusual proficiency in one or tion process includes SAT scores, seven- more of the above fields. Auditions or per- ♦ HONORS PROGRAM semester transcript, and a letter of recom- sonal interviews usually are required of appli- mendation from a high school science Honors scholarships are granted each acad- cants. emic year to a limited number of qualified teacher. Continuation requires a 3.4 GPA. students. Financial need is not a criterion The Duke Scholarship is awarded for any of the honors scholarships. ♦ MINORITY GRANTS to academically talented students African-American Student Awards The Presidential Scholarship is who also have outstanding leadership capa- and Hispanic-American Student Awards of a $10,000 renewable scholarship awarded bilities. The stipend of $6,000 maximum is $2,500 are offered to students who meet to freshmen who are either National Merit given to students with a predicted GPA of academic qualifications. Applicants of other semifinalists or students with a predicted at least 3.50 based upon high school GPA selected minority groups (as well as African- grade point average (PGPA) of 4.0 or and SAT or ACT scores. Continuation Americans and Hispanic-Americans who do above. The PGPA is based on the high requires a 3.20 GPA. not receive the above awards) may receive school GPA and SAT or ACT scores. The Elizabeth Carey Minas Scholar-ship the $1,000 Minority Student Award. Continuation of the award is based on a is awarded to academically talented return- minimum GPA of 3.40 and an annual ing students who were in the Honors interview with the Scholarship Committee. ♦ Program in previous years. The annual SPECIAL GRANTS The Benson Scholarship is a $8,000 maxi- stipend is $4,000 maximum. Continuation A limited number of grants are mum renewable scholarship first provided requires a 3.20 GPA. offered to encourage and enable in 1973 through a trust special groups of students to attend George The Honors on Entrance Scholarship is from Mr. and Mrs. Thomas Benson. Fox University. Grants of $1,500 each are for incoming students who have a predicted Recipients are incoming freshmen awarded to dependents of active ministers GPA of 3.25 or above, or are transfer stu- who have a predicted GPA of 3.75 or and missionaries. Any entering freshman dents with a college GPA of at least 3.25. above, or transfers with a 3.75 GPA. student from California with a high school The annual stipend is $4,000. Continuation Continuation in the program requires a GPA of at least 3.0 may receive a grant of requires a 3.20 GPA. cumulative GPA of 3.40. $1,400. Any student from a Friends or The Jim and Lila Miller Award is for stu- Evangelical Church of North America dents with a minimum GPA of 3.0 who church with a high school GPA of 3.0 or a have demonstrated exceptional characteris- combined SAT score above 1000 may tics through co-curricular activities, student receive a grant of $1,400. These grants are government, or in the local church or com- not based upon financial need. Stipends munity. The stipend will be of varying may be reduced somewhat for students who amounts. are eligible for more than one of these grants. Continuation of the California Student Grant or the Friends/ECNA Student Grant requires a cumulative college GPA of at least 3.0.

♦ CHURCH/UNIVERSITY FELLOWSHIP AWARDS The University has established Church/University Fellowship Awards to assist churches in encouraging their young people to attend George Fox University. The church may make a gift of any amount to the University for credit to a specific student’s account. The University will then match up to $500 of the gift for any such students, and up to $600 for juniors and seniors who are preparing for Christian service. Gifts may be made for any number of students 124 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

from a church. In addition, there is ♦ OTHER SCHOLARSHIPS AND The Mildred Lancaster/Denair Friends a George Fox University/Northwest Yearly GRANTS Church Scholarship is Meeting partnership that may provide addi- given annually to assist a student A portion of the University’s endowment tional assistance for students from those who is a member or regular attender of fund is designated for the scholarship pro- churches in the Yearly Meeting that partici- Denair Friends Church, or any northern gram. The scholarships and grants listed pate in the Church/University Match California Friends church. The annual below are funded by endowments provided Program. The gifts must be an official act stipend is $1,250. by friends of of the church rather than from individual the University. Except as noted, these schol- church members. The deadline is October The Nard and Sis McGrath Scholarship arships are awarded to returning students 1. Applications will be of $3,000 is awarded annually to an incom- only. Amounts may vary from year to year. supplied upon request. ing Newberg High School graduate. Apply through the department the award is Financial listed under. need is not required. ♦ TRAVEL GRANTS AND The Mock Family Scholarship FAMILY DISCOUNTS Admissions Office of $750 is awarded annually to a student Any student who is not from the The Austin Scholarship is intended from Banks School District #13. Financial Northwest may be eligible for a travel for academically superior students from need may be considered. grant. The amount of the grant is $200 and Newberg. The $1,450 stipend is credited to a student’s spring semester is renewable if the student is active account. Admissions and Financial in college programs and leadership and Tuition discounts equal to approximately maintains a 3.0 GPA. Financial need is not Aid Office five percent of tuition will required. The J. Caroline Ankeny Memorial be granted to second and additional family Scholarships totaling $2,600 are awarded The Richard H. Beebe Memorial members when more than one member of annually to international Scholarship provides $700 for the same family is enrolled at the University students from India, Africa, Bolivia a graduate of Crow High School (Eugene, at the same time. or Peru. Need is considered. Oregon). Students from Eugene Friends Church may also The Esther M. Klages Scholarships pro- be considered. Recipients must vide funds to deserving students, with pref- have a 2.5 GPA. Financial need erence to international students who intend is considered. to return to their native countries to serve in Christian ministries. Renewable for one The W.B. Brandenburgh Memorial year. Scholarship, with a stipend of $450, is for a student who regularly attends a Newberg- The McPhee Memorial Grant of $850 is area Friends Church and has a minimum awarded annually to a dependent of mis- 3.0 GPA. sionaries actively serving the church in a country other than The Mona Hadley Teaching the United States. Financial need Scholarship of $200 is offered is required. to an education major with a GPA of at least 3.0. Need is considered. May be The Fred C. Neumann Memorial renewable. Scholarship of $800 is awarded annually to a Quaker student who lives in Colorado. First preference will be given to a student from Denver. Financial need is not required.

The Joanne Brougher Summers Memorial Scholarship of $750 is awarded annually to an international student or Alaskan Eskimo who has ability to succeed in college. Financial need is required.

125 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

Financial Aid Office The Laurence and Rose Mae Skene The John Dee Hodgdon, Sr., Memorial The David P. Earhart Memorial Science Scholarship is awarded to students Scholarship of $900 is awarded annually to Scholarships range from $100 to $500. majoring in biology or chemistry. The Friends students to help meet their educa- Students must be members recipients must be sophomore level or tional costs. above. Financial need is not a requirement. of, or regularly attend, a Friends church or The Howard E. Kershner Business and hold pacifist beliefs Award amounts are between $1,000 and $3,500. Economics Scholarship of similar to the Quakers. $1,200 is awarded annually to students The Mary C. Sutton Memorial majoring in business and economics. Scholarship of $150 is awarded annually to Financial need is not a consideration. Department of Biology a financially needy Quaker student major- and Chemistry ing in Christian education or biology. A The L. B. and Thelma Martin The John and Esther Brougher Memorial minimum GPA of 3.0 and financial need Business/Economics Scholarship Pre-medical Scholarship of $550 is provid- are required. of $800 is awarded annually to a junior or ed to a student majoring in a pre-medical senior majoring in business/economics. professional program. Financial need is not The Elver Voth Scholarship provides $500 Financial need is not required. A 3.0 mini- required. annually to a junior or senior majoring in mum GPA is required. biology or life sciences. Preference is given The M. Lowell and Margaret W. Edwards to a student with Health Science Scholar-ships ranging from a GPA of 3.5 or better, but 3.0 is mini- Department of $500 to $2,000 are awarded annually to stu- mum. Students planning to teach Communication Arts dents majoring in science. Preference will be biology or life sciences also may The Stephen Crisp Communica- given to students with a minimum GPA of be considered. tion Arts Scholarship of $500 is awarded 3.4 who are preparing for health-related pro- annually to a student of at least sophomore fessions. Financial need may be considered. standing majoring Department of Business in communication arts. Financial The Haisch Family Natural Science and Economics Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to need may be considered. seniors who are members of the Friends The Beatty Business/Economics Scholarship of $800 is named in honor of The Delbert E. Replogle Telecom-muni- Church and who are training for a profes- cations Scholarship of $600 sion in natural science. Minimum GPA of Mr. and Mrs. Joseph L. Beatty and contributed by Dr. is awarded annually to an upper-division 2.5 is required. Financial need is not con- student majoring in communications/video sidered. Howard Kershner. The recipient must be a senior student with a production. Financial need is considered. The Hal Hockett Memorial Pre- cumulative grade point average of The Mary Minthorn Strench Scholarship medical Scholarship of $150 is awarded 3.5 and a major in business/economics. of $800 is to assist a annually from funds contri-buted by the Financial need is not required. student furthering his or her education at Richard Johnson family. The recipient must George Fox University. be a senior student living in one of the The Florence A. Butler Memorial Northwest states, including Alaska. The Scholarship of $300 is awarded The Robert and Vivian Terrall recipient must be preparing for a health- annually to a junior or senior student Scholarship is to assist a needy related profession. Financial need is majoring in business/economics. Financial student with a Christian background. The required. need may be considered. stipend is $600.

The Alvin Roberts Memorial Scholarship The Ira and Frieda Compton Busi-ness The George and Dorothy Thomas of $900 is awarded to a Friends student Scholarship of $750 is awarded annually to Language Study Scholarship with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Preference is a sophomore, junior or senior majoring in provides $300 to a sophomore with given to pre-medical or science majors. business/economics. Financial need is not at least two years of high school foreign lan- Financial need is not required. required. guage study with a 3.0 grade point average. The Farmer Family Business/ Preference is given to students who intend The Science Scholar Award will to pursue language study at George Fox. provide an annual award of $850 Marketing Scholarship of $650 is offered to students majoring in the sciences, prefer- to a business/marketing major. Financial ably in pre-medicine. The recipient must be need is considered. Department of Fine Arts a junior or senior with The Roy and Fern Gage Scholarship of The Ethel D. Ankeny Memorial Drama at least a 3.0 GPA. $550 is awarded annually to assist Scholarship of $250 is awarded to a stu- a student with need. dent active in drama with a minimum grade point average of 3.25 at George Fox The Charles F. Head Memorial University. Financial need is not required. Scholarship is given to juniors or seniors who are international studies majors with at least a 3.0 GPA. The annual stipend is $750.

126 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

The Barbara Armstrong Memorial Music The Health and Human Performance Department of Psychology Scholarship provides $700 Scholarship is awarded annually to The Leona and J.D. Baker Student for an upper-division female vocal music an Oregon resident majoring in health and Scholarship provides $600 to a sophomore, major. human performance with a minimum 2.0 junior or senior who has a 3.0 GPA. Financial need is not or higher GPA and financial need. The J. Stewart Carrick Memorial a requirement. The award is $500. Scholarship is an award of $700 to The Ethel Cowgill Memorial Scholarship a student majoring in music. The Debbie Larson Memorial of $600 is awarded Grant of $150 is awarded annually The Alfred and Pauline Dixon Memorial annually to a financially needy to a student. Financial need may dependent of a pastor of one of Music Scholarships of $300 to $1,000 be considered. assist students majoring in music. Financial the Northwest Yearly Meeting of Friends need is churches. not required. Department of History The Bill and Jim DeLapp Scholar-ship of The Allen Hadley Memorial Scholarship The Laura Smith Haviland Social Studies $1,100 is awarded annually of $200 is awarded Teaching Scholarship of $1,300 is award- to a student who resides in one of annually to a junior or senior ed annually to a student majoring in social the 13 western states. Financial Quaker student from Northwest studies teaching. Financial need is required. need is required. Yearly Meeting of Friends who plans to The Herbert Hoover Scholarship in The George H. Moore Memorial major in music or social services. Financial History of $500 is awarded annually to a Scholarship of $500 is awarded need and a minimum GPA student majoring in history. Financial need annually to a student majoring in of 3.0 is required. Apply through the is required. psychology with at least a 3.0 GPA. Department of Fine Arts in odd-numbered Financial need is required. years (1997-98) and through the The Hazel Steinfeldt Peace Studies Department of Sociology/Social Work in Scholarship is awarded to students who Department of Religious Studies even-numbered years (1998-99). have demonstrated a commitment to a vocation of peacemaking The Robert Barclay Tuition Scholarship The Erma Martin Hockett Memorial or benefitted from the peacemaking educa- of $1,250 is funded Scholarship of $150 is awarded tion opportunities available at George Fox. by Arthur and Fern Roberts. Appli-cants annually from funds contributed by the Students must have a must be upper-division Quaker students Richard Johnson family. The 3.0 GPA. The total amount awarded majoring in religion or philosophy. The stu- recipient must be a junior or senior student is $9,100. dent’s home church must provide a sup- majoring in music education or preparing porting statement. Financial need and a for a career in church music ministry. minimum Financial need is Department of Mathematics, GPA of 2.5 are required. not required. Computer Science, and Engineering The Russel and Olivia Gainer Christian The Joe and Pearl Reece Memorial The Gerald Edwards Computer Science Ministry Scholarship Scholarship provides $150 to assist Scholarship of $700 is awarded to a of $850 is awarded to a Christian a freshman Friends student studying vocal deserving junior or senior student majoring ministries major, with financial music. in computer information science. need preferred.

The Richard Tippin Memorial Music The George Fox University Engi-neering The Haisch Family Christian Ministry Scholarship of $150 is Scholarship is offered to Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to awarded annually to a member of a junior or senior engineering major with at seniors who the Friends Church (preferably of the East least a 3.0 GPA. The stipend are members of the Friends Church. Whittier Friends Meeting) pursuing a is for $1,100. Financial need is preferred Student should be training for local church degree in music. Financial need is not a but not required. ministry, anticipating attending seminary consideration. preferred. Minimum GPA The Paul G. and Ruth R. Palmer of 2.5 is required. Financial need is not Scholarship of $700 is awarded to considered. Department of Health and Human a junior or senior majoring in the sciences Performance with a minimum GPA of 3.0. The Ed Kidd Memorial Scholarship of The Chris and Diane Walter Davis $850 is awarded to a student, sophomore or Memorial Scholarship of $1,350 is award- above, with an interest in ed annually to a female student who is at writing or ministry. Financial need is least a sophomore and has required. Apply through the Depart-ment of a minimum GPA of 3.0. Writing/Literature in odd-numbered years (1997-98) and through the Department of Religious Studies in even-numbered years (1998-99).

127 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

The Mills Family Christian Service Department of Sociology/ The Valerie Tursa Memorial Scholarship Scholarship honors the family of Social Work of $900 is awarded to Paul Mills, who was an instructor in the a junior or senior majoring in social work The Chehalem Center Community Department of Religious Studies at George and/or sociology who maintains a 3.0 GPA. Scholarship, with a stipend of $2,200, Fox for 25 years. The stipend of $2,400 is Financial need is required. annually assists a social work/sociology stu- given to students who dent from Newberg or the Chehalem Valley. are preparing for full-time Christian service. The John Woolman Social Issues and Financial need Research Scholarship of $500 The Osburn Grant provides funds for stu- is required. is awarded annually to a student majoring dents who would otherwise be eligible for in sociology/social service The Allen Hadley Memorial Schol-arship the Oregon State Need Grant but disqualify or psychology with a minimum GPA of of $200 is awarded annually because they are Christian ministries 3.0. The recipient must read The Journal of to a junior or senior Quaker student from majors. John Woolman and write Northwest Yearly Meeting of Friends who a reflective paper. Financial need The Glen Rinard Memorial Scholar-ship plans to major in music or social services. is not required. of $300 is awarded annually to a Friends Financial need and student majoring in Christian ministries or a minimum GPA of 3.0 is required. Apply religion. The recipient must be preparing through the Department of Department of for Friends pastoral ministry. Students with Fine Arts in odd-numbered years (1997-98) Teacher Education junior or senior status are given preference. and through the Depart- Financial need is not required. ment of Sociology/Social Work in even- The Viola D. Barkman Memorial numbered years (1998-99). Educational Scholarship is a two-year The Arthur and Fern Roberts Tuition $2,250 scholarship for elementary educa- Grant of $1,250 is awarded annually to a The David O. Moberg Scholarship tion majors. The recipients must be resi- freshman or sophomore Quaker student. of $1,300 is awarded annually to a student dents of Oregon, juniors, and have financial Financial need is required. majoring in psychology or sociology. need. Applications for the scholarship will Recommendation by the Admissions Office Financial need is required. be made in the spring semester of the may be considered. sophomore year to the Director of Teacher The Edward L. and Ella M. Morse Education, with the final approval granted The Robertson Family Missionary Memorial Scholarship of $150 is awarded by Scholarship of $300 is awarded annually to to a deserving student the Scholarship Committee. a son or daughter of an active missionary who has financial need. family. Financial need is not required. The Haisch Family Education Major The Levi T. Pennington Memorial Recommendation by the Admissions Office Scholarship is awarded annually to a stu- Scholarship of $250 is awarded may be considered. dent majoring in education. The award is annually to a financially needy student $200. The Alice and Milo Ross Scholar-ship in majoring in sociology/social work who Leadership is awarded annually to a maintains a 3.0 GPA. The Lynn Hampton Memorial Education Quaker student who has Scholarship of $250 The Isaac and Esther Smith Memor-ial been active in church leadership positions. is awarded annually to aid a senior student Scholarship of $2,000 is awarded to a stu- The recipient must be a junior or senior majoring in elementary education with a dent with financial need. with at least a 3.0 GPA. minimum GPA of 3.25. Financial need is The amount of the award is $600. considered but Financial need is not required. not required. The Mr. and Mrs. Fordice W. Stebbins Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to a son or daughter of missionaries who is planning to pursue a career in Christian service. Financial need may be considered.

The Jack L. Willcuts Memorial Scholarship offers $900 to a student preparing for ministry in the Friends Church or Christian journalism. Preference is given to students from Northwest Yearly Meeting of Friends Church. The student must have achieved at least sophomore standing with a 3.0 GPA or higher. Financial need may be considered.

128 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

The Clarence and Sue Johnson The Henry A. Nagl and Eddie Daniel The Pearl Crow Memorial Scholar-ship is Scholarship of $1,250 is awarded to Memorial Scholarship Fund of $1,000 is awarded annually to students majoring in a student who has financial need. awarded annually to help deserving stu- sociology/social work. Incoming freshmen dents meet college costs. Financial need must have a minimum 3.25 GPA. The Alida Macy Memorial Educa-tion must be considered. Returning students must have a minimum Scholarship of $1,300 is awarded annually 3.0 GPA. The maximum award is $1,000 to a student of sophomore standing or The William Penn Writing Scholar-ship of per academic class. Financial need may be above majoring in elementary education $500 is awarded annually to considered. Graduates of Christian high with a minimum GPA of 3.0. Financial an upper-division student majoring in writ- schools preferred. The award may be need is required. ing/literature or communication arts. renewed. Freshmen apply through the Financial need may be considered. Submit a The Virginia Millage Memorial Admissions Office, and returning students portfolio of published/unpublished writing apply through the Department of Scholarship provides $500 to financially to the department. assist a junior or senior elementary educa- Sociology/Social Work. tion major. Financial need The Minthorne Family Grant of is required. Miscellaneous $500 is awarded to a freshman son The Winifred Woodward Sandoz The J. Vernon Rice and Maude R. Rice or daughter of a Friends pastor or Memorial Scholarship of $350 Scholarships of $100 to $600 are awarded missionary. Financial need may be consid- assists education majors who have achieved to a limited number of students with finan- ered. cial need. Primary consideration is given to junior or senior standing The PGE Merit Award of $2,250, renew- Idaho students who attend Idaho Friends with a GPA of 2.5 or higher. Finan- able annually, is awarded to an Oregon churches participating in the cial need is considered. high school senior with high academic Church/University Fellowship Program. The Arthur and Gwen Winters achievements and community involvement. Scholarship of $650 is awarded Applications are available through high ♦ annually to a Quaker student from DESIGNATED schools. Application must be made by Northwest Yearly Meeting of Friends Friends of the University give generously to March 30. Church. Financial need is required. provide additional scholarships. The follow- The Frank D. Roberts Family ing scholarships Scholarship of $200 is awarded The Ezra and Amanda Woodward and grants are funded in this manner. Scholarship provides $650 for an elemen- annually to the valedictorian of the senior Except as noted, these scholarships are class of Greenleaf Academy, located in tary education major with special needs. awarded to returning students only. The Financial need is considered. Greenleaf, Idaho. Student must have a min- amounts of the awards may vary according imum high school GPA of 3.4. Financial The Glenn Zurcher Scholarship Fund to the annual gifts of the donors. need is provides tuition assistance to a financially Applications are accepted by the depart- not required. disadvantaged student with a high degree of ment the award is scholastic aptitude and achievement. The listed under. The West Linn High School Scholar-ship total amount awarded is $14,000. of $500, funded by Dea and Lois Cox, is awarded to a graduating senior from West Admissions Office Linn High School to aid in attending Department of Writing/Literature The Chevron Merit Award is an $8,000 George Fox University. The Ed Kidd Memorial Scholarship of scholarship distributed equally over four years. Academic achievement, leadership $850 is awarded to a student, sophomore or Financial Aid Office above, with an interest in potential, and school or community writing or ministry. Financial need is involvement are factors taken into consider- The Muscutt Married Student required. Apply through the Depart-ment of ation in awarding the scholarship. A stu- Scholarship of $600 is annually awarded to Writing/Literature in odd-numbered years dent must plan to major in business or the a sophomore or above married student with (1997-98) and through the Department of sciences a 3.0 or above GPA and financial need. to be eligible. A statement of educational Religious Studies in even-numbered years The Faith Award is a $1,000 scholarship (1998-99). purpose, three references, and a history of the student’s employment awarded annually to a student who would The Language Arts Teaching Scholarship become part of the application. Only high otherwise not be able to attend George Fox. of $1,300 is awarded annually to a student school seniors are eligible to apply. The recipient must maintain a GPA of majoring in Applications are available through high 2.75-3.00. language arts teaching. Financial schools. Financial need is not required. need is required. Available every other year (next new applicants: 1999-2000).

129 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

Department of Biology The Roberta Mitchell Jansen Department of Religious Studies and Chemistry Music Scholarship is awarded to The Crecelius Family Christian Ministry a student for four years. The $500 award is The Dr. Claude Lewis Scholarship Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to given to a student specializing in music is awarded to a student from southern a student majoring in Christian ministry conducting, with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Oregon who is interested in dentistry as a and planning to prepare for full-time Preference will be given first to students profession. The student must have a mini- Christian service. Financial need is from Polk County, then to Oregon high mum 3.5 GPA in sciences and should be required. school graduates. from Jackson County, with Central Point as The Hanson Quaker Leadership first priority. Scholarship was established to assist a The award will go to one student Department of Health and Human junior or senior Quaker student who sees for four years. Performance the Friends Church as an avenue The Scott Ball Scholarship of $200 for future ministry. The stipend of $1,000 is not limited to future pastors. Financial Department of Business is awarded annually to a freshman or need is required. May be renewed for a sec- and Economics sophomore with a minimum high school GPA of 3.25. ond year. The Farmers’ Insurance Group Scholarships are awarded annually The Physical Education Grant to upper-division students preparing of $600 is awarded annually to an upper- Department of Sociology/ for careers in insurance, mathematics, busi- division student planning to teach physical Social Work ness, personnel, or computer science. education or serve in the recreation field. A The Allen Scholarship and Social Science Recipients must prepare a brief biographical 3.0 minimum GPA is required. Financial Award for $500 is given to a sociology/social sketch for Farmers’ Insur-ance. Financial need may be considered. work major with a 3.0 minimum GPA who need may be considered. is a junior or senior and considering the fields Department of History and of aging, the homeless, or lower-income populations. Financial need is considered. Department of Political Science Communication Arts The Kerry E. and Vickie D. Irish The Pearl Crow Memorial Scholar-ship is Scholarship in History is awarded annual- awarded annually to students majoring in The Crisman Brothers Grant of ly to a history major with a minimum 3.5 sociology/social work. Incoming freshmen $300 is awarded annually to a GPA. Financial need must have a minimum 3.25 GPA. financially needy student. is not a requirement. The annual award is Returning students must have a minimum $750. 3.0 GPA. The maximum award is $1,000 per academic class. Financial need may be Department of Family The Springer Scholarship is a $1,000 considered. Graduates of Christian high and Consumer Sciences scholarship awarded annually to a student schools preferred. The award may be The Orpha Puckett Larrance Mem-orial interested in public policy issues. Applicants renewed. Freshmen apply through the Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to will prepare a 500- to 750-word essay. Admissions Office, and returning students a student of sophomore, junior or senior apply through the Department of standing majoring in family and consumer Department of Mathematics, Sociology/Social Work. sciences or elementary education. A GPA of Computer Science, and Engineering The Gordon-Ball Sociology Scholar-ship 3.0 or higher is required. Financial need of $200 is awarded to a sophomore sociolo- may be considered. The Farmers’ Insurance Group Scholarships are awarded annually gy/social work major who has a GPA of at to upper-division students preparing for least 3.0. Finan-cial need may be consid- Department of Fine Arts careers in insurance, mathematics, business, ered. The Culver High School Scholar-ship is personnel, or computer science. Recipients given annually by the Culver High School must prepare a brief biographical sketch for Department of Teacher Education Farmers’ Insurance. Financial need may scholarship committee to The Roberta Mitchell Jansen Scholarship be considered. assist a Culver High School graduat-ing is a $500 award for four years to assist a senior. The Math Faculty Scholarship is a $1,200 student majoring in math education. The scholarship awarded annually to a student The Kristine Dicus Memorial Scholarship student must have a minimum 3.0 GPA. majoring in math or math teaching. The of $500 is awarded to Preference will go to a high school graduate student must be sophomore level or above. an outstanding freshman student who plans from Polk County, with second preference The award may be renewed. Financial need to major in music. Financial need is going to a high school graduate from is not a requirement. required. Recommendation by the Oregon. Financial need is not a require- Admissions Office may be considered. ment.

130 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

Miscellaneous When other funds are not available, loans ♦ GOVERNMENTAL FUNDS place the responsibility for financing higher The Alumni Scholarship/Alumni Awards AND PROVISIONS education on the are given annually to 11 Prospective and enrolled students student or parent. Families are encouraged students who are direct descendants (par- may request and receive information from to be cautious when applying ents or grandparents) of George Fox alumni the financial aid staff concerning available for loans but to consider the value who attended George Fox University for at financial assistance and of receiving financial assistance when need- least one year, including the MHR/MOL student consumer information. ed and of paying some of the program. cost of education later when they are better Financial resources are supplied by The Madras High School Scholar-ship is able to do so. The University the federal government through Title IV of given annually by the Madras High School expects loans to be a significant part of the the Higher Education Act of 1965 scholarship committee to assist a Madras usual financial aid award, but the family as amended. This aid includes the Fed-eral High School graduating senior. must decide whether the loans are necessary Pell Grants, Federal Supplementary based upon their financial situation. Educational Opportunity Grants, the It is the hope of the University that recipi- Federal Perkins Loan/Direct Loan Pro-gram, ents of these funds will some ♦ the Federal Guaranteed Student Loan day desire to add to the scholarship endow- EMPLOYMENT Program, Federal Parents Loan ment fund and designate gifts for this pur- On-campus employment constitutes for Undergraduate Students, and the Federal pose. a significant resource for students College Work-Study Program. Other grants who have documented financial need. Work- are contributed by the state of Oregon for study is offered by the Financial Aid Office ♦ LOANS eligible residents and by the University based mostly on need and the availability of through its general fund and private donors. The Federal Perkins Loan (previously the funds. Most student employment is subsi- Students may inquire about eligibility for National Direct Student Loan) is awarded by dized through the Federal College Work- aid, criteria for selection, award amounts, the Financial Aid Office based on demon- Study Program. and rights and responsibilities. strated need and availability of funds. If eligible, a student must submit a work- Because of the limited funds, this is usually study application supplied by awarded to those students who have excep- the Human Resources Office. The tional need. University is required to spend some of its federal subsidy for off-campus commu- The University participates in the Federal nity service positions. This Direct Student Loan program for the Federal is coordinated through the Human Stafford Loan, the Federal Unsubsidized Resources Office and selected aca-demic Stafford and the Federal Parents Loan for departments. A limited number of employ- Undergraduate Students (PLUS). Eligibility ment positions are given for the Stafford and the Unsubsidized to students who do not qualify for Stafford is determined by filling out the Free federal funds. These positions usually go to Application for Federal Student Aid, as well returning students who have been specifical- as by student status. Parents wishing to bor- ly requested by row through the PLUS program may request their supervisor. an application through the Financial Aid Office.

131 COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW AND REGULATIONS

COMPLIANCE WITH Family Educational Rights Students may restrict the release of their and Privacy Act directory information to third parties by FEDERAL LAWS AND annually submitting a signed and dated REGULATIONS George Fox University accords all the rights statement to the Registrar’s Office. under the Family Educational Rights and Otherwise, all The University does not discriminate on Privacy Act (FERPA) to students who are photographs and information listed above the basis of age, sex, race, color, national enrolled. No one shall have access to, nor will be considered as “directory informa- origin, or handicap in its educational pro- will the institution disclose any information tion” according to federal law. Non-directo- grams or activities, including employment, from, students’ education records without ry information, notably grade records, are and is required by federal law not to dis- the written consent of students except to released to third parties only on written criminate in such areas. The University also personnel within the institution with direct request of is in compliance with the Family educational interest, to persons or organiza- the student. Educational Rights and Privacy Act of tions providing students’ financial aid, to 1974. accrediting agencies carrying out their The law provides students the right accreditation func- to inspect and review information con- The following offices may be contacted for tion, to persons in compliance with tained in their education records, to chal- information regarding compliance with leg- a judicial order, and to persons in lenge the contents of their education islation: an emergency in order to protect the health records, to have a hearing if the outcome of Director of Admissions: student consumer or safety of students or other persons. All the challenge is unsatisfactory, and to sub- information these exceptions are mit explanatory statements for inclusion in permitted under the Act. their files if they feel the hearing panel’s Vice President for Finance: wage and hour decisions are unacceptable. The Registrar’s regulations, The Civil Rights Act of 1964 Within the George Fox University commu- Office at George Fox University has been (race, color, or national origin), and age dis- nity, only those members, designated by the institution to coordinate crimination individually or collectively, acting in the the inspection and review of procedures for students’ direct educational interest are student education records, which include Vice President for Student Life: Title IX allowed access to student admissions, personal and academic files, (nondiscrimination on the basis educational records. These members and academic, cooperative education and of sex) include personnel in the student services placement records. Students wishing to offices and academic personnel within the Director of Financial Aid: Title IV (Higher review their education records must give a limitation of their “need to know” as deter- Education Act of 1965 as amended), stu- written request to the Registrar listing the mined by the Registrar. dent consumer information, the Pell item or items of interest. Only records cov- Program, Supplementary Educational At its discretion, George Fox University ered in the Act will be made available with- Opportunity Grants, the Perkins may provide “directory information” in in 45 days of the request. Education records Loan/Direct Loan Program, the Stafford accordance with the provisions of the Act. do Loan Program, the Parents Loan for The University construes the following not include student health records, employ- Undergraduate Students Program, and the information ment records, alumni records, or records of Supplemental to be “directory information”: parents’ instructional, administrative and education- Loans for Students Program names and addresses, the student’s name, al personnel that are the sole possession of campus and home address, telephone num- the maker and are not accessible or revealed Registrar: Rehabilitation Act of 1973, veter- ber, date and place to any individual except a temporary substi- ans’ benefits, Immigration and of birth, participation in officially recog- tute. Health records, however, may be Naturalization Act, and the Family nized activities and sports, dates reviewed by physicians of Educational Rights and Privacy Act of attendance, degrees and awards received, the student’s choosing. denominational or religious preference, the Students may not inspect and review the most recent previous school attended, and following as outlined by the Act: financial for members information submitted by their parents; of athletic teams, height, weight and posi- confidential letters and recommendations tion played. The University also considers associated with admissions, employment or photographs to be Directory Information. job placement, or honors to which they As such, release of have waived their rights of inspection and photographs also is provided. review; or education records containing information about more than one student, in which case the institution will permit access only to that part of the record which pertains to the inquir- ing student.

134 COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW AND REGULATIONS

(Adapted from: “A Guide to Postsecondary Disclosure of Uses for Social Prohibited Conduct for Institutions for Implementation of the Family Sexual Harassment Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974,” Security Numbers American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Providing one’s social security number is Unwelcome sexual advances, requests for Admissions Officers, 1990.) voluntary. If a student provides it, the sexual favors, and other verbal or physical University will use his or her social security conduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual number for keeping records, doing research, harassment when: Drug-Free Environment and reporting. The University will not use George Fox University is concerned about the number to make any decision directly (1) submission to such conduct is made the intellectual, physical, psychological and affecting the student or any other person. A either explicitly or implicitly a term or con- spiritual well-being of all its students and student’s social security number will not be dition of an individual’s employment/acad- employees. The community recognizes the given to the general public. Students who emic status; danger to one’s physical and psychological choose not to provide their social security (2) submission to or rejection of such conwell-being presented by the use of certain numbers will not be denied any rights as a duct by an individual influences employ- products. Therefore, members of the com- student. A statement in the class schedule ment/academic status decisions affecting munity are prohibited from using tobacco describes how social security such individual; or in any form, alcoholic beverages, and illicit numbers will be used. Providing or non-prescribed drugs and substances one’s social security number means that the (3) such conduct has the purpose (including student consents to use of or effect of interfering with an individual’s marijuana or narcotics). Under no circum- the number in the manner described. work performance or creating stances are the above to be used, possessed an intimidating, hostile or offensive work- or distributed on or away from campus. ing/student life environment. Community members are also expected not Anti-Harassment Policy The conduct prohibited may be to abuse the It is the policy of George Fox verbal, visual or physical in nature. use of legal substances. For information University that all employees and It includes unwelcome sexual advances, concerning disciplinary actions, please refer students work in an environment where the requests for sexual favors, physical touch- to the student and employee handbooks. dignity of each individual ing, or the granting or withholding of ben- is respected. Harassment due to race, color, efits (e.g., pay, promotion, time off, grades) sex, marital status, religion, creed, age, in response to sexual contact. More subtle Disabled Students national origin, citizenship status, workers’ forms of behavior, such as offensive posters, The Enrollment Services Office compensation status, physical or mental cartoons, caricatures, comments and jokes coordinates services for disabled students. disability, veteran’s status, or any other sta- of a sexual nature are discouraged, as they The Office also promotes campus aware- tus protected under applicable local, state may constitute sexual harassment when ness of issues and needs or federal law is prohibited. Such harassing they contribute of disabled students. Supportive services behavior should be avoided because con- to a hostile or offensive working/ can be provided, depending on the nature duct appearing to be welcome or tolerated student life environment. of the disability and availability of by one employee or student may be very resources. Documentation of an existing offensive to another employee or student. If any employee or student believes disability may be required. he or she has been discriminated against or has been subjected to sexual or other forms Specific courses on career exploration, study of harassment, the employee or student skills, and writing development are avail- must immediately notify the following per- able. Special adaptive physical education sons: classes for students with disabilities are offered through the Health and Human 1. If the alleged incident involves a student Performance Department. and a faculty member, contact a school dean, the Vice President for Academic Interested students should contact Affairs, the Vice President the Enrollment Services Office and provide for Student Life, or the Vice President for documentation of disability and informa- Enrollment Services. tion concerning desired accommodations. Students are encouraged to contact the Vice 2. If the alleged incident involves a staff President for Enrollment Services as early as member or a student in the work-study pro- possible to make arrangements for necessary gram for the University, support services. contact a supervisor or manager, the Director of Personnel, the Assistant Vice President for Financial Affairs, or the Vice President for Financial Affairs.

Complaints will be investigated and correc- tive action taken as determined appropriate by the University. 135 DIRECTORIES FACULTY

FACULTY, 1998-99 Grace A. Balwit, Assistant Professor of Rodger K. Bufford, Professor of Education, Director of the Master of Arts in Psychology, B.A., The King’s College; This register includes those teaching half Teaching Program. B.S., Eastern Nazarene M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. George time or more under regular faculty con- College; M.A., Ed.Spec., Northern Michigan Fox University 1990– tracts, as well as certain administrative offi- University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. cers with faculty designation. Listed are George Fox University 1994– William C. Buhrow, Jr., Director those contracted at the time of printing. of Health and Counseling Services, Dirk E. Barram, Professor of Business. Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.A., Flora T. Allen, Associate Professor B.A., Gordon College; M.Ed., Kent State Baptist Bible College; B.A., Cedarville of Family and Consumer Sciences, University; Ph.D., Michigan State College; M.A., Dallas Theological Chairperson of the Department of Family University. George Seminary; M.A., Psy.D., George Fox and Consumer Sciences. Fox University 1986– University. George Fox University 1994– B.S., Seattle Pacific University; Stephen R. Bearden, Assistant Professor of M.Ed., Linfield College. George George J. Byrtek, Assistant Professor of Marriage and Family Therapy. B.A., Olivet Fox University 1969-73; 1979– Management. B.S., University of Nazarene University; M.Div., M.A., Fuller Wisconsin, Stevens Point; M.S., National Michael A. Allen, Professor of Sociology. Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Louis University. George B.S., M.S., Illinois State University. George Oregon State University. George Fox University 1991– Fox University 1976– Fox University 1996– Richard E. Allen, Associate Professor of Deborah L. Berhó, Instructor of Spanish. Clark D. Campbell, Associate Professor of Management and Health and Human B.A., Northwest Nazarene College; M.A., Psychology, Chairperson of the Department Performance, Assistant Director of University of New Mexico. George Fox of Psychology. Continuing Education. B.S., Seattle Pacific University 1997– B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., University; M.S., University of Oregon. Ph.D., Western Seminary. George George Fox University 1969– Teresa L. Boehr, Associate Professor Fox University 1991– of Family and Consumer Sciences. B.S., Paul N. Anderson, Associate Professor of Oregon State University; M.A., Linfield Douglas G. Campbell, Professor Biblical and Quaker Studies. B.A., Malone College. George Fox University 1985– of Art. B.A., Florida State University; College; B.A., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.F.A., Pratt Institute; Ph.D., Ohio John D. Bowman, Professor of Music. M.Div., Earlham School of Religion; University. George Fox University 1990– Ph.D., Glasgow University. George Fox B.M., Houghton College; D.M.A., University 1989– University of Cincinnati. George Fox Kevin M. Carr, Assistant Professor of University 1980– Education. B.S., University of Oregon; Mark E. Ankeny, Associate Professor of Irv A. Brendlinger, Professor M.S., University of Idaho. George Fox Education. B.A., George Fox Univer-sity; University 1998– M.S., Portland State University; B.A., Trinity of Religion. B.A., Asbury College; M.Div., Lutheran Seminary; Ph.D., University of Asbury Theological Seminary; M.Ed., Anthony Casurella, Professor of New Oregon. George Fox University 1991– University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., University Testament. B.A., Greenville College; of Edinburgh. George Fox University M.Div., Asbury Theological Seminary; Rebecca Thomas Ankeny, Professor of 1993– Ph.D., University of Durham, England. English, Chairperson of the Depart-ment of George Fox University 1996– Writing/Literature. B.A., George Fox Daniel L. Brunner, Assistant Professor of University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Church History and Pastoral Studies. B.A., Paul H. Chamberlain, Professor Oregon. George Fox University 1988– Northwest Christian College; M.Div., Fuller of Chemistry, Chairperson of the Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Department of Biology and Chemistry, Patrick L. Bailey, Assistant Professor of Oxford. George Director of Overseas Studies. B.A., Point Health and Human Performance. B.S., Fox University 1996– Loma College; Ph.D., University of Nevada, University of Idaho; M.Ed., University of Reno. George Fox University 1977– Oregon. George Fox University 1995– Robert E. Buckler, Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of California, Tara L. Baker, Assistant Professor of R. Carlisle Chambers, Assistant Professor of Los Angeles; M.P.H., Chemistry. B.S., Milligan College; M.A., Biology. B.S. Iowa State University. George Johns Hopkins University; M.D., Fox University 1998– Ph.D., Emory University. George Fox Georgetown University School of Medicine. University 1994– George Fox University 1990–

138 DIRECTORIES FACULTY

Charles K. Church, Reference Librarian. Joseph E. De Vol, Assistant Professor of Steven C. Grant, Associate Professor of B.S., Southern Oregon State College; Management. B.S., California Health and Human Performance. B.A., M.L.S., University of Oregon. George Fox University at Los Angeles; M.S., University Biola University; M.Ed., Linfield College. University 1993– of California, Riverside. George Fox George Fox University 1982– University 1992– Andrea P. Cook, Vice President for Dennis B. Hagen, Professor of Enrollment Services. B.A., Northwest Eugene R. Dykema, Professor of Business Music and Teacher Education. B.A., Nazarene College; M.S., University of and Economics. B.A., University of Illinois; Whitworth College; M.Mus.Ed., Indiana Oregon. George Fox University 1987– M.B.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University; B.D., Western Evangelical University of Notre Dame. George Fox Seminary; Ph.D., Indiana University. George Wesley A. Cook, Associate Professor of University 1991– Fox University 1964– Health and Human Performance. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A.T., Kathryn V. Ecklund, Assistant Professor of Steven E. Hannum, Associate Professor of Lewis and Clark College. George Fox Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Biola Chemistry. B.S., Wheaton College, Ph.D., University 1987– University. George Fox University 1994– University of Kentucky. George Fox University 1985– Caitlin C. Corning, Assistant Professor of Richard A. Engnell, Professor History. B.A., Seattle Pacific University; of Communication Arts. B.A., Biola Robert F. Harder, Associate Professor of M.A., Ph.D., University of Leeds. George University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Engineering. B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E., Fox University 1996– California, Los Angeles. George Fox Michigan Technological University; Ph.D., University 1978– Oregon Graduate Institute of Science and Jonas A. Cox, Assistant Professor Technology. George Fox University 1988– of Education. B.S., Oregon State William R. Essig, Assistant Professor of University; M.A.T., Lewis & Clark College; Business. B.A., Miami University; Dep. Mark O. Hatfield, Herbert Hoover Ph.D., University of Iowa. George Fox C.S., Regent College; M.P.A., Harvard Distinguished Professor. B.A., Willamette University 1997– University. George Fox University 1995– University; M.A., Stanford University. George Fox University Victoria L. Defferding, Assistant Professor Gary K. Fawver, Professor of Outdoor 1997– of Spanish. B.A., University of Oregon; Ministries. B.A., Wheaton College; M.Div., M.A., Portland State University, George Fox Gordon-Conwell Theological Seminary; Thomas F. Head, Professor of Economics, University 1989– D.Min., Western Seminary. George Fox Chairperson of the Department of Business University 1974– and Economics. B.S., M.S., University John S. DeJoy, Assistant Professor of of Oregon; M.A., University of California, Management. B.B.A., Pace University; James D. Foster, Interim Vice President for Berkeley. George Fox University 1971-74; M.S., Ph.D., University of Idaho. George Academic Affairs, Professor of Psychology. 1976-79; 1983– Fox University 1996– B.S., Seattle Pacific University; M.A., W. Scot Headley, Assistant Professor of Stephen Delamarter, Associate Professor of Ph.D., Ohio State University. George Fox Education, Director of the Master Old Testament. A.A., Wenatchee Valley University 1980– of Education Program. B.S., M.Ed., College; B.A., Seattle Pacific University; Colorado State University; Ph.D., M.A.R., M.Div., Western Evangelical Stanley M. Frame, Associate Professor of The Ohio State University. George Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate Management, Director Fox University 1994– School. George Fox University 1996– of the Boise Center. B.A., La Verne College; M.A., Chico State University; Henry C. Helsabeck, Professor Carol A. Dell’Oliver, Assistant Professor of Ed.D., New Mexico State University. of Mathematics, Chairperson of the Psychology; Coordinator George Fox University 1996– Department of Mathematics, Com-puter of Practicum and Internships, Graduate Science and Engineering. B.A., Culver School of Clinical Psychology. B.A., Raymond P. Gleason, Executive Stockton College; M.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado-Boulder; M.A., in Residence. B.A., M.A., California State University of Missouri. George Fox Ph.D., University of Kansas-Lawrence. University, Los Angeles. George Fox University 1978– George Fox University 1996– University 1989–

139 DIRECTORIES FACULTY

Edward F. Higgins, Professor of English. Merrill L. Johnson, Director E. Alan Kluge, Director of Continuing B.A., LaVerne College; M.A., California of Learning Resources, Associate Professor. Education, Associate Professor of State College at Fullerton; Ph.D., Union B.A., Seattle Pacific University; M.L.S., Management. B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., Oregon Graduate School. George Fox University University of Oregon. George Fox State University. George Fox University 1971– University 1980– 1996–

David J. Howard, Associate Professor of Michele E. Johnson, Associate Professor of Christopher J. Koch, Associate Professor Music. B.A., Simpson Bible College; B.A., Business. B.A., Wayne State University; of Psychology. B.S., Pennsylvania State M.A., San Francisco State College; D.M.A., M.B.A., University University; Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. of South Dakota. George Fox University M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia. George George Fox University 1968-85; 1988– 1997– Fox University 1993–

Martha A. Iancu, Assistant Professor of Thomas F. Johnson, Dean of Western Warren G. Koch, Assistant Professor of English as a Second Language, Director of Evangelical Seminary, Professor of Biblical Telecommunication. B.A., George Fox the English Language Institute. B.A., M.A., Theology. B.Ph., Wayne State University; University; M.S., Boston University; Ph.D., University of Oregon. George Fox M.Div., Fuller Theological Seminary; Regent University. George Fox University University 1989– Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary; 1982–92; 1993– Ph.D., Duke University. George Fox Kerry E. Irish, Assistant Professor University 1997– Beth A. La Force, Professor of Education, of History, Chairperson of the Depart-ment Co-Director of Intensified Studies. B.S., of History and Political Science. B.A., William G. Jolliff, Associate Professor of Malone College; M.A., Western Michigan George Fox University; M.A., Ph.D., Writing/Literature. University; Ph.D., Michigan State University of Washington. George Fox B.S., Central Michigan University; M.A., University. George University 1993– Ashland Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Fox University 1987– Ohio State University. George Fox Dale R. Isaak, Assistant Professor of University 1994– Gregg T. Lamm, Campus Pastor. Health and Human Performance. B.S., B.A., George Fox University; M.Div., Willamette University; M.S., Indiana State Paul W. Kennedy, Assistant Professor of Western Evangelical Seminary. University. George Fox University 1995– Sociology. B.A., Wheaton College; M.S., George Fox University 1991– State University of New York; M.A., Fuller Clella I. Jaffe, Associate Professor Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Patricia A. Landis, Professor of Education, of Communication Arts, Director Southern California. George Fox University Director of Undergraduate Teacher of Forensics. B.A., Seattle Pacific University; 1997– Education. B.A., Seattle Pacific University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Oregon State University. M.A., University George Fox University 1995– Laurie E. Kern, Reference Librarian. B.A., of Washington. George Fox University W. Brad Johnson, Assistant Professor of Northwest Nazarene College; M.L.S. 1984– Psychology. B.A., Whitworth Col-lege; Indiana University. George Fox University Robert E. Lauinger, Associate Professor of M.A., Ph.D., Fuller Theological Seminary. 1997– Music. B.S., Portland State University; George Fox University 1994– Gary M. Kilburg, Associate Professor of M.M., Indiana University; D.M.A., Craig E. Johnson, Professor of Education. B.S., Eastern Oregon State University of Arizona. George Fox Communication Arts, Chairperson College; Ph.D., Oregon State University. University of the Department of Communica- George Fox University 1992– 1967-69; 1971– tion Arts. B.A., Luther College; M.A., Dwight J. Kimberly, Associate Professor of Sharon F. Linzey, Professor of Sociology. Wheaton College; Ph.D., University of Biology. B.A., George B.A., Southern California College; M.A., Denver. George Fox University 1988– Fox University; M.S., Oregon State Ph.D., Indiana University. George Fox Derric E. Johnson, Interim Director University. George Fox University 1994– University 1997– of Choral Music, Director of Dayspring. Kathleen A. Kleiner, Associate Professor of B.A., Azusa Pacific University. George Fox Psychology. A.B., Franklin & Marshall University 1996– College; M.A., Ph.D, Case Western Reserve John M. Johnson, Associate Professor of University. George Fox University 1993– Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Northwest Nazarene College; M.S., Kansas State University. George Fox University 1984–

140 DIRECTORIES FACULTY

Carleton H. Lloyd, Professor of Donald J. Millage, Vice President Delia Nüesch-Olver, Assistant Professor of Social Work, Chairperson of the for Financial Affairs. B.S., University of Pastoral Ministry. A.Ed., Swiss College; Department of Sociology/Social Work. B.A., Oregon; CPA, Oregon. George Fox B.S., Mercy College; M.A., Long Island Columbia Christian College; M.A., Eastern University 1972– University; Ph.D., Syracuse University. New Mexico University; M.S., Oregon State George Fox University 1998– University; M.S.S.W., Ph.D., University of Ronald L. Mock, Director of the Center Texas-Arlington. George Fox University for Peace Learning, Assistant Professor of G. Dale Orkney, Professor of Biology. 1994– Peace Studies and Political Science, Co- B.A., Northwest Nazarene College; M.S., Director of Intensified Studies. B.A., Ph.D., University of Idaho. George Fox Bruce G. Longstroth, Assistant Professor George Fox University; M.P.A., Drake University 1963-64; 1965– of Management. B.A., George Fox University; J.D., University of Michigan. University; M.S.W., University of Utah. George Fox University 1985– Asbjorn Osland, Assistant Professor of George Fox University 1974– Business, Director of the Graduate Business Glenn T. Moran, Dean of the School of Program. B.A., University Howard R. Macy, Professor of Religion Professional Studies, Professor of Minnesota; M.S.W., University of and Biblical Studies, Chairperson of the of Education. B.S., Colorado State Washington; M.B.A., Ph.D., Case Western Department of Religious Studies. B.A., University; M.A., University of Colorado; Reserve University. George Fox University George Fox University; M.A., Earlham Ed.D., University of Northern Colorado. 1995– School of Religion; Ph.D., Harvard George Fox University 1979-86; 1991– University. George Fox University 1990– Richard B. Parker, Director of the Institute Edward F. Morris, Associate Professor of of Science and Christian Faith. B.S., M.S., Margaret L. Macy, Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Lake Forest College; Oregon State University; Ph.D., Oregon Education. B.A., George Fox University; M.S.W., Loyola University; M.A., Ph.D., State University/ M.Ed., Wichita State University, Ph.D., University of Maryland. George Fox University of Wisconsin. George Walden University. George Fox University University 1997– Fox University 1996– 1991– Donna K. Phillips, Assistant Professor of MaryKate Morse, Associate Professor of Anita B. Maher, Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Eastern Oregon State Spiritual Formation and Pastoral Studies. Marriage and Family Therapy. B.A., University; M.S., Western Oregon State B.S., Longwood College; M.A., M.Div., Millersville State University; M.A., Azusa University. George Fox University 1998– Western Evangelical Seminary; Ph.D., Pacific University; M.A., Ph.D. Fuller Gonzaga University. George Fox University Alex A. Pia, Assistant Professor of English Theological Seminary. George Fox 1996– as a Second Language, International University 1996– Student Advisor. B.A., California State Lee Nash, Professor of History. A.B., Leonardo M. Marmol, Director University, Chico; M.A., Portland State Cascade College; M.A., University of of Clinical Training, Director of the University. George Fox University 1990– Washington; Ph.D., University of Oregon. Graduate School of Clinical Psychology. George Fox University 1975– Donald R. Powers, Associate Professor of B.A., M.A., Pepperdine University; B.D., Biology, Chairperson San Francisco Theological Seminary; Ph.D., John R. Natzke, Assistant Professor of of the Department of Biology and California School Electrical Engineering. B.S.E.E., Milwaukee Chemistry. B.S., Biola University; M.S., of Professional Psychology, San Francisco. School of Engineering; M.S.E.E., San Diego State University; Ph.D., George Fox University 1997– Marquette University; Ph.D.E.E., University of California, Davis. George Fox University of Michigan. George Fox University 1989– Susan C. McNaught, Assistant Professor of University 1995– Management. B.A., Oklahoma State Colleen D. Richmond, Assistant Professor University; M.S., Portland State University; Roger J. Newell, Assistant Professor of Writing and Literature. B.A., Oregon Ph.D., Oregon State University. George of Religious Studies. B.A., Westmont State University; M.A., Portland State Fox University 1996– College; M.Div., Fuller Theological University. George Seminary; Ph.D., University of Aberdeen. Fox University 1992– Randolph Michael, Associate Professor of George Fox University 1997– Marriage and Family Therapy. B.A., Arthur O. Roberts, Professor-at-Large. Northwest Nazarene College; M.Div., K. Louise Newswanger, Public Services B.A., George Fox University; M.Div., Nazarene Theological Seminary; D.Min., Librarian, Associate Professor. B.A., Eastern Nazarene Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Mid-western Baptist Theological Seminary. Mennonite College; M.S.L.S., Drexel Boston University. George Fox University George Fox University 1996– University. George Fox University 1992– 1953– Gale H. Roid, Professor of Psychology. A.B., Christine F. Nordquist, Instructor Harvard University; M.A., University of of Writing/Literature. B.A., George Oregon; Ph.D., Harvard University. George Fox University; M.A., Portland State Fox University 1993– University. George Fox University 1990–

141 DIRECTORIES FACULTY

Félix Rosales, Instructor for Special B.A., Northwestern University; Robin L. Smith, Associate Professor of Programs. Diploma in Theology, M.A., Western Evangelical Seminary; M.S., Church Ministries. B.S., Northwest International Bible Institute, Managua, Ph.D., Portland State University. George Christian College; M.S., University of La Nicaragua; GED Certificate, Centralia Fox University 1996– Verne; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School. Community College; M.A., Western George Fox University 1998– Evangelical Seminary. George Fox Mark A. Selid, Assistant Professor University 1996– of Business. B.A., Pacific Lutheran Carole D. Spencer, Instructor of Church University; M.T., Portland State University, History. M.A., Western Evangelical Scott M. Rueck, Instructor of Health and CPA. George Fox Seminary. George Fox University 1996– Human Performance. B.S., M.A.T., Oregon University 1993– State University. George Fox University Ronald G. Stansell, Professor of Religion. 1996– Richard S. Shaw, Assistant Professor of B.A., George Fox University; M.Div., Marriage and Family Therapy. Western Evangelical Seminary; D.Miss., Linda L. Samek, Assistant Professor B.S., University of Nebraska-Kearney; Trinity Evangelical Divinity School. George of Education, Chairperson of the M.A., Asbury Theological Seminary; Fox University 1985– Department of Teacher Education. D.M.F.T., Fuller Theological Seminary. Daniel S. Sweeney, Assistant Professor of B.S., Oregon State University; M.S., George Fox University 1996– Counseling. B.A., San Jose State University; Portland State University. George B.A., San Jose Bible College; M.A., Azusa Fox University 1996– Reed A. Sheard, Director of Distance Pacific University; Ph.D., University of Learning, Assistant Professor of North Texas. George Fox University 1996– Mel L. Schroeder, Associate Management. B.A., University of Professor of Drama, Chairperson Sioux Falls; M.Div., Fuller Theological Craig B. Taylor, Associate Professor of of the Department of Fine Arts. B.A., Seminary. George Fox University 1997– Health and Human Performance, Director Northwest Nazarene College; M.A., San of Athletics. B.S., George Fox University; Jose State University. George Fox University R. Larry Shelton, Chairperson of M.Ed., Linfield College. George Fox 1978-83; 1987– the Graduate Department of Ministry, University 1975-78; 1980– Wesleyan Professor of Theology. B.A., Sherrie K. Schulke, Assistant Professor of Pfeiffer College; M.Div., Th.M., Asbury Mark E. Terry, Instructor of Art. B.S., Social Work. B.S., George Fox University; Theological Seminary; Th.D., Fuller Willamette University; M.S., Western M.S.S., M.L.S.P., Bryn Mawr College; Theological Seminary. George Fox Oregon State University. George Fox M.Div., Eastern Baptist Theological University 1996– University 1997– Seminary. George Fox University 1995– Byron S. Shenk, Professor of Health and Laurel M. Lee Thaler, Writer-in-Resi- Judith A. Schwanz, Associate Human Performance, Chairperson of the dence. B.A., University of California, Dean of Western Evangelical Seminary, Department of Health and Human Berkeley. George Fox University 1990– Associate Professor of Counseling, Performance. B.A., Goshen College; M.A., Chairperson of the Graduate Department University of Oregon; Ed.D., University of Manfred Tschan, Assistant Professor of of Counseling. Virginia. George Fox University 1990– Health and Human Performance. B.S., State Teacher’s College, Hofwil, Sherie L. Sherrill, Instructor of English. Switzerland; B.S., University of Bern; M.S., B.A., Seattle Pacific University. George Fox University of Oregon. George Fox University 1980- University 1988–

Philip D. Smith, Associate Professor of Timotheos Tsohantaridis, Assistant Philosophy. B.A., George Fox University; Professor of Religion. B.A., Barrington M.A., Fuller Theological Seminary; Ph.D., College; M.A., Ashland Theological University of Oregon. George Fox Seminary. George Fox University University 1982– 1985-90; 1993–

Mark S. Vernon, Assistant Professor of Health and Human Performance. B.S., George Fox University; M.S., Linfield College. George Fox University 1982–

142 DIRECTORIES FACULTY EMERTI – UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

K. Mark Weinert, Associate Professor of Myron D. Goldsmith, Professor Leo M. Thornton, President Emeritus. History, Dean of the School of Humanities. of Religion and Greek. B.A., Friends A.B., Cascade College; M.Div., Western B.A., Anderson College; M.Div., Western University; B.D., Asbury Theological Evangelical Seminary; LL.D., Azusa Pacific Evangelical Seminary; M.A., University of Seminary; Ph.D., Boston University. University. Portland; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. George Fox University 1961-74; George Fox University 1982– 1975-86.

Kenneth F. Willson, Assistant Professor of Mary S. Green, Associate Professor Music. B.A., George of Mathematics. B.A., Houghton College; UNIVERSITY Fox University; M.Mus., University of M.N., Case Western ADMINISTRATION, Portland; D.A., University of Northern Reserve University. George Fox University Colorado. George Fox University 1973-89. 1998-99 1987-90; 1992– William D. Green, Vice President Brent D. Wilson, Assistant Professor of and Dean of the College, Professor of President’s Cabinet Computer Science. B.A., Western Oregon Religion. Th.B., Malone College; A.B., Andrea P. Cook, M.S., Vice President for State University; M.A.T., Oregon State Taylor University; M.A., Case Western Enrollment Services University. George Reserve University; Ed.D., University of Fox University 1994– Tennessee; L.H.D., George Fox University. James D. Foster, Ph.D., Interim George Fox University 1972-89. Vice President for Acadmic Affairs Diane F. Wood, Assistant Professor of Family and Consumer Sciences Mackey W. Hill, Professor of Barry A. Hubbell, B.A., Executive and Education. B.A., Oregon State History. B.A., University of California, Los Assistant to the President, Director University; M.Ed., University of Portland. Angeles; M.A., University of the Pacific. of University Relations George Fox University 1995– George Fox University 1949-74. E. Eileen Hulme, Ph.D., Vice President for Debra Drecnik Worden, Assistant Julia H. Hobbs, Professor of Christian Student Life Professor of Business and Economics. B.A., Educational Ministries. B.A., Hope Thomas F. Johnson, Ph.D., Dean of Westminster College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue College; B.D., M.Th., Winona Lake School Western Evangelical Seminary University. George of Theology; Ph.D., University of Fox University 1994– Pittsburgh. George Fox University 1975- Donald J. Millage, CPA, B.S., Vice 91. President for Financial Affairs

Hector J. Munn, Professor of Chemistry. Dana L. Miller, M.A., Vice President for B.S., Seattle Pacific University; M.S., University Advancement FACULTY EMERITI Ph.D., Oregon State University. George Fox University 1958-62; 1966-94. Ralph K. Beebe, Professor of University Representatives History. B.A., George Fox University; Marjorie L. Weesner, Professor of Physical David C. Le Shana, Ph.D., President M.Ed., Linfield College; M.A., Ph.D., Education. B.S., George Fox University; Emeritus of George Fox University, University of Oregon. George Fox M.Ed., Linfield College; Ed.D., University President Emeritus of Western Evangelical University 1955-57; 1974-97. of Oregon. George Fox University 1953-54; 1963-93. Seminary Harvey J. Campbell, Registrar. B.A., Edward Stevens, Ph.D., Presidential George Fox University; M.A., Colorado Diplomat State College of Education. George Fox University 1958-77. WES FACULTY EMERITI Ronald S. Crecelius, Chaplain. Academic Administration A.B., Th.B., George Fox University; M.A., Gerald W. Dillon, Professor Emeritus of Richard E. Allen, M.S., Assistant Director Pasadena College; M.R.E., D.D., Western Pastoral Ministry. A.B., Kletzing College; of Continuing Education Evangelical Seminary. B.D., Asbury Theological Seminary; M.A., George Fox University 1967-87. State University of Iowa; D.D., Azusa Grace A. Balwit, Ph.D., Director of the Pacific University. Master of Arts in Teaching Program Robert D. Gilmore, Director of Instructional Media. B.A., Azusa Al Stiefel, Professor Emeritus of Terence E. Bell, M.S., Director of Pacific College; B.D., California Baptist Counseling. B.A., Eastern Nazarene Institutional Research Theological Seminary; M.S.Ed., Uni-versity College; B.D., Nazarene Theological William C. Buhrow, Jr., Psy.D., Director of Southern California. George Fox Seminary; S.T.M, Boston University School of Health and Counseling Services University 1964-67; 1968-95. of Theology; Ph.D., Boston University. Paul H. Chamberlain, Ph.D., Director of Overseas Studies

143 DIRECTORIES UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

Charles K. Church, M.L.S., Portland Business and Barry A. Hubbell, B.A., Executive Center Librarian Related Services Assistant to the President, Director of University Relations James D. Foster, Ph.D., Interim Karon L. Bell, B.A., Assistant Vice President for Acadmic Affairs Vice President for Financial Affairs James E. Jackson, B.S., Director of Development for Western Evangelical W. Scot Headley, Ph.D., Director of the Donald A. Cossel, B.S., Superintendent of Seminary Master of Education Program Buildings Amy D. Karjala, B.S., Grant Writer Bonnie J. Jerke, M.A., Director of Career Joyce E. Cossel, B.S., Manager of Services and the Academic Success Program Bookstore Dana L. Miller, M.A., Vice President for University Advancement Merrill L. Johnson, M.L.S., Director of Sherrie G. Frost, Director of Mail Services Learning Resources Todd K. Newell, B.S., Director of Estate Virginia L. Hoover, Superintendent of and Planned Giving Thomas F. Johnson, Ph.D., Dean of Custodial Services Western Evangelical Seminary Danya G. Ochsner, Director of Special William N. Jackson, B.A., Director Events and Projects E. Alan Kluge, Ph.D., Director of of Food Services Continuing Education Sherilyn Philips, Director of Alumni and Larry A. Kintz, Superintendent Parent Relations Beth A. La Force, Ph.D., Co-Director of of Building Systems Intensified Studies Lisa S. Leslie, B.A., Director of Event Enrollment Services Leonardo M. Marmol, Ph.D., Director of Services Clinical Training and Director of the Merilyn R. Aldy, B.S., Associate Registrar Graduate School of Clinical Psychology John D. Lyda, B.S., Superintendent of New Construction Sheila H. Bartlett, B.A., Graduate Ronald L. Mock, J.D., M.P.A., Director of Admissions Counselor for Western the Center for Peace Learning, Co-Director Donald J. Millage, CPA, B.S., Evangelical Seminary of Intensified Studies Vice President for Financial Affairs/ Treasurer Jackie L. Baysinger, B.A., Acting Director Glenn T. Moran, Ed.D., Dean of the of Graduate Admissions School of Professional Studies Peggy L. Scully, B.A., Director of Human Resources Patrick R. Bennett, B.S., Assistant Joshua G. Nauman, B.A., Video Director of Undergraduate Admissions Production Manager Wilfred M. Smith, Superintendent of Grounds Donald R. Black, B.A., Director of Asbjorn Osland, Ph.D., Director of the Financial Aid Master of Business Administration Program Clyde G. Thomas, B.A., Director of Plant Services Michelle D. Brown, B.A., Assistant Alex A. Pia, M.A., International Student Director of Undergraduate Admissions Advisor Advancement and Janet R. Cain, B.S., Admissions Counselor Judith A. Schwanz, Ph.D., Director of the University Relations for Graduate Admissions Graduate Counseling Program Dave L. Adrian, B.A., Associate Matthew K. Clemons, B.A., Assistant Reed A. Sheard, M.Div., Director of Vice President for Advancement- Director of Undergraduate Admissions Distance Learning Major Gifts Andrea P. Cook, M.S., Vice President for R. Larry Shelton, Th.D., Chair- Anita A. Cirulis, B.A., Assistant Director Enrollment Services person of the Graduate Department of University Relations, Director of Terri D. Crawford, Financial Aid of Ministry Publications Counselor Carolyn J. Staples, R.N., B.S.N., Director Samuel A. Farmer, B.A., Assistant James W. Fleming, M.A., Registrar of Student Health Services to the President for Special Projects and Church Relations Jennifer R. Getsinger, Student Accounts K. Mark Weinert, M.Div., Ph.D., Dean of Supervisor the School of Humanities Robert C. Felton, B.A., Assistant Director of Public Information, Kathleen D. Grant, B.A., Admissions Kathleen M. Weiss, M.D., Physician Sports Information Director Counselor for Continuing Education

John W. Fortmeyer, B.A., Director Jo R. Helsabeck, M.A., Director of of Public Information Assessment for Continuing Education

Corbin M. Hoornbeek, M.A., Director of Marian J. Holzschuh, B.A., Admissions Development Counselor for Continuing Education, Boise Center 144 DIRECTORIES BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Monika R. Keller, Financial Aid Counselor Valarie R. Pearce, B.A., Residence Hall Izzy J. Covalt, Albany, Oregon, Director corporate owner/executive Karin R. Klinger, B.A., Undergraduate Admissions Counselor Mark A. Pothoff, M.Ed., Residence Hall Dealous L. Cox, West Linn, Oregon, pub- Director lic school administrator (retired) Donna S. Lewis, M.A., Assessment Counselor for Continuing Education Marta O. Sears, B.A., Director Gordon L. Crisman, Tualatin, Oregon, of Outreach and Discipleship; bank executive Todd M. McCollum, M.A., Director Multicultural Advisor of Enrollment Services for Western Kate G. Dickson, West Linn, Oregon, Evangelical Seminary Randev Senanayake, M.A., Student Life school administrator Advisor Carol A. Namburi, B.A., Admissions John A. Duke, Rogue River, Oregon, Counselor for Continuing Education Rawlen D. Smith, M.B.A., Hardware investment manager Technician Christine A. Schlarbaugh, B.S., Financial Miles J. Edwards, Portland, Oregon, pro- Aid Counselor Craig B. Taylor, M.Ed., Director of fessor emeritus Athletics Jennifer M. Swanborough, B.A., Assistant Richard J. Espejo, McMinnville, Oregon, Director of Undergraduate Admissions, Linda R. Thompson, M.A., Director of corporate executive/owner Director of Orientation Graduate Student Services Richard D. Evans, Happy Valley, Oregon, Richard R. Zielke, M.Div., Graduate Gary L. Townsend, M.S., Media Services real estate Admissions Counselor for Western Specialist Evangelical Seminary C. Wilbur Field, Jr., Vancouver, David L. Votaw, B.A., Webmaster Washington, gas company executive (retired) Student Life James E. Williams, Security Field Supervisor Peggy Y. Fowler, Portland, Oregon, utility Bruce A. Arnold, B.S., Director of User executive Services Tilikum Retreat Center Fred S. Gregory, Seattle, Washington, non- Janelle F. Claassen, B.A., Programmer/ profit agency executive Analyst Jennifer E. Crackenberg, B.A., Food Service Manager Dale W. Hadley, Portland, Oregon, invest- Kimberly S. Cliffe, B.A., Residence Hall ments executive Director Dennis L. Littlefield, M.B.A., Program Director Paul L. Hathaway, Sr., Hillsboro, Oregon, Timothy J. Commins, B.S., Residence gas company executive Hall Director Melva R. Lloyd, Guest Services Director Marla R. Heikkala, Vancouver, Jerrie D. Lyda, B.A., Challenge Course Carl D. Ecklund, M.Div., Director of Washington, attorney Campus Security Manager André W. Iseli, Gresham, Oregon, corpo- Arnold E. Mitchell, B.Th., Executive E. Eileen Hulme, Ph.D., Vice President for rate owner/executive Student Life Director Roger B. Keller, Dundee, Oregon, denom- Michael J. Sweetland, Property Manager Bonnie J. Jerke, M.A., Director of Career inational superintendent Services and the Academic Success Program Jake Lautenbach, Jr., Portland, Oregon, Tara C. Jones, B.A., Assistant Director of landscaping contractor Career Services BOARD OF TRUSTEES, John R. Lemmons, Kelso, Washington, Gregg T. Lamm, M.Div., Campus Pastor lumber company executive (Current until September 1, 1998.) S. Lawrence Lebow, Programmer/ Margaret E. Lemmons, Kelso, Peter H. Anderson, Beaverton, Oregon, Analyst Washington, educator (retired) chemist/university professor Keri L. Macadaeg, B.S., Director of Roger A. Martell, Boise, Idaho, invest- Gloria L. Attrell, Newberg, Oregon, busi- Institutional Technology ments executive ness owner Carolyn R. Manning, B.A., Trainer/ Judy A. Miller, Tigard, Oregon, G. Kenneth Austin, Newberg, Oregon, Documentarian corporate officer corporate owner/executive Shaun P. McNay, M.A., Dean of Students Roger M. Minthorne, Lake Oswego, Don G. Carter, West Linn, Oregon, attor- Oregon, investments ney

145 DIRECTORIES BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert G. Monroe, Portland, Oregon, T. Eugene Coffin, Stanton, California, Carl J. Duhrkoop, Oregon City, consulting engineer minister (retired) Oregon, minister

Stanley D. Morse, Star, Idaho, research Mark O. Hatfield, Bethesda, Maryland, Vernon H. Haas, Vancouver, Washington, chemist United States senator (retired) bookstore owner

Charles E. Mylander, Brea, California, Walter P. Lee, Nampa, Idaho, minister Greg N. Kanehan, Bellingham, denominational superintendent (retired) Washington, pastor

Jackson H. Newell, Boise, Idaho, insur- Dwight O. Macy, Culver, Oregon, rancher Roger B. Keller, Dundee, Oregon, denom- ance executive (retired) inational superintendent

Barbara D. Palmer, Newberg, Oregon, Donald McNichols, Stanwood, Stanley D. Kern, Newberg, Oregon, physi- bank executive Washington, university professor (retired) cian

C.W. Perry, Brea, California, minister James E. Miller, Portland, Oregon, invest- Arthur Krampitz, Chilliwack, British ments Columbia, dairyman Victor A. Peterson, Hayden Lake, Idaho, public school administrator Wayne E. Roberts, Newberg, Oregon, David Le Shana, Lake Oswego, Oregon, physician (retired) president emeritus Judith A. Ramaley, Burlington, university president Floyd H. Watson, Newberg, Oregon, bank John K. Lim, Gresham, Oregon, executive (retired) state senator William F. Sims, Hayden Lake, Idaho, attorney Derry S. Long, Billings, Montana, denom- Ex Officio inational superintendent Victor E. Slaughter, Vancouver, Washington, denominational Joseph A. Gerick, Newberg, Oregon, Kevin W. Mannoia, Azusa, California, superintendent Superintendent, Northwest Yearly Meeting denominational bishop of Friends Church Kent L. Thornburg, Portland, Oregon, uni- Lee Nash, Dundee, Oregon, history profes- versity professor sor WES Board of Regents Nancy A. Wilhite, Eugene, Oregon, home- Chun Kee Paik, Seoul, Korea, Greg J. Bergland, Spokane, Washington, maker denominational general secretary pastor William B. Wilson, Longview, Dean R. Schmitz, Newberg, Oregon, Timothy P. Bletscher, Portland, Washington, petroleum wholesaler retired Oregon, dentist Norman D. Winters, Kamiah, Idaho, pub- Victor E. Slaughter, Vancouver, Forest C. Bush, Sacramento, California, lic school administrator (retired) Washington, denominational denominational superintendent superintendent Nancie M. Carmichael, Sisters, Oregon, A. Adolph Wells, Portland, Oregon, Honorary Trustees editor denominational bishop Ivan L. Adams, Newberg, Oregon, bank Don G. Carter, West Linn, Oregon, executive (retired) Jack L. Wright, Milwaukie, Oregon, attorney retired Hal L. Adrian, Portland, Oregon, insurance executive (retired) A. Marcile Crandall, Salem, Oregon, women’s ministry Dorothy E. Barratt, Newberg, Oregon, Christian education consultant

146 INDEX

A Board and Room...... 120 Counseling, Graduate ...... 105, 106 Academic Advising...... 109 Board of Trustees...... 145 Counseling Services...... 15 Academic Credits ...... 108 Business, Graduate ...... 104 Course Challenge Programs ...... 18 Academic Exemptions Business, Undergraduate ...... 36, 64 Course Numbering System ...... 30 and Waivers...... 30 Business and Economics...... 36, 64 Credit by Examination...... 18 Academic Honesty ...... 112 Academic Load...... 109 Academic Probation ...... 109 D Academic Programs C Calendar ...... 151-152 Dean’s List...... 110 and Services ...... 17 Campus Facilities ...... 8 Degrees Offered ...... 31 Academic Progress Campus Housing ...... 8, 13 Denominations Represented ...... 7 and Eligibility ...... 111 Campus Map ...... 9 Deposits, Required, Academic Regulations ...... 107 Campus Ministries...... 13 Schedule of ...... 122 Academic Sessions...... 108 Campus Pastor ...... 13 Directories...... 137 Academic Standing...... 111 Campus Visitation ...... 117 Disabled Students ...... 115, 135 Academic Success Program...... 23 Career Services ...... 15 Doctor of Psychology Program...... 104 Accounting...... 34, 60 Center for Peace Learning...... 23, 48 Drama...... 12, 56, 100 Accreditation and Memberships...... 3 Certificate in Marriage and Drama Teaching...... 56 Activities, Student ...... 11 Family Therapy...... 106 Drug-Free Environment...... 135 Adding a Course ...... 110 Certificate in Spiritual Formation Administration, Listing of...... 143 and Discipleship ...... 106 Admission Procedures Certificate for Spouses/Partners for Freshmen...... 114 E in Ministry...... 106 Admission Procedures Early Admission ...... 117 Chapel ...... 13 for Transfers ...... 115 Economics ...... 39, 71 Chemistry ...... 36, 65 Admission Requirements...... 114, 115 Education, Graduate ...... 104 Chemistry Teaching ...... 53 Admission to an Education, Undergraduate ...... 51, 72 Christian College Undergraduate Major...... 31 Educational Ministry...... 37 Consortium ...... 3, 19, 20, 22 Admission to Student Teaching...... 52 Elementary Education...... 51 Christian Education, Graduate...... 105 Admission to Teacher Education ...... 51 Eligibility, Academic...... 111 Christian Ministries ...... 37, 66 Admissions...... 113 Employment ...... 131 Christian Service ...... 13 Advanced Placement ...... 18, 117 Engineering...... 34, 74 Church Recreation ...... 37 Advising ...... 109 English as a Second Class Attendance...... 108 African Study Program...... 22 Language ...... 39, 75 Classification of Students ...... 108 American Studies Program ...... 19 English Language Institute...... 23 CLEP...... 18 Anti-Harrassment Policy ...... 135 Expenses...... 120 Climate ...... 6 Appeals...... 111 Clinical Psychology Applied Science...... 34 (Psy.D.)...... 104 Art ...... 34, 60 Coalition for Christian Colleges Athletic Training ...... 42 F and Universities ...... 3, 19, 21, 22, 23 Facilities ...... 8, 18 Athletics ...... 11 College Level Examination Faculty, Listing of...... 138 Attendance, Class...... 108 Program ...... 18 Family and Consumer Auditing...... 109, 116 Commencement...... 111 Sciences ...... 40, 76 Automobiles...... 14 Communication Arts ...... 38, 56, 70 Family and Consumer Communication Media Sciences Teaching...... 53 and Broadcast ...... 38, 69 Family Educational Rights and B Computer and Information Privacy Act...... 134 Bachelor of Arts Degree ...... 31 Science...... 39, 67 Fashion Institute of Design Bachelor of Science Degree ...... 31 Computers Across the Curriculum...... 23 and Merchandising ...... 41 Biblical Studies...... 35, 61 Conduct, Standards of ...... 13 Fashion Merchandising/ Biology...... 35, 62 Conflict Management Program...... 48 Interior Design ...... 40, 76 Biology Teaching...... 53 Consortium Visitor Program...... 20 Federal Laws and Regulations ...... 134 Core Curriculum...... 28 Fees ...... 120

148 INDEX

Field Education/Experience...... 20 High School Nongraduates ...... 116 M Final Examinations...... 112 High School Visitation Day ...... 117 Majors...... 31 Financial Aid...... 123 History...... 42, 82 Malheur Field Station ...... 21, 36 Financial Aid Office...... 15 History of the University...... 7 Management ...... 36, 104 Financial Arrangements...... 122 Home School Students...... 116 Management of Business Financial Information ...... 120 Honors, Graduation...... 112 Information Systems ...... 45, 86 Fitness Management...... 43 Honors Program ...... 117, 124 Management and Organizational Foods and Nutrition in Business ...... 40 Housing ...... 13 Leadership ...... 45, 87 Food Services ...... 14 Human Performance...... 42, 80 Management of Human Foreign Resources ...... 45, 86 Languages...... 50, 77, 79, 80, 85, 99 Map, Campus ...... 9 French...... 77 I Marketing ...... 36 Freshman Admission Incomplete Grades ...... 110 Marriage and Family Therapy ...... 106 Requirements...... 114 Insurance for Students...... 121 Married Students...... 117 Freshman Seminar Program ...... 23 Intensified Studies Program...... 24 Master of Arts in Full-Time Students, Definition of...... 109 Interdisciplinary Christian Education...... 105 Majors...... 31, 35, 37, 44, 48, 49, 57 Master of Arts in Counseling ...... 105 Interior Design...... 40 Master of Arts in Marriage G International Baccalaureate...... 18 and Family Therapy ...... 106 General Education ...... 27, 78 International Business Master of Arts in Teaching ...... 104 General Education Requirements and Economics...... 36 Master of Arts, (GED) ...... 28 International Student Theological Studies ...... 105 General Education Requirements Services Director ...... 15 Master of Business for Teacher Education ...... 30 International Students...... 116 Administration...... 104 General Science...... 79 International Studies...... 21, 44, 84 Master of Divinity...... 105 Geography ...... 79 International Trade Institute...... 20 Master of Education...... 104 German...... 79 Internship ...... 20 Mathematics ...... 47, 88 Grading System...... 110 Intramurals...... 12 Mathematics Teaching...... 54, 56 Graduate Program in Business...... 104 May Term ...... 24 Graduate Programs Memberships...... 3 Middle East Studies Program ...... 22 in Education ...... 104 J Graduate Program in Psychology ...... 104 Ministry Projects...... 13 Japanese ...... 85 Graduate Programs in Minors ...... 31, 56 Juniors Abroad ...... 21 Religion ...... 105, 106 Mission and Objectives ...... 2 Graduate Student Office ...... 15 Missions...... 37 Graduation...... 111 Motor Vehicles ...... 14 Graduation Honors...... 112 K Multicultural Advisor...... 15 Graduation Requirements ...... 111 KFOX Radio Station...... 12 Murdock Learning Resource Grants ...... 123 Center...... 18 Greek ...... 79 Music...... 12, 47, 89 Music Ensembles...... 12, 89 Government, Student...... 12 L Guarantees and Reservations...... 108 Music Teaching ...... 55 Language Arts Teaching ...... 54 Languages...... 50, 77, 79, 80, 85 99 Latin American Studies Program...... 22 H Leadership Studies...... 45, 85 N Handicapped Services ...... 115, 135 Library ...... 18 National Association of Independent Harrassment, Policy Against...... 135 Lifestyle Expectations...... 13 Colleges and Universities ...... 3 Health Education...... 42, 79 Literature ...... 57, 85 National Association of Health Education Teaching ...... 53 Living Arrangements...... 13 Intercollegiate Athletics...... 3 Health and Counseling Services ...... 15 Loans ...... 131 National Association of Schools Hebrew ...... 80 Location...... 6 of Music...... 3 Herbert Hoover Symposia...... 24 Los Angeles Film Studies Center...... 21 National Collegiate Athletic Association...... 11

149 INDEX

National Merit Scholarship ...... 124 R T Newberg...... 6 Radio Station ...... 12 Teacher Education...... 51, 104 Nondiscrimination Policy...... 135 Readmission...... 116 Teaching...... 51, 104 Northwest Association of Schools Refunds...... 122 Theatre ...... 12, 56, 100 and Colleges...... 3 Registration...... 109 Theological Studies, Northwest Yearly Meeting Religion, Graduate...... 105, 106 Graduate...... 105, 106 of Friends...... 7 Religion, Undergraduate ...... 49, 95 Tilikum Retreat Center...... 12, 19 Religious Life ...... 13 Transcripts...... 121 Requirements for Graduation...... 111 Transfer Student Admission O Residence Halls...... 8, 13 Requirements...... 115 Objectives in the Mission Residence Life ...... 13 Transfer Students in Education ...... 51 of the University ...... 2 Room and Board...... 120 Trustees, Board of ...... 145 OICA Cross-Registration ...... 21 ROTC Program ...... 21 Tuition ...... 120 Older Adults ...... 116 Russian Studies Program ...... 23 Oregon, State of...... 6 Oregon Independent Colleges U Association...... 3, 21 S University Administration...... 143 Oregon Teacher Standards and Scholarships ...... 123 University Calendar ...... 151-152 Practices Commission ...... 3 Second Degree ...... 112 University Mission and Objectives ...... 2 Oregon Theological Consortium Secondary Education...... 53 Cross-Registration...... 21 Senior Citizen Tuition...... 116 Organizations, Student...... 11 Service Projects...... 13 V Sexual Harrassment...... 135 Values Statement...... 3 Sign Language...... 61 Video Communication Center...... 19 Social Events ...... 12 P Visiting the Campus ...... 117 Part-Time Students, Social Studies Teaching ...... 55 Definition of...... 116 Social Work...... 49, 98 Pass/No Pass Policy ...... 110 Sociology...... 50, 96 Paying for College...... 122 Spanish ...... 50, 97 W Peace and Conflict Studies ...... 48 Spanish Study Abroad Withdrawing from a Course ...... 110 Peace Learning, Center for...... 23, 48 Program ...... 22 Work-Study...... 131 Philosophy ...... 92 Spanish Teaching...... 56 Writing/Literature...... 57, 101 Physical Education Teaching ...... 43, 55 Special Students ...... 109 Physically Challenged Speech Teaching...... 56 Students...... 115, 135 Spiritual Formation and Y Discipleship, Certificate in...... 106 Physics ...... 92 Yearbook ...... 12 Spouse Enrollment Program...... 117 Political Science...... 93 Youth Ministry...... 37 Portland ...... 6 Standards of Conduct ...... 13 Pre-dental Program ...... 25 Statement of Faith...... 2 Pre-law Program...... 25 Student Activities and Pre-medical Program ...... 25 Organizations...... 11 Pre-nursing Program ...... 25 Student Government...... 12 Preprofessional Programs...... 25 Student Health Service...... 15 Presidential Scholarships ...... 124 Student Insurance ...... 121 Pre-veterinary Program...... 25 Student Life Office...... 14 Probation ...... 109 Student Newspaper ...... 12 Proficiency Test ...... 18 Student Organizations...... 11 Provisional Students ...... 109 Student Services ...... 14 Psychology, Graduate ...... 104 Student Work-Study...... 131 Psychology, Undergraduate ...... 48, 93 Study in Africa Program...... 22 Psy.D. Program ...... 104 Study in Spain Program ...... 22 Publications, Student ...... 12 Summer School...... 24

150 UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC CALENDAR

August 1998-99 1999-2000 Faculty Conference, Monday ...... Mon.-Wed. Aug. 17-19 Aug. 16-18 All-Campus Fellowship ...... Thur. Aug. 20 Aug. 19

Fall Semester 1998-99 1999-2000 Residence halls open to new students, 1 p.m...... Sat. Aug. 29 Aug. 28 New Student-Parent Convocation ...... Sat. Aug. 29 Aug. 28 New student sessions/registration/confirmation ...... Sat.-Tues. Aug. 29-Sept. 1 Aug. 28-31 Residence halls open to returning students, 2 p.m...... Mon. Aug. 31 Aug. 30 Registration/confirmation of returning students ...... Tues. Sept. 1 Aug. 30 Newberg campus classes begin, 8 a.m...... Wed. Sept. 2 Sept. 1 Honors Convocation, 10 a.m...... Mon. Sept. 7 Sept. 6 WES classes begin ...... Tues. Sept. 8 Sept. 7 Last day to register ...... Wed. Sept. 9 Sept. 8 Last day to change registration ...... Wed. Sept. 16 Sept. 15 Withdrawal fee begins ...... Thur. Sept. 17 Sept. 16 Last day to exercise pass/no pass option ...... Fri. Sept. 25 Sept. 24 Mid-semester holiday ...... Fri. Oct. 9 Oct. 8 Last day to withdraw from class ...... Fri. Nov. 6 Nov. 5 Thanksgiving vacation ...... Thur.-Sun. Nov. 26-29 Nov. 25-28 Classes resume ...... Mon. Nov. 30 Nov. 29 Registration for spring semester/undergraduate ...... Mon.-Fri. Nov. 30-Dec. 4 Nov. 29-Dec. 3 Registration for spring semester/graduate ...... Mon.-Fri. Dec. 7-11 Dec. 6-10 Fall semester classes end, 5 p.m...... Fri. Dec. 11 Dec. 10 Study day ...... Mon. Dec. 14 Dec. 13 Final exam period ...... Tues.-Fri. Dec. 15-18 Dec. 14-17 Residence halls close, 5 p.m...... Sat. Dec. 19 Dec. 18 Midyear Commencement, 2 p.m...... Sat. Dec. 19 Dec. 18

Spring Semester 1998-99 1999-2000 Residence halls open for new students, 1 p.m...... Sat. Jan. 9 Jan. 8 Residence halls open for returning students, 1 p.m...... Sun. Jan. 10 Jan. 9 Registration/confirmation of new students ...... Sun. Jan. 10 Jan. 9 Classes begin, 8 a.m...... Mon. Jan. 11 Jan. 10 Last day to register ...... Fri. Jan. 15 Jan. 14 Martin Luther King Jr. Holiday ...... Mon. Jan. 18 Jan. 17 Last day to change registration ...... Fri. Jan. 22 Jan. 21 Withdrawal fee begins ...... Mon. Jan. 25 Jan. 24 Last day to exercise pass/no pass option ...... Fri. Feb. 5 Feb. 4 Housing deposit due for upcoming year ...... Tues. March 9 March 7 Last day to withdraw from class ...... Fri. March 12 March 10 Spring vacation ...... Sat.-Sun. March 20-28 March 18-26 Classes resume ...... Mon. March 29 March 27 Easter ...... Sun. April 12 April 23 Preregistration for fall & spring semesters/undergraduate ...... Mon.-Fri. April 12-16 April 10-14 Preregistration for fall & spring semesters/graduate ...... Mon.-Fri. April 19-23 April 17-21 Spring semester classes end, 5 p.m...... Fri. April 23 April 21 Study day ...... Mon. April 26 April 24 Final exam period ...... Tues.-Fri. April 27-30 April 25-28 Residence halls close, 5 p.m...... Sat. May 1 April 29 Graduate and Continuing Education Commencement...... Sun. May 2 April 29 Baccalaureate ...... Sun. May 2 April 29 Undergraduate Commencement ...... Sun. May 2 April 29 Residence halls close for graduates, 5 p.m...... Sun. May 2 April 30

151 UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

May Term 1998-99 1999-2000 Preregistration ...... Mon.-Fri. Nov. 30-Dec. 3 Nov. 29-Dec. 3 Final Registration ...... Tues. May 4 May 2 May Term begins ...... Tues. May 4 May 2 Last day to withdraw ...... Fri. May 14 May 12 May Term ends ...... Sat. May 22 May 20 Memorial Day holiday ...... Mon. May 31 May 29

SUMMER SEMESTER 1999 2000

♦ UNDERGRADUATE Summer semester begins ...... Tues. May 25 May 23 Last day to withdraw ...... Fri. July 23 July 21 Summer semester ends ...... Fri. Aug. 6 Aug. 4

♦ GRADUATE COURSES IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY Preregistration ...... Mon.-Fri. April 19-23 April 17-21 Final Registration ...... Tues. May 11 May 9 Session 1 ...... Tues.-Fri. May 4-June 4 May 9-June 2 Session 2 ...... Mon.-Fri. June 7-July 2 June 5-30

♦ GRADUATE COURSES IN EDUCATION M.A.T. Final Registration ...... Tues. June 15 June 13 M.A.T. Session ...... Mon.-Fri. June 14-Aug. 6 June 12-Aug. 4 M.Ed. Session ...... Mon.-Fri. June 21-July 30 June 19-July 28 M.B.A. Session ...... Mon.-Sat. April 19-July 24 April 17-July 22 WES Session ...... TBA TBA

Meal Service 1998 Fall Semester: Evening of Saturday, Aug. 29, for new students, Monday, Aug. 31, for returning students, through breakfast Saturday, Dec. 19.

1999 Spring Semester: Evening of Sunday, Jan. 10, through breakfast Saturday, March 20, and evening of Sunday, March 28, through noon Saturday, May 1.

NOTICE: Rarely are changes made in a University calendar once published. However, George Fox reserves the right to change dates. Any significant changes will be sent to accepted students by April 1, or when they are admitted after that date.

152